IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) ^^^^4i. 1 i 1.0 I.I 122 ^ IIIJ4 U4 p%. ^ Hiotographic Sciences Corporation i\ ^v ^ SJ :\ \ ;\ 93 WIST MAIN STRUT WIUTM.N.Y. I4SM (71«) •73-4S03 A^ ^ %^#^^ V^.^^ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Hiatorical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian da microraproductions hiatoriquat Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checlced below. D n D n D Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur I I Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagie Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restaur6e et/ou pellicula I I Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque I I Coloured maps/ Cartes gAographiques en couleur Coloured inic (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) I I Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ Relit avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re liure serrie peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge IntArieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ 11 se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouttes lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte, mais, lorsque ceia Atait possible, ces pages n'ont pas «t4 fiimAes. Additional comments:/ Commentaires supplAmentaires; L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a 6t6 possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mtthode normale de filmage sont indiqu6s ci-dessous. I I Coloured pages/ D Pages de couleur Pages damaged/ Pages endommagies Pages restored and/oi Pages restauries et/ou pellicul6es Pages discoloured, stained or foxet Pages dtcolortes, tachettes ou piqu6es Pages detached/ Pages ditachtas Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of prir Qualit^ intgaie de I'impression Includes supplementary materii Comprend du materiel suppltmentaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible I — I Pages damaged/ I I Pages restored and/or laminated/ r~n Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ I I Pages detached/ I I Showthrough/ I I Quality of print varies/ I I Includes supplementary material/ r~1 Only edition available/ Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc.. have been ref limed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata. une pelure, etc.. ont 6t* filmtes A nouveau de fapon A obtenir la meilleure image possible. Th( to Th( poi of filii Ori be( the sio oth fira sio or i Th« shfl TIW wh Ma difl ent bed rigl req me VarkMis pagingt. This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est filmi au taux de riduction indlqui ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X MX aox y 12X 16X 20X a4X 28X 32X 9 Stalls B du lodifier r une Image The copy filmed here has been reproduced thanks to the generosity of: Library of the Pubiic Archives of Canada The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copy and in Iceeping with the filming contract specifications. L'exemplaire film* fut reproduit grAce it la g^nArositA de: La bibliothdque des Archives publiques du Canada Les images suivantes ont At6 reproduites avec ie plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la nettetA de l'exemplaire film6, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de filmage. BS Original copies In printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the bacic cover when appropc;uv i^ ii'Tfxr. AlT.r.'tT 1 iWd. /«»/i.r*r liH 77 78 79 81 84 86 87 NATURAL HISTORY. ZOOLOGY, by Lieutenant Jambs Clark Ross, R.N., F.L.S. . . 91 BOTANY, by Professor Hooker, F.R.A. and L.S. &c. &c. . . 121 GEOLOGY, by Professor Jameson, F.R.S.E., &c. &c. including Notes on the Specimens collected during the former Voyages to the Polar Regions . 132 ^i i^ J " ' V ..- 1 INTRODUCTION. Notwithstanding the want of success which had attended the efforts of the late Expedition to the Polar Seas, the en- couragement held out by Captain FrankHn's description of the navigable state of the sea on some parts of the northern coast of America, together with that of the Russians to the westward towards Icy Cape, induced His Majesty's Government to cause another attempt to be made for the purpose of effecting a passage by sea, between the Atlantic and Pacific oceans; and the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty being pleased once more to honour me with the command, I was appointed to His Majesty's Ship the Hecla on the 17th of January, 1824; Captain Henry Parkyns Hoppner having received his commission for the Fury on the same day. The WiUiam Harris, transport, of 342 tons. Lieutenant J. W. Pritchard, agent, was ap- pointed to carry a portion of our heavy stores across the Atlantic, and to return to England after discharging her cargo in Davis' Strait. INTRODUCTION. t' The equipment of this Expedition was, in most respects, so similar to the last, that it will only be necessary here to notice the few alterations and additions which experience now led us to adopt. The principal of these consisted in placing Sylvester's warming-stove, before described as so effec- tual, in the very bottom of the ships' holds, the whole being enclosed within a strong bulk-head. The main or direct volume of warm air escaped through a sliding brass register upon the lower-deck ; while the flues, which passed through the cabins of the officers into that of the commander, were made to run along the lower part or floor, and nearly close to the ship's sides, which are usually the coldest parts. By this improved method, an increased rapidity in the cur- rent of air was produced, and therefore an additional warmth to the cabi is most distant from the stove. In the selection of provisions, our chief endeavour on this occasion was to vary as much as possible the kinds of meat, and to increase to the utmost extent our vegetables and anti-scorbutics. With this view a small quantity of salt beef was substituted for a part of the pork, and a much larger supply of newly-corned beef was furnished. The meats preserved in tin consisted of beef, mutton, and veal, some seasoned and some plain ; a pound of preserved carrots or parsnips per week for each man was substituted for a pint of gravy soup, and the supply of lemon-juice was increased by one-third. For the use of the sick, some INTRODUCTION. XI salmon and cream, preserved in tin cases by Messrs. Mor- rison and Company, were also furnished ; the pickles con- sisted of onions, beet-root, and cabbage, which are by far the best kinds. In order to make the most of our stowage, binns were built for the pease and cocoa, in the store-room passages, and with the same view split-^ease were furnished, instead of whole ones. For the use of travelling-parties, we were supplied with a small quantity of beef-pcmmican, made by pounding them eat with a certain portion of fat, as de- scribed by Captain Frankhn. |. To the list of instruments before furnished, were added na invariable pendulum, and several hygrometers on Mr. Da- niell's ingenious construction. Six chronometers were sup- plied by government to the Hecla *, and four to the Fury ; but several of the makers, with their accustomed emulation, sent out watches on trial, making the Hecla s whole number amount to twelve. In addition to our former establishment, Lieutenant Henry Foster was appointed to the Hecla-, no- minally as assistant-surveyor, but in fact to perform the duties of Astronomer to the Expedition, for which he was fully qualified. It being customary to record the names of the officers employed on voyages of this nature, a Table is here an- nexed, shewing the whole establishment on board each ship. • One of these was Mr. Murray's No. 816, which gain«l oni- of t\w aiuiuai prizes of 800/. at the Royal Observatory, for its superior perforuiance. b2 . ( t! ft! m xii INTRODUCTION. RANK. ON BOARD THE HECLA. ON BOARD THE FURY • Officers' Names. No. Officers' Names. No. Commander William Edward Parry . 1 Henry Parkyns Hoppner 1 Lieutenants . • < John Land Wynn . Joseph Sherer Henry Foster 3 Horatio Thos. Austin 1 1 James Clark Ross . 2 Surgeon Samuel Neill, M.D. . . I Allan M'Laren . 1 Purser William Harvey Hooper . 1 James Halse I Assistant-Surgeon William Rowland . 1 Thomas Bell 1 Midshipmen . . ' John Brunton Francis R. M. Crozier Charles Richards Horatio Nelson Head . j 4 Berkley Westropp . Chas. Crump Waller Edward Bird . 3 Clerk James Harrison 1 William Mogg . 1 Gunner John Brothers 1 James Moore 1 Boatswain WiUiam Smith 1 William Wentworth . 1 Carpenter . George Fiddis 1 Charles Purfer 1 Greenland Master John Allison 1 George Crawford 1 Ditto Mate George Champion . 1 Thomas Donaldson 1 Cook 1 I Le^^lng Men , 4 • • 4 Quarter-Master . 1 1 Gunner's Mate 1 1 Boatswain's Mate 1 1 Carpenter's Mates 2 2 Armourer's Mate 1 1 Sailmaker . 1 1 Captain's Steward 1 1 Able Seamen 85 1 25 1 Marinbs. Serjeant Charles Wise . John Morrison Corporal . 1 1 Privates 5 5 Total 6S • • • • • 60 INTRODUCTION. XIII LY. No. er 1 '■':f. ■ 2 v 1 ' I ) 1 . 3 ■ 1 1 1 1 p I ,v 1 ■i 1 1 4 1 1 1 1 ■•■■ 2 J 1 1 1 s 25 '-> p 1 i 1 h^ 5 mm 60 m In the course of our equipment, the ships were fre- quently visited by Sir Thomas Byam Martin, Comptroller of His Majesty's Navy, and subsequently by Viscount Melville, and the other Lords Commissioners of the Admi- ralty. Early in May, we were ready to proceed down the Thames, having now received, as on each former occasion, all possible assistance from the Navy and Victualling Boards, and from Captain Hill, Commissioner of the Vic- tualling Dep6t at Deptford, in every arrangement which could in the slightest degree contribute to the success of our enterprise, or to our individual health and comfort. In performing the duty which has, by their Lordship's directions, once more devolved upon me, of drawing up an account of our proceedings, I have considered it expedient to avoid all minute and technical description of our first season's operations, which, whatever labour and vexation they may have cost ourselves, would probably have afforded little interest or amusement to the public. In the circum- stances attending our second season's navigation, and par- ticularly those relating to the loss of the Fury, I have deemed it right to enter more into detail ; considering, on the one hand, that the loss of one of His Majesty's ships is an event too serious to be lightly disposed of; and on the xiv INTROPUCTION. other, that I could thus alone do justice to the unwearied zeal and exertions of Captain Hoppner, our officers* and men, on that occasion. ' '?• The nautical, astronomical, and other observations, together with the meteorological registers, and the description of the specimens of natural history brought home in the Hecla, have been thrown into an Appendix, constituting the latter half of the present volume. Our observations upon atmo- spheric refractions in high latitudes, and on the« diurnal variation, and change of intensity of the magnetic needle, together with Lieutenant Foster's experiments with an in- variable pendulum, have been communicated to, and read be- fore, the Royal Society ; and as I understand it to be the in- tention of that learned body to honour these several papers by giving them a place in their Transactions, the general re- sults alone have, by the kind permission of the President and Council, been mentioned in this volume *. The labours of Lieutenant Foster, in the various and multiplied branches of useful science to which his attention is at all times directed, and for which his talents so emi- nently qualify him, will in themselves best serve to do him the justice which he merits. I should, however, be ill re- quiting Lieutenant Foster for the assistance (and I am happy to acknowledge the instruction) I have received from him in the course of this voyage, if I omitted to bear my * Pages 62, 53, 56, 67.— Appendix No. XVII. 1 f St® I I INTROrUCTION. XV ried and her the tela, tter mo- 'nal ile. in- be- in- fers re- snt md ion ni- im re- im >in riy testimony to the unceasing zeal and assiduity with which he devoted himself to every species of observation and ex- periment, which could promote the several objects of the Expedition, or contribute to the interests of general science. To Professors Jameson and Hooker I beg leave once more to offer my warmest acknowledgments for their kind- ness in undertaking to examine and describe the geological and botanical specimens now brought home. The memoir by the former gentleman in the Appendix, will be found to contain a valuable and comprehensive account of the geological character of all the lands visited in the course of our discoveries in the Polar Regions during the last eight years. To the zeal and industry of Dr. Ncill, who entirely superintended the public collection of specimens of Natural History, and has furnished a variety of impor- tant geological notices, the public are very liighly indebted ; and the Zoological Appendix by Lieutenant Ross will furnish ample evidence of the attention paid by that gen- tleman to this department of science, in addition to the immediate duties of his station. I cannot close these introductory remarks, without once more attempting to do justice to the merits of those whom it has been my good fortune to command on this and the former occasions of a similar kind. To C'aptain Hoppner, who has been my constant companion from the very com- mencement of these enterprises, I feel every possible ol)li- XVI INTRODUCTION. m gation for his steady and persevering zeal in this service, and for his advice and assistance on every occasion. To the officers, seamen, and marines, my best acknowledgements are also once more due, for the zealous support I have at all times received from them in the course of this service; and I am happy to repeat my conviction that, had it depended on their conduct and exertions, our most sanguine expectations would, long ere this, have been crowned with complete success. -** ' M. jrvice, 'o the ments have this that, most been OFFICIAL INSTKUCTIONS. -By the Commissiontrs for executing the Office of Lord High Admiral of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, ^-c. Lord Viscount Melville having communicated to the King the proceedings of the late Expedition into the Arctic Seas, and His Majesty having been graciously pleased to express his commands that another Expedition should be fitted out, for the purpose of pursuing the attempt to discover a passage by sea between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and of ascertaining the geography of the Northern boundaries of the American continent ; We have thought proper to appoint you to the command of the Expedition, and you are hereby required and directed to put to sea in His Majesty's ship Hecla, under your command, with His Majesty's ship Fury, whose Commander has been placed under your orders ; and taking with you the ^Villiam Harris transport, which the Navy Board has been directed to place at your disposal, for the purpose of carrying a proportion of your provisions anJ stores across the Atlantic, you are to proceed, as quickly as may be c XVIII OFFICIAL INSTRUCTIONS, :■,, consistent with a due care not to part company, up Davis's Strait, and, having arrived at the latitude in which you may think it advisable to cross over to the Western side of that strait, you will take the first favourable opportunity of clearing the transport of the stores and provisions with which she is charged for the use of the Expedition ; and, having so done, you are to send the transport back to England, so as to prevent her incurring any danger from the ice, reporting, by that opportunity, your proceedings to our Secretary, for our information, and then making the best of your way with His Majesty's ships, in the pro- secution of your orders. The experience of your former voyages seems to prove that the two channels which afford the most reasonable prospect of a passage for the ships into the sea, which bounds the north coast of America, are that round Cock- burn's Island, near which your last voyage terminated, and Prince Regent's Inlet, which you discovered in your former. Several considerations, but particularly the obstacles which you found in Prince Regent's Inlet in 1819, might have induced us to give the preference to the attempt to make a passage round Cockburn's Island ; but the strong opinion which you have conveyed to us in favour of the attempt through Prince Regent's Inlet, the confident hope which you express that the ice, which, at the period of the year in which you visited the inlet, obstructed your passage, was likely to be removed by circumstances of season and weather within the navigable part of the year; and the confidence which we are justified in placing in your judg- ment and experience, determine us to authorize and direct :*J OFFICIAL INSTRUCTIONS. XIX you to pursue the course which you consider the most promising, namely, through Prince Regent's Inlet. You will, therefore, after you have despatched the trans- port home, make the best of your way to Lancaster Sound, and, proceeding through Barrow's Strait, endeavour to ineke, through Prince Regent'*; Inlet, your passage into the sea which bounds the continent, and thence westward to the Pacific. Should you succeed, in this first attempt of passing through Prince Regent's Inlet, it is probable, from what has been already discovered of these parts, that you may find different courses opening to you. The decision as to that most likely to conduce to the objects of the Expe- dition, must be referred to your own judgment, on a view of the existing circumstances of your own former pro- ceedings, and of the discoveries of Captain Franklin (with a copy of whose account of his proceedings you are furnished), at the mouth, and to the eastward, of the Coppermine River. If you should be so successful as to find a practicable passage down to the coast of America, you are to make the best of your way in accomplishing the main object of the Expedition, without stopping to examine that coast, or for any other object not of imperious importance; but whenever the ships may be checked in their progress by ice, or unavoidable circumstances, you will take every opportunity of examining the coasts and islands in the neighbourhood, and of making all useful observations re- lating to them. His Majesty's government having appointed two Land c 2 XX OFFICIAL INSTRUCTIONS. Expeditions for exploring the North Coast of America, the one under Captain Lyon, to proceed from Repulse Bay across the Isthmus towards Akkoolee, and thence along the coast towards the Coppermine River ; the other, under Captain Franklin, to proceed from Mackenzie's River to the Icy Cape : it would be desirable, if you should reach any part of the coast, that you should mark your progress by erecting flag-staffs on a few of the most distinguishable points which you may successively visit, and you are to bury at the foot of each staff a bottle, containing such information as you think may be useful to the Land Expeditions, and any particulars relative to your own proceedings, which you may think proper to add. As one of the great difficulties under which Captain Franklin's last expedition suffered, was the want of pro- visions, you are also to bury at the foot of the flag-staffs such proportion and kind of provision as you may think advisable. And, as it is possible that the flag-staff may be removed by natives, you should surround it by a pile of stones, conspicuous from some point of the shore, which may guide the Land Expeditions to the dep6ts there left. It is unnecessary to give you any detailed directions as to the concert of signals with them, as you have informed us that you have made arrangements of that nature with Captains Lyon and Franklin, respectively; and if you should meet with these officers, or their parties, and that they should be desirous of coming on board, you are to receive them, bearing them as supernumeraries. Should you happily reach the Pacific, you are to proceed to Kamtschatska, for the purpose of delivering to the Russian governor duplicates of the journals and other OFFICIAL INSTRUt'TlONJs. XXI you that documents which the passage may have supplied, with a request that they may be forwarded overland to St. Peters- burgh, to be conveyed from thence to London. From Kamtschatska you will proceed to the Sandwich Islands, or Canton, or such other place as you may think proper, to refit the ships and refresh the crews; and if, during your stay at such place, a safe opportunity should occur of sending papers to England, you should send duplicates by such conveyance. And, after having refitted and refreshed, you are to lose no time in returning to England by such route as you may deem most convenient. It may happen that your progress along the North Coast of the American Continent may be so slow as to render it desirable that, if you should not be able to accomplish your passage into the Pacific earlier than the autumn of 1827, you should be assured of finding a depot of provisions at that period, in the most advanced situation to which they can safely be conveyed. In the event, then, of our not receiving from you such intelligence as may render the measure unnecessary, we shall, about the close of the year 1826, direct the Com- mander-in-chief on the South-American station, to despatch a vessel with a supply of provisions and stores, so as to be at Bchring's Straits about August or September 1827. The commander of this vessel will be directed to make the best of his way round Cape Prince of Wales, where he may expect, as we are informed, to find an inlet in latitude 68° 30', in which Captain Kotzebue is stated to have found anchorage a few years since. He will be directed to lie in that anchorage, or in the nearest good anchorage he may find to that latitude; and he wiU be ordered to erect, in XXII OFFICIAL INSTRUCTIONS. 9 the most prominent and visible situation, a flag-staff for your direction. As it is possible that you may touch at the Sandwich Islands, this officer will be directed to call at Owhyhee, in order that, if you should have passed to the southward, he may not be put to the inconvenience of going on to Cape Prince of Wales: and this affords a reason of preference for your touching at Owhyhee. And you, on your part, if you should first reach the neigh- bourhood of Captain Kotzebue's anchorage, should erect a flag-staff, or a pile of stones, in some conspicuous place, and bury a bottle with a paper, which may acquaint the said officer of your having passed. This vessel will be directed to remain in that neighbourhood as long in the autumn of 1827 as the season will admit; and when she is obliged to leave it, her commander will bury, under a pile of stones, in some conspicuous place, directions where you may find a dep6t of provisions, of such species as he may judge likely to be most useful to you, and that he may be able to spare. Whenever the season shall be so far advanced as to make it unsafe to navigate the ships, on account of the long nights having set in, and the sea being impassable on account of ice, you are, if you should have so far advanced as to prevent your return to England, to use your best endeavours to discover a sheltered and safe anchorage, where the ships may be placed for the winter ; taking such mea- sures for the health and comfort of the people under your command, as the materials with which you are supplied for housing-in the ships, or hutting-in the men on the shore, may enable you to do. And when you find it expedient to resort to this measure, if you should meet with any I I- jAj M OFFICIAL INSTRUCTIONS. XXIII I your for lore, lient any inliabitants, either Esquimaux or Indians, near the place where you winter, you are to endeavour, by every means in your power, to cultivate a friendship with them, by making them presents of such articles as you may be supplied with, and which may be useful or agreeable to them. You will, however, take care not to suffer yourself to be surprised by any attack from them, but use every precaution, and be constantly on your guard against any hostility. You will endeavour to prevail on them by such reward, and to be paid in such manner as you may think best to answer the purpose, in the event of your making progress to the westward, to carry to any of the settlements of the Hudson's Bay Company an account of your situation and proceedings ; with an urgent request that it may be for- warded to England with the utmost possible despatch. If you should, on your arrival at Prince Regent's Inlet, find the passage to be impracticable, you are at liberty either to seek any other opening in that quarter, or to wait in the inlet for any change in the state of the ice which you may have reason to expect ; but if your expectations in this particular should be disappointed, and if you should find yourself unable, during the favourable season, to effect a passage to the southward and westward, it is evident that nothing can be gained by wintering in a situation which may in any year be reached from England before the passage can be practicable; an(' we, therefore, order and direct that you do not, under such circumstances, attempt to winter out, but that if you find yourself prevented from proceeding, with some prospect of ultimate success further in that direction than has been already explored, you are to take care to ensure your return to England at the end of the present season. XXIV OFFICIAL INSTRUCTIONS. We deem it right to caution you against suffering the two vessels placed under your orders to separate, except in the event of accident or unavoidable necessity ; and we desire you to keep up the most unreserved communications with the commander of the Fury, placing in him every proper confidence, and acquainting him with the general tenor of your orders, and with your views and intentions, from time to time, in the execution of them, that the ser- vice may have the full benefit of your united efforts, and that in the event of unavoidable separation, or of any acci- dent to yourself. Captain Hoppner may have the advantage of knowing, up to the latest period, all your ideas and in- tentions relative to a satisfactory completion of the under- taking. AVe also recommend that as frequent an exchange take place as conveiiiejitly may be, of the observations made in the two ships ; that any scientific discovery made by the one be, as quickly as possible, communicated for the advantage and guidance of the other, and to increase the chance of the observations of both being preserved. \Vc have caused a great variety of valuable instruments to be put on board the sliii)s under your orders, of which you will be furnished with a list, and for the return of which you will be held responsible ; and we have aj)pointed Lieu- tenant Foster, as assistant surveyor, an officer well skilled in astronomy, mathematics, and various branches of know- ledge, to assist you in making such observations and expe- riments as may tend to the improvement of geograpliy and navigation, and the advancement of science in general. We deem it unnecessary to specify these objects, a detail of which you have already been furnished with, in our instruc- m OFFICfAL INSTRUCTIONS. XXV tioiis for your guidance in your late Expeditions, and to, which we refer you ; not doubting from the zeal and ability with which you have conducted the former Expeditions, that you will on this be equally diligent in collecting infor- mation yourself; and you will impress on the minds of Captain Hoppner and all the officers under your command, the importance and necessity of each respectively using his best exertions to promote the several scientific objects of the Expedition. From Captain Ploppner we have every reason to exjwct drawings of the land, of natives, and their various imple- ments, and of objects of natural history, in which he will l)e assisted by Mr. Head, who has received an appointment as Admiralty INIidshipman, principally with this view, ^'ou are to direct Lieutenant Foster to be j)articularly careful to keep an accurate register of all the observations that shall be made, in the same form, and according to the same arrangement, that were followed by Captain Sabine and Mr. Fisher on the late voyages ; and you are to place in the charge of Eieutenant I'oster the several chronometers with which you have been supj)iied for the Jlecla. ^'ou are to avail yourself of every opportunity of collect- ing and preserving specimens of such objects of natural history as may be new, rare, or interesting ; and you are to instruct Captain llopjwier, and all the otlier officers, to use their best diligence in increasing the collortions in each ship ; the whole of which must be understood to belong to the public. The knowledge which Doctor Neill, surgeon of the Ilecll^ has been represented to us to possess in this depart- ment of science, will be of material service to you in ar- ^Hng the same day that we had taken M OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. our departure from the Orkneys three years before. I wrote is24 to the Secretary of the Admiralty, informing him of the ^-•"'^ progress of the expedition thus far, and having committed our letters to the charge of the pilot, to be landed at Thurso, bore up to the westward with a favourable breeze. The va- riation of the magnetic needle, observed with Mr. Barlow's plate, was 28" 12' W., corresponding, within a few minutes, with that observed at Long-Hope in 1819. In passing Bara and Rona on the morning of the 31st, our observations Monday ii. placed the west end of the former island in latitude 59° 06' 45", longitude by chronometers 6" 11'. During our passage across the Atlantic, and afterwards on 'mie. our way up Davis's Strait, we threw overboard daily a strong copper cylinder, containing the usual papers, giving an ac- count of our situation. We also took every opportunity afforded by light winds, to try the temperature of the sea at different depths, as compared with that at the surface, of which an account will be given in another place. On the 12th, as we began to approach the meridian of Satui. 12. Cape Farewell, we met, as usual, with flocks of sheerwaters, (jprocellariapuffinus^ which have received their popular name from the uniformity with which they are here seen. From the 12th to the 16th, being between the parallels of 58° and 61^°, and the meridians of 37° and 56°, we passed seven pieces of drift-wood, from four to sixteen feet in length, all appear- ing like the root-end of the trunks of small trees that had B 2 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1824. Jane. Wed. 16. Mon. 21. been a good while in the water. On the 16th we saw the first iceberg, being in latitude 60i°, longitude 55"; and after that time we fell in with those bodies of ice almost daily. The temperature of the sea, which was 50° soon after our leaving Orkney, experienced little alteration, in our passage across the Atlantic, tiU we had reached the longitude of 33° ; it then pretty gradually decreased to 32°, about the meridian of 56°, in latitude 63^°. Its temperature from this time, as usual in the Polar Seas during the summer, varied from 28° to 36°, according to our proximity to ice, or the contrary. On entering Davis' Strait, we had a long succession of thick weather, which prevented our obtaining an observa- tion for the latitude during a whole week ; but as this was accompanied by south-easterly winds, our progress was a rapid one. On the 21st, at noon, we observed three miles to the southward of the Arctic Circle, being in the longitude of 57° 06' 31" ; and after running thirty miles on a N.^W. course, we made the packed ice, which had, for several hours before, been distinctly indicated by a clear bright " blink," assuming the form of a low well-defined arch, extending over the whole western horizon. On hauling up a few points to the eastward, we soon lost sight of it, and early on the following morning passed Reef-koll, in twenty-five fa- thoms' water, at the distance of ten or twelve miles, saiUng among a number of grounded icebergs, which usually announce a ship's approach to this headland. There is said h If 'i§ OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. lis was a* J was a y* e miles J gitude 1 N.iW. 1 hours ,| blink," 1 ending 1 a few 1 irly on ' ive fa- sailing isually is said to be a dry shoal off Reef-koU (or Biskol, as it is called in 1824. .lui'.e. some charts), at the distance of ten miles ; but I have never -*-.-»- met with it, and can obtain no good information respect- ing it. I now determined, as the quickest and most secure mode of clearing the transport, to anchor at the ^VTiale-fish Is- lands, rather than incur the risk of hampering and damaging her among the ice. Fresh gales and thick weather, how- ever, prevented our doing so till the 26th, when we anchored sai. -in. at eight a.m., in seventeen fathoms, mooring the ships by hawsers to the rocks, and then immediately commenced our work. In the mean time, the observatory and instruments were landed on a small island, called, by the Danes, Boat Island, where Lieutenant Foster and myself carried on the magnetic and other observations, during the stay of the Ex- pedition at this anchorage, of which a survey was also made. We received great attention and civility from the Danish authorities at this place, as well as at Lievely, in the Island of Disko, to which settlement Captain Hoppner and myself went in a boat on the 30th. We found there, besides the Wed. ,jt». inspector, Mr. West, and the other officers resident in the colony, First Lieutenant Graah of the Danish navy, who had for some time past been employed in surveying the coast of Greenland, in the neighbourhood of the settlements, and who kindly shewed us the charts he was engaged in con- structing. Among other information, he communicated to m 18-24. •luiif. 6 TH[RD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY US the situation of a dangerous newly-discovered rock, dry at low water, and bearing from the flag-staff on Lievely point S. 43° W., distant 7| miles *. After dining with the inspector, we returned to the ships in the afternoon, accompanied by that gentleman and Lieutenant Graah, receiving, as we left the harbour, a salute of twelve guns. The latitude of Lievely, by Lieut. Graah's observations, the result of which he unreservedly communicated, is 69° 14' 32", the longitude 53° 42' west of Greenwich, and the variation of the magnetic needle 72° westerly. The harbour of lievely is excellent for small vessels, having a good depth of water, and being quite land-locked ; but it appears rather narrow for ships of three or four hun- dred tons. The settlement is principally situated on the south shore of the harbour, where there are several to- lerably-built wooden houses, among which that of the inspector is a good-looking and convenient one. There are but six or seven Danes, besides the officers, belonging to the establishment ; and most of the Esquimaux were, at this season, absent in the interior, for the purpose of killing rein-deer, from which occupation they do not usually re- turn till September or October, when their services begin to be required for the whale-fishery, the latter being carried on here only during the winter months. A small schooner lying * I find, since my return to England, that Lieutenant Graah has done me the kindness to distinguish tiiis rock by my name, on his chart. I/? J6L.J ■SSL m OF A North-west fa in the harbour, is sent very sur uier to bring the oil from I8'i4. . .I«in»'. the northern settlements, in readiness for the arrival of the ^-*-^s^ vessels which come annually for the purpose of taking that article to Copenhagen, and at the same time bringing out supplies of provisions and other stores. On our return to the ships, we found arrived there Lieutenant HolboU, of the Danish navy, a gentleman much attached to the pursuits of natural history, who was engaged in making a collection of specimens of the animal kingdom, principally birds, with which he was shortly about to return to Copenhagen. He was accompanied by a clergyman and another gentleman belonging to one of the southern establishments, who came on board our ships to pay us a visit. We did not fail to shew them every attention, in return for their civilities, and they returned on shore much pleased with their reception. On the following day, when the gentlemen left us for Lievely, we returned their salute with an equal number of guns ; and I gladly take this opportunity of remarking how much we were gratified by our intercourse with them. To Mr. PlOim, the principal officer at the Whale-fish Islands, I also feel particularly obliged for his attentions, and for tlie offer of every assistance in his power. Early on the morning of the 3rd of July, the whole of satur. 3 our stores being removed, and Lieutenant Pritchard having received his orders, together with our despatches and letters Jbr England, the William Harris weighed with a light wind July. Tlur.s. 1. ..^■^f^!*^kv- wiMJtifc .y«..»■?— aiW ;;■: «i;%«i« **** ! 1 V I i l ; [ i ■f OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. used. The latitude of the island on which the observations were made, called by the Danes Boat Island, is 74° 28' 15"; its longitude, by our chronometers, 53° 12' 56"; the dip of the magnetic needle, 82° 53', 66 ; and the variation, 70° 23' 57 " westerly. The time of high water, at new moon, on the 26th of June, was a quarter past eight, the highest tides being the third and fourth after the conjunction, and the perpendicular rise seven feet and a half For the following remarks on the geological character of these islands I am indebted to Dr. Neill. " Four of the islands belonging to this groupe, which we examined during our stay, are composed of well-defined gneiss, intersected by veins of red feldspar, and beautiful ([uartz, nearly approaching to rose-ipijirtz, the strata dipping towards the N.N. E., at an angle of 23°. In the composition of the rock, the quartz predominates ; the micii, which is nearly black, is next abundant, and the feldspar most sparing. On examin- ing a recent fracture, the feldspar is scarcely perceptible ; it is only on surfaces that have been long ex])osed to the in- liuence of the weather tiiat it seems evidently to compose part of this rock. In one place we noticed a detached mass of greenstone, containing a number of crystals of glassy acty- noUte, but, unfortunately, the mass was so tough that it could not be broken without destroying the crystals." The ships standing in towards Lievely on the afternoon of the 5th, Lieutenant Grauh very kindly came off to the C I 824. .lulv. M uii. 0. 4 I8'24. July. 10 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY Fury, which happened to be the nearest in-shore, for the purpose of taking leave of us. On his quitting the ship, a salute of ten guns was fired at Lievely, which we returned with an equal number; and I sent to Lieut. Graah, by a canoe that came on board the Hecla, an account of the situation of the rocks we had discovered. Light northerly winds, toge- ther with the dull sailing of our now deeply laden ships, prevented our making much progress for several days, and kept us in the neighbourhood of numerous ice-bergs, which it is dangerous to approach when there is any swell. We counted from the deck, at one time, no less than one hun- dred and three of these immense bodies, some of them from one to two hundred feet in height* above the sea ; and it was necessary, in one or two instances, to tow the ships clear of them with the boats. We had occasion, about this time, to remark the more than usual frequency of fogs with a northerly wind, a circumstance from which the whalers are accustomed to augur a considerable extent of open water in that direction. In standing off to the westward, we made the main ice in the longitude of 58^1^°, scarcely differing five miles from its position in 1819 in the same latitude, and about the same season. The land of Disko was high above the horizon, and quite distinct at the distance of three-and-twenty leagues. • Wc had occasionally the meanR of guessing, with tolerable precision, the height of the ice-bergs, by the Fury passing close to them. OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 11 1824. July. ■i 1 I Tues. 13. On the evening of the 13th, being in latitude 71° 02', and longitude 58° 36', the ice was observed, on the clearing up of a fog, to be slack for a considerable distance within the margin of the "pack." Though it was my intention to have attempted the passage across it to the westward, in a latitude one or two degrees higher, the favourable appearance it now assumed, combined with a fair wind and its unusual accom- paniment, clear weather, induced me at once to enter it, which was accordingly done, and the ships pushed several leagues within the margin. The ice soon beginning to close around us, our progress Sat. 17. became so slow that, on the 17th, we saw a ship at the margin of the " pack,*' and two more on the following day. We supposed these to be whalers, which, after trying to cross the ice to the northward, had returned to make the attempt in the present latitude ; a supposition which our subsequent difficulties served to strengthen. From this time, indeed, the obstructions from the quantity, magnitude, and closeness of the ice, were such as to keep our people almost constantly employed in heaving, warping, or sawing through it ; and yet with so little success, that, at the close of the month of July, we had only penetrated seventy miles to the westward, or to the longitude of about 62° 10'. Here, while closely beset, on the 1st of August, we encountered a hard gale from August. the south-east, which, pressing the ice together in every di- rection, by mass overLaying mass for hours together, the C 2 I-' 1824. Aufjiist. 12 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY I i Hecla received several very awkward " nips," and was once fairly laid on her broadside by a strain which must inevitably have crushed a vessel of ordinary strength. In such cases, the ice is forced under a ship's bottom, on one side, and on the other up her side, both powers thus acting in such a manner as to bring her on her " beam-ends." This is, in fact, the most favourable manner in which a ship can receive the pressure, and would perhaps only occur with ice com- paratively not very heavy, though sufficiently so, it is said, to have run completely over a ship in some extreme and fatal cases. With ice of still more formidable dimensions, a vessel would, probably, by an equal degree of pressure, be absolutely crushed, in consequence of the increased difficulty of sinking it on one side, and causing it to rise on the other*. This gale, which commenced on the 31st of July, was the only strong or even fresh breeze we experienced in the course of that month ; and the indications of the barometer, during its continuance, deserve to be noticed. On the morning of the 31st, about the time the breeze commenced, the mercury began to rise from 29,255, and reached 30,271 on the even- ing of the 1st of August, when the breeze moderated, the * It has more than once occurred to me, under such stress of materials as this, that, independently of the absolute strength of our ships, the circumstance of their being quite full ^ and stowed with minute attention to closeness in every part of their holds, might have contributed something towards their withstanding such enormous pressure. OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 13 ■* W '-■■'■/:■ i I weather cleared up, and the barometer again began to fall. i284. IT • /» 1 • 1 August. Neither in the strength nor the direction ot the wind, nor v-*-^«w/ in the state of the atmosphere, did the mercury indicate the weather we should have anticipated from it ; for the ^ reeze, soon after the fall of the barometer, shifted to the north- ward, with a clear, dry atmosphere, whereas the column had continued to rise steadily during thirty hours of strong southerly wind, accompanied by thick and wet weather. WTiile thus detained, there was not the smallest appear- ance of any clear water to the westward, and I remarked, moreover, that contrary to what had hitherto been the case, we had not drifted in that direction, notwithstanding the strength and duration of the gale. I determined, on this account, to direct our endeavours more to the northward, in hopes of there finding the ice less compact. By dint of con- stant and extreme labour, and at the expense of some of our Thurs. ut. westing, we gained the latitude of 72° 34' on the i9th of August, where the ice still presented as impenetrable a barrier as before. Continuing our efforts to push to the Sun.29. northward, weiiad, on the 29th of August, arrived in latitude 73° 15', on the meridian of 63° 40', in which situation, from our experience in 1819, we had reason to expect there would scarcely have been any ice at this season. The obstructions, however, continued nearly the same, notwithstanding our being much favoured by southeasterly winds, till the 8th of September, in latitude 74° 07', and longitude 69° 54', or about one hundred and ten miles to the W.N.^V^ of the situation Sept. Wed. 8. 1 14 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1824. Sept. Vi i ■■ i 1 ' 1 ; 1 in which we cleared the "pack" in the year 1819. Here the ice became more slack, but it was not till the following Tlmrs. 9. ® day that, having forced our way about forty miles farther, or to the latitude of 74° 14', and longitude 72° 25', we at length succeeded in releasing ourselves from the more than ordinary barrier of ice in the middle of Baffin's Bay. I shall, doubtless, be readily excused for not having entered in this journal, a detailed narrative of the obstacles we met with, and of the unwearied exertions of the officers and men to overcome them, during the tedious eight weeks employed in crossing this barrier. I have avoided this detail, because, while it might appear an endeavour to magnify ordinary diffi- culties, which it is our business to overcome rather than to discuss, I am convinced that no description of mine, nor even the minute formality of the log-book, could convey an adequate idea of the truth. The strain we constantly had occasion to heave on the hawsers, as springs to force the ships through the ice, was such as, perhaps, no ships ever before attempted ; and by means of Phillips's invaluable capstan*, we often separated floes of such magnitude as must * I cannot omit this opportunity of expressing my admiration of this in- genious contrivance in every trial to which we put it in the course of this voyage. By the perfect faciHty with which the machinery is made to act, or the contrary, it is easily altered and applied to any purpose, in ten or fifteen seconds ; and the slowness and consetjuent steadiness of the power, render it infinitely less trying to the hawsers than any purchase we were before enabled to adopt on board a .ship. OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 15 -I is otherwise have baffled every effort. In doing this, it was next to impossible to avoid exposing the men to very great risk, from the frequent breaking of the hawsers. On one occasion three of the Hecla's seamen were knocked down as instantaneously as by a gun-shot, by the sudden flying out of an anchor, and a marine of the Fury suffered in a similar manner when working at the capstan ; but providentially they all escaped with severe contusions. A more serious accident occurred in the breaking of the spindle of the Fury's wind- lass, depriving her of the use of the windlass-end during the rest of the season. In considering the causes of this our bad success, it will not be difficult to shew, by comparison with what we expe- rienced on former occasions, that it was to be attributed to an extremely unfavourable season, both as regarded the quantity and closeness of the ice, as well as the actual tem- perature, and the general state of the weather during the month of August, the very best of the year for navigation in these seas. It has already been seen that the main body of ice reached one hundred and fifty miles farther to the W.N.W., in the parallel of about 74°, than it did in 1819, while the eastern margin, where we entered it, was found precisely in the same meridian as usual at that season ; so that the actual breadth of the barrier appears to have been fifty leagues greater than before. In the absence of actual observations during the preceding winter, it is not easy to 1824. Sept. I.V J I 1824. Sept. 16 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY conjecture whether this circumstance arose from the unusual severity of that dreary season in 1823 and 1824, or from the tardiness of the returning summer's warmth in dissolving the ice produced during the winter ; either of which causes, but more particularly both combined, would sufficiently account for it. That the summer was a wretched one we had too much reason to know ; and the following comparative view of the temperature of August, 1824, with that of the five preceding and one following year, will afford very striking evidence of the fact : — * Latitude. TEMPERATl-BE. Year. iVax. Min. Mean. 1819 . . . 74 to 75 . . +42 + 28 + 3°3.7 1820 . . 74 to 75 . 45 22 32.6 1821 . . 65 to 66^ . 48 28 36.6 1822 . . About 69| . . . 50 27 33.7 1823 . . 69^ to 66| . 55 24 37.8 1824 . . . 71 to 73i , 36.5 16 29.7 1825 . . 72| to 73^ . . . 51 25 35.8 Not less remarkable than the temperature of August was the extraordinary weather which accompanied it, and which, hideed, may perhaps be considered as its cause ; for of the thirty-one days in that month, there was actually but one in which we had not a deposit of snow, sleet, rain, or fog, during some part of the twenty-four consecutive hours ; and a northerly wind, which is the usual harbinger of a clear, dry, wholesome atmosphere, was just as thick as any other. For ten weeks in July, August, and September, though we OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 17 were constantly watching for an opportunity of airing the ships' companies' hedding on deck, we could only venture to do so once. When a considerable fall of snow in light flakes takes place at a low summer temperature, the formation of young ice is, of course, very greatly accelerated, and this was so much the case in the present instance, that on several days, even in the middle of August, the ships could scarcely be dragged through it; whereas that obstruction, the most tedious and vexatious we have to contend with, never occurred to us before, till full a month later than this. The appearance around us, under these circumstances, was some- times a curious, and, to our prospects of advancement, rather an alarming one ; for the water and the air being both too cold to dissolve the snow, it remained floating upon the sur- face till every pool was entirely covered with it, so that the sea, which just before had been diversified with alternate light and dark patches, was immediately converted into one uniform surface of white. This phenomenon, to the extent in which it now occurred, was to me a new one ; and there can be no doubt that, had the temperature continued low for two or three days together, while the sea was thus covered, a sheet of ice would have been formed, too solid to have been again dissolved during the same season. It was impossible, therefore, not to apprehend at times, that a continuance of weather so unseasonable might expose us to the unpleasiint D 1824. Sept. •I I 18 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1824. Sept. dilemna of being frozen up during a winter in the middle of Baffin's Bay. During our passage across the ice, the temperature of the sea-water at the surface differed at times from 28° to 32°, this change evidently depending on the quantity of ice which was dissolving and covering the surface at the time ; but during colder weather, when little or no dissolution was going on, the temperature of 28° almost invariably prevailed. On our leaving the western margin of the ice, it rose, at eight leagues' distance, to 32°, then fell immediately to 31° and 30°, which continued for sixty miles on a westerly course, and then gra- dually decreased to 28°, on approaching Sir James Lancaster's Sound. In the year 1819 its temperature remained at 37°, for a run of sixty-three miles in the same direction. Our detention in the ice afforded occasional opportunities of trying the ttmpeiature and specific gravity of the sea-water at diffeient depths ; an account of these experiments, toge- ther with a few others subsequently obtained, will be given in one concise view, at the close of this season's narrative. Our soundings, in crossing Baffin's Bay, increased with tolerable regularity as we advanced to the westward. When only a few miles within the eastern margin of the ice, on the 15th and 16th of July, we had from two hundred and thirty- five to two hundred and eighty fathoms, muddy bottom. On the 18th, the depth had increased to three hundred and fifty- five fathoms, and on the 21st no soundings could be gained ^a OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 19 iddle of ! of the 32°, this lich was : during )ing on, On our leagues' °, which len gra- icaster's I at 37°, n. Our lities of 3a-water ts, toge- )e given itive. d with When on the thirty- m. On id fifty- gained ■.I with four hundred and seventy. Advancing still farther to the northward and westward, a line of seven hundred to seven hundred and fifty fathoms did not reach the ground. The constant besetment of the ships, and our daily obser- vations for latitude and longitude, afforded a favourable opportunity for ascertaining precisely the set of any currents by which the whole body of ice might be actuated. By attending very carefully to all the circumstances, it was evident that a daily set to the southward obtained, when the wind was northerly, differing in amount from two or three, to eight or ten miles per day, according to the strength of the breeze ; but a northerly current was equally apparent, and fully to the same amount, whenever the wind blew from the southward. A circumstance more remarkable than these, however, forced itself strongly upon my notice at this time, which was, that a westerly set was very frequently apparent, even against a fresh breeze blowing from that quarter. I mention the circumstance in this place, because I may here- after have to offer a remark or two on this faot, in connexion with some others of a similar nature noticed elsewhere. With respect to the dimensions of the ice through which we had now scrambled our way, principally by warping and towing, a distance of between three and four hundred miles, I remarked that it for the most part increased, as well in the thickness as the extent of the floes, as we advanced west- ward about the parallel of 7 1°. During our subsequent pro- D 2 1824. Sept. ' I 1824. Sept. ui 20 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY gress to the north, we also met with some of enormous dimensions, several of the floes, to which we applied our hawsers and the power of the improved capstan, being at their margin more than twenty feet above the level of the sea ; and over some of these we could not see from the mast- head. Upon the whole, however, the magnitude oP the ice became somewhat less towards the north-west, and within thirty miles of that margin the masses were comparatively small, and their thickness much diminished. Bergs were in sight during the whole passage, but they were more nume- rous towards the middle of the " pack," and rather the most so to the southward. The birds we saw were rotges (Alca AlleJ, looms (Uria Brunnwhii), dovekies (Colymbus Grj/lleJ, and ivory gulls (harm Eburnem) ; but the rotges were by far the most nu- merous, occurring, at times, in considerable flocks, and occu- pying the small pools of open water between the floes, espe- cially to the westward. A flock of ducks, appearing generally of the eider species, was also now and then observed, and even as early as the middle of August these were always flying to the south-eastward. A few solitary seals, and two or three bears, were all that we saw besides, only one or two whales occurring till after we had entered Sir James Lan- caster's Sound. OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 21 -i-. .■:»■ CHAPTER II. ENTER SIR JAMES LANCASTER'S SOUND LAND AT CAPE WARRENDER MEET WITH YOUNG ICE SHIPS BESET AND CARRIED NEAR THE SHORE DRIVEN BACK TO NAVY-BOARD INLET — RUN TO THE WESTWARD, AND ENTER PRINCE REGENT'S INLET — ARRIVAL AT PORT BOWEN. 1824. Sept. All our past obstacles were in a moment forgotten, when we once more saw an open sea before us ; but it must be con- fessed that it was not so easy to forget that the middle of September was already near at hand, without having brought us even to the entrance of Sir James Lancaster's Sound. That not a moment might be lost> however, in pushing to the westward, a press of canvass was crowded, and being happily favoured with an easterly breeze, on the morning of the 10th, we caught a glimpse of the high bold land on the Frid. lo. north side of the magnificent inlet up which our course was once more to be directed. From the time of our leaving the main body of ice, we met with none of any kind, and the entrance of the Sound was, as usual, entirely free from it, except here and there a berg, floating about in that solitary grandeur, of which these enormous masses, when occurring in the midst of an extensive sea, are calculated to convey so subUme an idea. hit THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY Sept. *■* Sat. 11. On the morning of the 1 1th, the ships being taken a-back with a fresh westerly breeze, when near Cape Warrender, 1 landed in a small bay close to the westward of it, accom- panied by several of the officers, in order to examine the country, and to make the necessary observations. Dr. Neill observed, on landing, that " the beach was covered with frag- ments of ilesh-coloured feldspar, closely studded with red garnets, varying in size from that of a garden pea to that of a walnut. We could with difficulty determine the nature of the formation of the coast, the surface of the ground being almost entirely covered, either with snow, luxuriant rein- deer moss, or debris from the neighbouring hills. In one place, however, we observed a small part of the rock in situ, and could with certainty determine it to be of gneiss forma- tion. Feldspar, in large plates, thickly set with garnets, composed the greater part of the rock : these plates were separated by thin layers of quartz and mica, closely blended together, the strata dipping in a northerly direction, at an angle of thirty degrees. We found on the beach several nodules of clay-ironstone, but could not observe from whence they were detached." The vegetation was scanty, but a few plants were added to our collection by the gentlemen who accompanied me. Our party was successful in killing three rein-deer out of a small herd, the only one seen ; these gave us one hundred and ninety-two pounds of venison, exclusive of the heads, OF A North-west passage. 23 hearts, ^-c, which, as usual, became the perquisites of the is-u. Sept. successful sportsmen. The latitude observed at our landing- ^*^r^/ place, which was on the eastern side of a bay, three-quarters of a mile wide, and close to Cape Warrender, was 74° 28' 16", the longitude by chronometers, 81° 51' 12 ".9*, and the varia- tion of the magnetic needle, 104° 48' -0" westerly. A narrow stream of water ran down the centre of the bay, communicating with a small lagoon, just within the beach ; and on the steep side of a hill at the back of a considerable space of level ground, fronting the bay, was an immense mass of snow and ice, containing strata of muddy-looking soil, the rudiments, perhaps, of some huge ice-berg, which, ages hence, may here be tumbled into the ocean. On the morning of the 12th we were once more favoured Sunday i;! with a breeze from the eastward, but so light and unsteady, that our i)rogress was vexatiously slow ; and on the 13th, when within seven leagues of Cape York, we had the morti- fication to perceive the sea a-head of us covered with young ice, the thermometer having, for two days past, ranged only from 18" to 20°. On reaching it we htid, as usual, recourse to " sallying," breaking it with boats a-head, and various other expedients, all alike ineffectual without a fresh and free * This latitude will bo found to agrw i-xactly, and tlio longitudi' within one mile of the position assigned to Cai)o Warrender in our chart of 1815), and oIk- tained by the intersection of astronomical bearings taken at « considerable dis- tunco from the coast. • 1 'f i 1 m h 24 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1824. breeze furnishing a constant impetus ; so that after seven or ---vC eight hours of unsuccessful labour in this way, we were obliged to remain as we were, fairly and immovably beset. It now appeared high time to determine as to the pro- priety of still continuing our efforts to push to the westward, or of returning to England, according to my instructions on that head, under particular circumstances. As the crossing of the ice in Baffin's Bay had of itself unexpectedly occupied nearly the whole of one season, it could not, of course, be considered that the attempt to penetrate to the westward, in the manner directed by their Lordships, had as yet been made, nor could it, indeed, be made during the present year. I could not, therefore, have a moment's hesitation as to the propriety of pushing on as far as the present seasu»^ • ■iii jjennit, and then giving a fair trial, during the whole '^ Le next summer, to the route I was directed by my instructions to pursue. In order, however, to confirm my own opinion on this subject, I requested to be furnished with that of Captain Hoppner ; and findin*; that his views entirely agreed with my own, I resolved still to pursue our object by all the means in our power. The next breeze sprung up from the westward, drawing also from the southward, at times, out of Prince Regent's I4iii to iHtli. Inlet, and for three days we were struggling with the young ice to little or no puriK)se, now and then gaining half a mile of ground to windward in a little " hole " of open water, then OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 25 18-24. Sept. losing as much by the necessity of bearing up, or wearing, (for the ice was too strong to allow us to tack) sallying from morning to night with all hands, and with the watch at night, two boats constantly under the bows ; and after all, rather losing ground than otherwise, while the young ice was every hour increasing in thickness. On the 17th, when we had driven back rather to the east- Friday 17. ward of Admiralty Inlet, an easterly breeze again enabled us to make some progress. The sea was now, for the most part, covered with young ice, which had become so thick as to look white throughout its whole extent. The holes of water could now, therefore, be more distinctly seen, and by taking advantage of these, we succeeded in making a few miles of westing, the " leads " taking us more in-shore, towards Ad- miralty Inlet, than before. Towards sun-set we became more and more hiimpered, and were eventually beset during the night. A breeze sprung up from the westward, which increasing to a fresh gale, we found ourselves, at daylight, far to the eastward, and also within two miles of the land, near a long low point, which, on the former voyages, had not been seen. The sea was covered with ice between us and the shore, all of this year's formation, but now of consider- able thickness and formidable appearance. The wind con- tinuing strong, the whole body was constantly pressed In upon the land, bearing the ships along with it, and doubhng one sheet over another, sometimes to a hundred thicknesses. t 1 ii'-i 4 -"I 26 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1824. Sept. We quickly shoaled the water from seventy to forty fathoms, the latter depth occurring about a mile from the beach ; and after this we drifted but little, the ice being blocked up between the point and a high perpendicular berg lying a^ground off it. The sails being furled, and the top-gallant yards got down, we now considered ourselves fortunate in our situation ; for had we been only a quarter of a mile further out, we shoidd have been within the influence of a current that was there sweeping the whole body of ice to the eastward, at the rate of a mile and a half an hour. Indeed, at times, this current was disposed to approach us still nearer, carrying away pieces of ice close to our quarter ; but by means of long hawsers, secured to the heaviest and most compact of the small floes in-shore of us, we contrived to hold on. Under such circum- stances, it evidently became expedient to endeavour, by sawing, to get the ships as close in-shore as possible, so as to secure them either to grounded ice, or by anchoring within the shelter of a bay, at no great distance inside of us ; for it now seemed not unlikely that winter was about to put a pre- mature stop to all further operations at sea for this season. At all events it was necessary to consult the immediate safety of the ships, and to keep them from being drifted back to the eastward. I, therefore, gave orders for endeavouring to get the ships in towart^s the bay, by cutting through what level floes still remained. At the same time an officer OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 27 1824. Sept. Monday 20. was despatched to examine the shore, which was found safe, with regular soundings in every part. So strong had been the pressure while the ice was forcing in upon us, that after liberating the Hecla on one side, she was as firmly cemented to it on the other, as after a winter's formation, and we could only clear her by heavy and repeated " sallying." After cutting in two or three hundred yards, while the people were at dinner on the 21st, our canal closed, by the external Tuesday 21. pressure coming upon the parts which we had weakened, and in a few minutes the whole was once more in motion, or, as the seamen not inaptly expressed it, " alive," mass doubling under mass, and raising those which were uppermost to a considerable height. The ice thus pressed together was now about ten feet in thickness in some places, and, on an ave- rage, not less than four or five, so that while thus forced in upon a ship, although soft in itself, it caused her to tremble exceedingly ; a sensation, indeed, commonly experienced in forcing through young ice of considerable thickness. We were now once more obliged to be quiet spectators of what was going on around us, having, with extreme difficulty, succeeded in saving most of our tools that were lying on the ice when the squeezing suddenly began. Towards evening we made fast to a stationary floe, at the distance of one mile from the beach, in eighteen fathoms, where we remained tolerably quiet for the night, the ice outside of us, and as far as we could see, setting constantly, at a great rate, to the E 2 '4. 'i ii !M !■' , 28 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 'Ui 1824. eastward. Some of our gentlemen, who had landed in ^-"v-v^ the course of the day, and who had to scramble their way on board over the ice in motion, described the bay as deeper than it appeared from the offing. Dr. Neill " found, on such parts of the beach as were not covered with ice or snow, fragments of bituminous shale, flinty slate, and iron- stone, interspersed amongst a blue-coloured limestone gravel. As far as he was able to travel inland, the surface was com- posed of secondary Umestone, partially covered with a thin layer of calc-sinter. From the scantiness of the vegetation here, the limestone seemed likely to contain a large propor- tion of magnesia. Dr. Neill was about to examine for coal, which the formation led him to expect, when the ice was observed to be in motion, obliging him hastily to return on board." Lieutenant Ross " found, about two-thirds up a small peaked insulated hill of limestone, between three and four hundred feet above the level of the sea, several pieces of coal, which he found to burn with a clear bright flame, crackhng much, and throwing off* slaty splinters." Hares' burrows were numerous on this hill ; Lieutenant Ross saw two of these animals, one of which he killed. A fox was also observed, in its summer dress ; and these, with a pair of ravens, some wingless ducks, and several snow-buntings, were all the animals noticed at this place. Wed. Ti. A sudden motion of the ice, on the morning of the 22nd, occasioned by a change of wind to the S.E., threatened to OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 29 carry us directly off the land. It was now, more than ever, desirable to hold on, as this breeze was likely to clear the shore, and, at the same time, to give us a run to the west- ward. Hawsers were, therefore, run out to the land-ice, composed of some heavy masses, almost on the beach. With the Hecla this succeeded, but the Fury being much further from the shore, soon began to move out with the whole body of ice, which, cai ^ing her close to the large berg off the point, swept her round the latter, where, after great exertion, Captain Hoppner succeeded in getting clear, and then made sail to beat back to us. In the mean time the strain put upon the Hecla's hawsers being too great for them, they snapped, one after another, and a bower-anchor was let go, as a last resource. It was one of Hawkins's, with the double fluke, and immediately brought up, not merely the ship, but a large floe of young ice, which had just broken our stream- cable. All hands were sent upon the floe to cut it up a-head, and the whole operation was a novel, and at times a fearful one ; for the ice, being weakened by the cutting, would sud- denly gather fresh-way astern, carrying men and tools with it, while the chain-cable continued to plough through it in a manner which gave one the idea of something alive, and con- tinually renewing its attacks. The anchor held surprisingly, and after this tremendous strain had been put upon it for above an hour, we had fairly cut the floe in two, and the ship was riding in clear water about half a mile from the shore. 18'24. Sept. ''^i'll 30 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1824. Sept. I was now in hopes we should have made some progress, for a large channel of clear water was left open in-shore ; a breeze blew off the land, and the temperature of the atmo- sphere had again risen considerably. We had not sailed five miles, however, when a westerly wind took us a-back, and a most dangerous swell set directly upon the shore, obliging me immediately to stand off the land ; and the Fury being still to the eastward of the point, I ran round it, in order to re- join her before sunset. The current was here setting very fast to the eastward, not less, I think, in some places, than two miles an hour, so that, even in a clear sea, we had little chance of stemming it, much less beset as we were in young ice during an unusually dark night of nine or ten hours' du- ration, with a heavy fall of snow. The consequence was, that when we made the land on the morning of the 23rd, we had been drifted the incredible distance of eight or nine leagues during the night, finding ourselves off the Wollaston Islands at the entrance of Navy Board Inlet. We stood in under the islands to look for anchorage during the night, but the water being everywhere too deep close to the shore, we made fast at sunse^t. to some very heavy ice upon a point, which we took to be the main-land, but which Captain Hoppner after- wards found to be upon one of the islands, which are at least four in number. Here we found the current still setting to the eastward, and at one time during the night it was so strong against a OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 31 fresh easterly wind, that we were obhged to set our top-sails 1824. Sept. aback, to keep the ships clear of the ice. At length, on the v^-v-^ morning of the 24th, before daylight, one of the anchors Friday 24. shpped out by the sheering of the ship, and the other hawser immediately breaking, we made sail off the land. At day- light, the easterly wind having freshened to a gale, and dis- persed almost the whole of the young ice, I made the Fury's signal to join us as soon as she had saved our hawsers, and we then bore up along the land to the westward. We had a fine run during the day, but towards evening met with a great deal of young ice packed together by the breeze now blowing. We also met here with some " old ice", one floe of which, or rather field, was immensely heavy, and too exten- sive to see over. About Cape Craufurd it led us close in with the land, which is all so bold in this neighbourhood as to leave nothing to fear in that respect, and after running till eleven at night, we hove-to for daylight, some ice being seen a-head. The wind died away at midnight, and was succeeded soon after by a contrary breeze, the thermometer gradually falling from 28° in the morning to 17° at night, so that our enemy, satur. 25. the young ice, once more began to exert its influence. Being off Eardley Bay, towards sunset, and observing that the current still set to the eastward, I went in-shore in a boat, to look for some place of tolerable security in which the ships might hold on during the night, but without success. We were, therefore, under the necessity of taking our chance II "HI ,1 i I ■'.I ?i '1 , 1824. Sept. "-^."^ Sun. 26. il. 1v 32 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY under-way, if the latter terra may be applied to ships that, for eight hours, did not move ten times their own length through the young ice. I was glad to find in the morning, however, that we had lost little or no ground, by which it appeared that the current, which, on the evening before, was setting to the eastward in-shore, at the rate of not less than a knot and a half, did not extend to the deeper water in the offing. On the 26th we were favoured with an easterly breeze, which, gradually freshening, promised, in earnest, to take us into Prince Regent's Inlet. We sailed through many miles of tough young ice, with a heavy press of canvass, keeping two boats a-head, by ropes attached to the bowsprit, till it was dangerous to do so any longer, and in a few hours found ourselves within the inlet, and in perfectly clear water in-shore, the breeze having driven all the young ice off the land, as well as a body of old floes, which just left us room to sail within it. The wind came in extremely hard gusts out of every ravine and valley, with which this coast abounds, obliging us to lower our small sails frequently ; and soon after dark a gale came on so suddenly as scarcely to give us time for taking in our canvass. Having reduced to the maintop-sail and storm-sails, and the sea not being heavy, in consequence of the wind being well off the land, we passed the night without accident, though in constant anxiety, from the expectation of meeting with the main body of ice under our lee. The weather was, in truth, most inclement, being ,li'«( I ''A K> \. -^H: !'i m OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 33 i extremely dark, and small snow being drifted off the hills in such continued clouds as to make it impossible to look to windward, and rendering both the atmosphere and the sea extremely thick. After midnight the wind began to moderate, and by de- grees also drew more to the southward than before. At daylight, therefore, we found ourselves seven or eight miles from the land ; but no ice was in sight, except the " sludge," ot honey- like consistence, with which almost the whole sea WHS covered. A strong blink, extending along the eastern horizon, pointed out the position of the main body of ice, which was iarther Kstant from the eastern shore of the inlet than I ever saw it Being assisted by a fine working breeze, which, at 'j.ic same time, prevented the formation of any more ice to obstruct us, we made coi sir-crable progress along the land, and at noon were nearly a-breast of Jackson Inlet, which we now saw to be considerably larger than our distant view of it on tlie former voyage had led us to suppose. We found also that what at a distance appeared an island in the en- trance, was, in reality, a dark-looking rocky hill, on the south side. A few more tacks brought us to the entrance of Port V'ijwen, which, for two or three days past, I had determined to make our wintering-place, if, as there was but little reason to expect, we should be so fortunate as to push the ships thus far. My reasons for coming to this determination, in which Captain Hoppner's opinion also served to confirm me, F 1824. Sept. Mon. 27. m . .11 ^ 11':: ;t I'll ■m ' a ■w 4 rU U'\ 34 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY ■•I 3 1824. Sept. will be sufficiently gathered from the operations of the pre- ceding fortnight, which convinced me that the precarious chance of making a few miles more progress could no longer be suffered to weigh against the evident risk now attending further attempts at navigation : a risk not confined to the mere exposure of the ships to imminent danger, or the hazard of being shut out of a winter-harbour, but to one which, I may be permitted to say, we all dreaded as much as these, — the too obvious probability of our once more being driven back to the eastward, should we again become ham- pered in the young ice. Joining to this the additional con- sideration that no known place of security existed to the southward on this coast, I had not the smallest hesitation in availing myself of the present opportunity to get the ships into harbour. Beating up, therefore, to Port Bowen, we found it filled with " old " and " hummocky " ice, attached to the shores on both sides, as low down as about three- quarters of a mile below Stoney Island. Here we made fast in sixty-two fathoms' water, running our hawsers far in upon the ice, in case of its breaking off at the margin. On entering Port Bowen, I was forcibly struck with the circumstance of the chffs on the south side of the harbour being, in many places, covered with a layer of blue transpa- rent-looking ice, occasioned undoubtedly by the snow par- tially thawing there, and then being arrested by the frost, and presenting a feature very indicative of the late cold summer. W i OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 36 The same thing was observed on all the land to which we made a near approach on the south side of Barrow's Strait this season, especially about Cape York and Eardley Bay ; but as we had never been close to these parts of the shore in 1819, it did not occur to me as any thing new, or worthy of notice. At Port Bowen, however, which, in that year, was closely examined, I am quite certain that no such thing was to be seen, even in the month of August, the cliff's being then quite clear of snow, except here and there a patch of drift. Though it was evident that we could not possibly get the ships round Stoney Island, into the proper anchorage (neither indeed was it desirable, on account of our prospects of an early release in the spring), yet it was expedient to remove them immediately from the sea-margin of the ice, by cutting a canal into the floe as far as was necessary for their security ; a work that was accordingly commenced on the following day. The labour proved extremely heavy for the men, the floe being thick and full of large hummocks ; but considerable progress had been made on the morning of the 29th, when a gale came on from the eastward, which for six or seven hours blew in gusts, and with a violence I never remember to have seen exceeded, occasioned probably by the high lands between which we were lying. Masses of ice constantly breaking off' from the edge of the floe, kept us in continual apprehension of our hawsers being snap])ed I" 2 1824. Sept. '« i'^' •1. i ■1' 1824. Sept. October Friday 1 36 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY by the additional strain thus occasionally brought upon them, in which case we should have been driven to sea, and probably into the old ice, which had been in sight all day off the harbour. Happily, however, we held on, and Thurs. 30. were enabled to resume our work the following day, the canal already cut being now scarcely perceptible, from the washing away of the ice composing its sides. On the evening of the 1st of October, we had accomplished enough for our purpose, and the ships were warped into their winter- stations, which we had the satisfaction to think were ex- tremely favourable for an early release in the spring. We lay here in fifty-three fathoms water, over a bottom of very soft mud. The sea, soon after, being covered on the out- side with a floe of young ice, which was not again removed for the winter, we suffered no further disturbance ; but the easterly winds were occasionally so violent for several days after this, that I did not consider the ships sufficiently secure tor commencing the winter arrangements, until the bower-cables were carried out from each, and taken round large hummocks of ice, as far up the harbour as possible. After these precautions had been taken, we were Anally settled about the middle of October. Late as we had this year been in reaching Sir James Lan- caster's Sound, there would still have been time for a ship engaged in the whale-fishery to have reaped a tolerable har- vest, as we met with a number of whales in every part of it, M OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 37 I and even as far as the entrance of Port Bowen. The number registered altogether in our journals is between twenty and thirty, but I have no doubt that many more than these were seen, and that a ship expressly on the look-out for them would have found full occupation for her boats. Several which came near us were of large and " payable " dimensions. I confess, however, that had I been within the Sound, in a whaler, towards the close of so unfavourable a season as this, with the young ice forming so rapidly on the whole extent of the sea, I should not have been disposed to persevere in the fishery under circumstances so precarious, and to a ship unprepared for a winter involving such evident risk. It is probable, however, that on the outside the formation of young ice would have been much retarded by the swell ; and I am inclined to believe that a season so unfavourable as this will be found of rare occurrence. We observed a great many narwhals in different parts of Barrow's Strait, and a few walruses, and should perhaps have seen many more of both, but for the continual presence of the young ice. I shall close this season's narrative with the result of a few experiments made at different times on the specific gravity and temperature of the sea-water at various depths below the surface. 1824. October. • 'if ;,f:,l 11 Hi f 1814. DAY. TIME. WATER BROUOHT UP Temperature of REMARKS. Froms depth of Specific Orarity. Temperatnre when Surface Water. Atmo- sphere. Weired Brought up Fathomi + ° + " + ° + ° June 94. 8 P.M. 48 • • • • .32 34 39 July 8. 10.30AM 109 • • • • 33 87 37.5 Whole depth 112 fothoms. Surface 1.0089 1.0204 57 67 n 1.0190 71 18. A.M. . 10 20 SO 100 1.0230 1.0247 1.0261 1.0957 75 1 73 66 72 » 31.5 SltoSS Closely lurrounded by extensive bo- dies of ice. 915 315 1.0267 57 30 30.5 35 Surface 9 10 20 1.0018 1.0191 1 .0256 1.0257 55 59.5 57 61 85. P.M. 30 50 100 200 800 400 1.0267 1 .0267 1.0964 1.0271 1.0270 1.0863 59.5 59. S 55.5 56 58 32. S 34.5 Ditto. Sept. 12. A.M.i 8 SOD 1.0355 1.0275 52 52 I 90 98.5 r 18' Very little ice in lif^hl : whole depth of water 869 fathoms. 18. A.M. 900 1.0269 61 98.5 98.5 20 Whole depth 210 fal'iomi 18. • • Surface 1.008T 80 ^ , < Dissolved from younij salt-water ire. an inch thick, containing a brown vegetable substance. 19. • • • • 1.0011 47 • • f From a part of a berif, dissolved on board for drinking. Oct.S. P.M. 54 • • • • 8» 2N 18. S OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 39 CHAPTER III. WINTER ARRANGEMENTS IMPROVEMENTS IN WARMING AND VENTI- LATING THE SHIPS — MASQUERADES ADOPTED AS AN AMUSEMENT TO THE MEN ESTABLISHMENT OF SCHOOLS MAGNETIC AND ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS — METEOROLOGICAL PHENOMENA. Our present winter-arrangements so closely resembled, in general, those before adopted, that a fresh description of them here would prove little more than a repetition of that already contained in the narratives of our former voyages. On each succeeding occasion, however, some improvements were made which, for the benefit of those hereafter engaged in similar enterprises, it may be proper to record. For all those whose lot it may be to succeed us, sooner or later, in these inhospitable regions, may be assured that it is only by rigid and unremitted attention to these and numberless other "little things," that they can hope to enjoy the good state of health which, under the divine blessing, it has always been our happiness, in so extraordinary a degree, to experience. In the description I shall offer of the appearances of na- ture, and of the various occurrences, during this winter, I 1824. October. 1^ : 'ii ■i, \\i >Jl i I :, . M 40 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1824. October. I know not how I can do better than pursue a method similar to that heretofore practised, by confining myself rather to the pointing out of any difference observed in them now and formerly, than by entering on a fresh description of the actual phenomena. To those who read, as well as to those who describe, the account of a winter passed in these regions can no longer be expected to afford the interest of novelty it once possessed ; more especially in a station already delineated with tolerable geographical precision on our maps, and thus, as it were, brought near to our fire- sides at home. Independently, indeed, of this circumstance, it is hard to conceive any one thing more like another than two winters passed in the higher latitudes of the Polar regioiis, except when variety happens to be afforded by in- tercourse with some other branch of " the whole family of man." Winter after winter, nature here assumes an aspect so much alike, that cursory observation can scarely detect a single feature of variety. The winter of more temperate climates, and even in some of no slight severity, is occa- sionally diversified by a thaw, which at once gives variety and comparative cheerfulness to the prospect. But here, when once the earth is covered, all is dreary monotonous white- ness — not merely for days or weeks, but for more than half a year together. Whichever way the eye is turned, it meets a picture calculated to impress upon the mind an idea of in- animate stillness, of that motionless torpor with which our 4 'I OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 41 If u feelings have nothing congenial ; of anything, in short, but life. In the very silence there is a deadness with which a human spectator appears out of keeping. The presence of man seems an intrusion on the dreary solitude of this wintry desert, which even its native animals have for a while forsaken. As this general description of the aspect of nature would suit alike each winter we have passed in the ice, so also, with very little variation, might our limited catalogue of occur- rences and adventures serve equally for any one of those seasons. Creatures of circumstance, we act and feel as we did before on every like occasion, and as others will probably do after us in the same situation. Whatever difference time or events may have wrought in individual feelings, and however different the occupations which those feelings may have suggested, they are not such as, without imi)ertinence, can be intruded upon others ; with these " the stranger in- termeddleth not." I am persuaded, therefore, that I shall be excused in sparing the dulness of another winter's diary, and confining myself exclusively to those facts which appear to possess any scientific interest, to the few incidents which did diversify our confinement, and to such remarks as may contribute to the health and comfort of any future so- journers in these dreary regions. It m.iy well be supposed that, in this climate, the princi- pal desideratum which art is called upon to furnish for the O 1 824. October. '4' m » . 'i'l4t I I m •w uiv 42 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1824. October. promotion of health, is warmth, as well in the external air as in the inhabited apartments. Exposure to a cold atmo- sphere, when the body is well clothed, produces no bad effect whatever beyond a frost-bitten cheek, nose, or finger. As for any injury to healthy lungs from the breathing of cold air, or from sudden changes from this into a warm atmo- sphere, or vice versd, it may with much confidence be as- serted that, with due attention to external clothing, there is nothing in this respect to be apprehended. This infe- rence, at least, would appear legitimate, from the fact that our crews, consisting of one hundred and twenty persons, have for four winters been constantly undergoing, for months together, a change of from eighty to a hundred degrees of temperature, in the space of time required for opening two doors, (perhaps less than half a minute) with- out incurring any pulmonary complaints at all. Nor is a covering for the mouth at all necessary under these circum- stances, though to most persons very conducive to comfort ; for some individuals, from extreme dishke to the condensa- tion and freezing of the breath about the " comforter" gene- rally used for this purpose, have never worn any such de- fence for the mouth; and this without the sUghtest inju- rious effect or uncomfortable feeUng beyond that of a cold face, which becomes comparatively trifling by habit. In speaking of the external clothing sufficient for health ill this climate, it must be confessed that, in severe expo- OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 43 sure, quite a load of woollen clothes, even of the best qua- lity, is insufficient to retain a comfortable degree of warmth ; a strong breeze carrying it off so rapidly that the sensation is that of the cold piercing throu£;h the body. A jacket made very long, like those called by seamen " pea-jackets," and Uned with fur throughout, would be more effectual than twice the weight of woollen clothes, and is indeed almost weather proof. For the prevention of lumbago, to which our seamen are especially liable, from their well- known habit of leaving their loins imperfectly clothed, every man should be strictly obliged to wear, under his outer clothes, a canvas belt a foot broad, lined with flannel, and having straps to go over the shoulder *. It is certain, however, that no precautions in clothing are sufficient to maintain health during a polar winter, without a due degree of warmth in the apartments we inhabit. Most persons are apt to associate with the idea of warmth, something hke the comfort derived from a good fire on a winter's evening at home ; but in these regions the case is inconceivably different : here it is not simple comfort, but health, and therefore ultimately life, that depends upon it. The want of a constant supply of warmth is here imme- diately followed by a condensation of all the moisture, whe- ther from the breath, victuals, or other sources, into abun- 1824. October. , ■ 1 1 i 1 1 ' I ■ 1 .,''»', U ' II ' 'i 1824. October. (: I 44 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY dant drops of water, very rapidly forming on all the coldest parts of the deck. A still lower temperature modifies, and perhaps improves the annoyance by converting it into ice, which again an occasional increase of warmth dissolves into water. Nor is this the amount of the evil, though it is the only visible part of it ; for not only is a moist atmosphere thus incessantly kept up, but it is rendered stagnant also by the want of that ventilation which warmth alone can furnish. With an apartment in this state, the men's clothes and bedding are continually in a moist and unwholesome condition, generating a deleterious air which there is no circulation to carry oft'; and whenever these circumstances combine for any length of time together, so surely may the scurvy, to say nothing of other diseases, be confidently ex- pected to exhibit itself. With a strong conviction of these facts, arising from the extreme anxiety with which I have been accustomed to watch every minute circumstance connected with the health of our people, it may be conceived how highly I must ap- preciate any means that can be devised to counteract effects so pernicious. Such means have been completely furnished by Mr. Sylvester's warming apparatus, a contrivance of which I scarcely know how to express my admiration in adequate terms. The alteration adopted on this voyage of placing this stove in the very bottom of the hold, produced not only the effect naturally to be expected from it, of increas- OF A North-west passage. 45 ing the rapidity of the current of warm air, and thus carry- ing it to all the officers' cabins with less loss of heat in its passage ; but was also accompanied by an advantage scarcely less important, which had not been anticipated. This was the perfect and uniform warmth maintained during the winter in both the cable-tiers, which, when cleared of all the stores, gave us another habitable deck, on which more than one-third of the men's hammocks were birthed ; thus affording to the ship's companies, during seven or eight months of the year, the indescribable comfort of nearly twice- the space for their beds, and twice the volume of air to breathe in. It need scarcely be added, how conducive to wholesome ventilation, and to the prevention of moisture below, such an arrangement proved ; suffice it to say that we have never before been so free from moisture, and that I cannot but chiefly attribute to this apparatus the unprece- dented good state of health we enjoyed during this winter. The mean daily temperature upon the Hecla's lower- deck during the winter is given in the meteorological abstracts; in the tiers it was generally about 60°, and never below 56°, and that of my cabin (hitherto much the coldest part of the ship,) was 63°, from December to April inclusive. The two coldest of the officers' cabins, which were those at the foot of the after-ladder, varied between .50° and 60°, the mean being about 56°, and all the others were several degrees higher. Mr. Daniell's hygrometer 18-24. October. i\ ; ■ i :i\ ^i\ ¥ •''1 .1, ' . '\* {'! 46 THFRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1824. was tried on several occasi*:.T-.«, in different parts of the ship. October. ^ *^ The following examples 'hiu. show how great a degree of dryness was maintained below: — Day. Temp, of the Ext.Air. Part of the Ship. Temp, of xhene„ ttitf Apirtnirnt Point. Remarks Jan.9, 11 30a.m. -22o Middle of lower-deck +67.5 +53.5 All the people had been on the lowei-dcck for an hour and a half pre- viously, but were of!" the deck at the time. Apr. 5, 1130 -20». 11, 9 30 p.m. +60 Captain's cabin . . +64 +48 1 A few people below ; Gun-room .... +64.2 +50 > the coppers boiling;, Middle of lower-deck +63.5 +55 J and meat taking out. Ditto +66 +5; The ship's company in bed. I must add to these remarks, which the vital importance of the subject has alone induced me to continue to such a length, that no means for the production of internal warmth will prove sufficient, without the most minute attention to the stopping of every crevice communicating with the external ah*. There should, on this account, be no openings whatever, but those for the stove pipes and the two ladders ; the sides and upper-deck should be lined with thick cork, the former being defended also externally by a high and broad bank of snow, and the latter by a thick covering of snow and sand, especially over the closed hatchways, where it is extremely difficult to prevent an accumulation of moisture below. I have heard a doubt OF A North-west passage. 47 expressed whether, with all these ])recautions, there is not a risk of not admitting etiough fresh air for healthy respi- ration, and to afford draught to the fires. But I do not think there is any reason for this apprehension; enough, and, without great care, more than enough, for these purposes will always gain admission by the frequent opening of the doors ; for it should be remembered that the more warmth is produced below, the more forcibly will the cold air from above find its way in to supply the place of that which is rarefied. A constant struggle is thus going on between the two ; and that wholesome ventilation, whereby a warm and dry atmosphere can alone be maintained in a crowded apartment in am/ climate, and in most temperate ones is best promoted by a free admission of atmospheric air, is here most effectually ensured by due care not to let the cold preponderate. It was found a great improve- ment, during the winter, to turn the fore-ladder " fore and aft," so that whatever cold air came down in opening the doors, immediately passed towards the galley-fire, by this means preventing, for the first time, any condensation of vapour at the foot of the ladder. We also derived great advantage from leading the pipe of Sylvester's stove, and that in the sick-bay, into the galley-funnel, thus getting rid of all but one chimney, which being a large one, was quite sufficient for ventilation. >• The ventilation which goes on upon a ship's lower-deck, 1824. October. il! i' MS, i .h I : '''M M % ni •in ;: :i iiif '1-. 48 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1 8-24. ! ii especially when assisted by the excellent means above alluded to, exhibits itself curiously in cold weather, by the quantity of vapour which is always visibly ascending through the galley-funnel, like a dense column of smoke, and which is most dense at night, when everybody is below, and tlitre is no fire in the range; because the vapour is then most abundant and most rapidly condensed in its ascent. Ano- ther curious phenomenon generally takes place in the day- time, when the tires are clear, and very little besides aque- ous vapour is escaping. The smoke (for such it appears to be) is divided into two separate streams, one at each side of the cylinder, as you look at it, while in the centre nothing is perceptible. I c- The explanation suggested by Dr. Neill is cjuite satis- factory. The cold iron condenses the vapour in immediate n ■' t OF A NOR'I .I-WEST PASSAGE. 49 contact with it into a visible form, while that in the centre i-^^i Ortoher. is held in solution by the warm air at a distance from -^-r^ the metal: and as the spectator always looks through several strata of this condensed vapour at the sides, and only through one i'.i the middle, the effect becomes that above described. One very healthy comfort which I had long wished to establish for the shi})'s company, but could never till now venture to attempt, was that of providing the conveniences for a certain number of men daily to waiih themselves from head to foot in tubs of hot wjiter, throughout the winter. For this purj)ose, ;i portion of one of the tiers was skreened off every morning, and the practice was continued durin.g our whole stay in winter-cpiarters, without the slightest annoyance from moisture; so capable was the atn)jsphere below of holding this additional vapour in solution. Kvery attention was, as usual, paid to the occupation and diversion of the nten's minds, as well as to tlie regularity of their bodily exercise. Our former amusements being almost WO' u threadbare, it rcipiired some ingenuity to devise any plan that should possess the charm of novelty to recom.iiend it. This j)urpose was comjvlelcly answered, however, by a i)roposal of Captain ll()p])ner, to att<'mpt a mmqueradc, in which officers and men should alike take a part, but which, without imposing any restraint whatever, would leave every one to their own choice, whetlier to join in this diversion or not. It '\t impossible that any idea <'ould II ||M i'l t' I •*i>,' 50 THIRD VOYAOK FOR THE DISCOVKRY 1824—.'). have proved more happy, or more exactly suited to our situ- ation. Admirably -dressed characters of various descriptions readily took their parts, and many of these were supported with a degree of spirit and genuine humour which would not have disgraced a more refined assembly ; while the latter might not have disdained, and would not have been dis- graced by, copying the good order, decorum, and inoffensive cheerfulness which our humble masquerades presented. It does especial credit to the dispositions and good sense of our men that, though all the officers entered fully into the spirit of these amusements, which took place once a month, alternately on board each ship, no instance occurred of any thing that could interfere with the regular discipline, or at all weaken the respect of the men towards their superiors. Ours were masquerades without licentiousness — carnivals without excess. But an occupation not less assiduously pursued, and of infinitely more eventual benefit, was furnished by the re- establishment of our schools, under the voluntary super- intendence of my friend Mr. Hooper in the Hecla, and of IMr. Mogg in the Fury. By the judicious zeal of Mr. Hooper, the Hccla's school was made subservient, not merely to the improvement of the men in reading and writing (in which, however, their progress was surprisingly great), but also to the cultivation of that religious feeling which so essentially improves the character of a seaman, by furnishing OF A NORTH-WEST 1»ASSA(JE. CA the highest motives for increased attention to every other 1824- duty Nor was the benefit confined to the eighteen or twenty individuals wliose want of scholarship brought them to the school-table, but extended itself to the rest of the sliip's company, making the whole lower-deck such a scene of quiet rational occupation as 1 never before witnessed on board a ship. And I do not speak lightly when I exj)ress my thorough persuasion that to the moral effects thus produced upon the minds of the men, were owing, in a very high degree, the constant yet sober cheerfulness, the uninteiTupted good order, and even, in some measure, the extraordinary state of health which prevailed among us during this winter. bnmediately after the ships were finally secured, we erected the observatory on shore, .'liid commenced our arrangements for the various observations to which our attention was to be directed during the winter. I'he inte- rest of these, esjK?cially of such as related to magnetism, in- creased so much as we proceeded, that the neighbourhood of the observatory assumed, ere long, almost the appearance of a scattered village, the numlK'r of detached houses having various needles set up in them, soon amounting to seven or eight. The details of these observations l>cing given in the proj)er tables, it is only my intention to offer here a brief account of the subjects on which we were principally en gaged, together with the general conclusions at which the exiwriments enabled us satisfactorily to arrive. \i 2 % H; 6a THIRD VOYAGK FOR THK DISC'OVBRY iH24—r,. The first observations on the variation of the magnetic needle, on our arrival at Port Uowen, discovered to us the interesting fact of an increase in that phenomenon, since our former visit in 1819, amounting to about nine degrees, namely, from one hundred and fourteen to one hundred and twenty-three degrees. Jiy employing delicately suspended, instead of supported needles, we also found a diurnal variiv tion to an amount, and having a regularity, of which we had before no idea. The maximum variation westerly was ob- served to occur between the hours of ten, a.m., and one, p.m. ; and the minimum between eight, p.m., and two, a.m. * ; the quantity being seldom less than 1 i° to 2°, and sometimes amounting to five, six, and even to seven degrees. In conntwion with these observations we subsequently in- stituted a regular series of hourly experiments on the mag- netic intensity, with a suspended needle of a pecuhar con- struction, which admitted of the intervals of vibration being observed with minute accuracy ; l)y which means we found a diurnal change of intensity, subject, indeed, to occasional anomalies, but in the mean of a number of days exhibiting a regular increase of intensity from the morning to the after- noon, and as regular a decrease from the afternoon to the morning. It also appeared that the sun, and, as we had • The exact time of iliurnal iiiaximum vftriation, deduced from a mean of one hundrinl and twenty days, or about four months'' obHTvations, was llh. 49m., A.M. That of the mniimum variation was lOli. Olni., p.m. OF A north-west PASSAGE. 53 reason to believe, the relative position of the sun and moon, I824— 5. with reference to the magnetic spl.^re, had a considerable influence both on the intensity and diurnal variation, al- though the exact 'aws of this influence may still remain to be discovered. While unassisted Nature was thus developing, on a large scale, some curious tacts on the subject of magnetism, Lieu- tenant Foster was besides engaged in repeating the interest- ing and important experiments of Messrs. Barlow and Cliristie (detailed in the Philosoph. Trans, for 1 823, part ii.) upon a needle having its position modified, and its directive power reduced, by the application of Ji. tificial magnets. A very curious and remarkable result soon repaid his labour, namely, that the true bearing upon which a needle exhibits its minimum variation (we might, perhaps, venture to call it none), is the same at P"rt liowen as at \V^)olwich, >r about S. 38° E. *, which would almost lead to a conclusion that this is a constant line all over the world. A similar coincidence seemed to obtain, with respect to the magnetic bearing of the line o( maximum variation, which here appeared to be about N. 66" E., agreeing very nearly with that determined in England by Mr. Harlow. V/e did not succeed in obtaining, during the winter, any satisfactory results directly tending to establish the fact of a \i^' ■Xm I III' t ! A \ i • Ok- S. 86° W. at Port Boweii (magnetic). Sec Mr. Barlow's Essoy. J t m ^"M 54 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY !■ A 1824—5. regular diurnal variation in the dip, either with a dipping- needle having its magnetic intensity weakened bj? the influ- ence of artificial magnets, or otherwise; although, from the ever-varying changes of intensity by which a horizontal needle is solicited, it would appear that correspondent altera- tions in the dip must necessarily be going on. I have purposely deferred to this place the few remarks I shall offer, in my journal, respecting Mr. J^arlow's plate for correcting the effect of local attraction on board a ship. J*re- viously to the expedition leaving the river Thames, and when ail the stores had been received, the plate on board the Hecla was fixed by experiment, under Mr. Harlow's j^r- sonal supeiinvendence, at Northfleet, in such a manner as would undoulttedly have afforded a correction, if not quite absolute, at least suflficiently so for every practical pur- 4 pose, in all but the polar regions of the earth. On our passage up Davis* Strait, however, it was observed that, in certain pjsitions of the ship's head, of course principally those approaching to east or west, a considerable and in- creasing error was still occasioned by the attraction of the iron. A little consideration served to shew that this might li priori have been anticipated, on account of the extreme min itcness with which, under a directive jK)wer very greatly diminished, ;t would be necessary to determine the true po- sition of the plate ; for instance, an error in position not at all to be detected by observation at Northfleet would, in Davis' . i OF A north-west PASSAGE. 55 Strait, discover itself to the amount perhaps of several de- grees, inasmuch as the whole phenomenon is there exhibited on a larger scale, proportionate to the decrease of directive energy. During our stay at the Whale-fish Islands, therefore, we gladly availetl ourselves of the opportunity to obtain the correct position of the plate. In doing this, we followed the simple method recommended and adopted by Mr. Barlow, swinging the ship round successively on the dif- ferent points, and thus obtaining the deviation by magnetic back-bearings taken simultaneously on the land ; and after- wards finding, by experiments on shore, that position of the plate which correctly represented the same amount of de- viation. The plate thus placed was now to undergo a severe trial on the ship's arrival in Barrow'.s Strait, and Prince Itegent's Inlet, where, from the extraordinary in- crease of dip, and thcJ consequently augmented effect of the ship's iron upon the magnetic needle, the compasses had Ijefore been rendered wholly useless on board ship. Never had in invention a more complete and satisfactory trium[)h ; for, to the last moment of our operations at sea, did the com- pass indicate the true magnetic direction, rctjuiring, of course, at time«, a considerable degree of tapping with the hand, merely to relieve the needle from friction. And even at Port Bowen. where the dip is eighty-eight degrees, and the magnetic intensity acting on a horizontal nc;edle extremely weak in consequence, the azimuth compass on 1824—5. ^! ff- m *ii ■:r;| r: '; i m 56 THIRD VOYAGE FOR TIIK niFCOVKRY i^i I8i4— :>. board actually gave the same variation as that observed on shore, within the fair and reasonable limits of error of observation under sueh circumstances. Such an invention as this, so sound in principle, so easy of a{)plication, and so universally beneficial in practice, needs no testinu)ny of mine to establish its merits ; but when J consider the many anxious days and sleepless nights which the uselessness of the compass in these seas has formerly occasioned me, 1 really should esteem it a kind of personal ingratitude to Mr. Barlow, as well as great injustice to so memorable a dis- covery, not to have stated my opinion of its merits, under circumstances so well calculated to put them to a satis- factory trial*. 'I'he amount of atmospheric refraction at low tempera- tures was the subject which, next to magnetism, a})peared the nu)st interesting to investigate. The extreme difficulty at- tending the use of the repeating-circle during intense cold, rendering it next to impossible to obtain with that instru- ment observations of a star having quick motion, with the minute accuracy requisite for this purpose, we were led to ado}>t the simple method of observing the setting of a star lu'hind a horizontal board fixed edgewise on a neighbouring hill, the altitude of the board being obtained at leisure, by repeated observations with the circle. The numerical de- * On ri'jM'atinp tho c\]XTimonts at Northfltvt, oti the return of the Hccla to England, the plate was t'uiiml to remain eiiually etKeaeious. OF A NOIITII-WEST PASSAGE. 57 tails of these observations being given in the proper Tables, I shall only adtl in this place, that they make the refraction at low temperatures, and from the altitude of 4^° to 7^°, as computed from the Table in the Nautical Almanac, con- siderably in defect. The rest of our time was chiefly occupied in the observa- tions for latitude and longitude, the former by Mr. Hailey's very usefid tablts and formula for the J*ole star * ; the latter by the several methods of occultations, eclipses ot Ju- piter's satellites, the moon's transit, and by lunar distances, the chronometrical longitude being also taken into account. Lieutenant Foster silso omitted no opportunity of o'dserving the transits of the several small stars given in the " Astro- nomische Nachrichten," for comparison with the moon in righ ascension, for the jmrpose of obtaining the absolute longitude. A six-poimder gun was placed at the head of the bay, a distance of nearly thirteen thousand feet, or about two nautical miles, in order to ascertain the rate at which sound travels at different temperatures and pressures of the atmo- sphere. Our observations appear to indicate a decided de- crease of velocity with an increased density of the atmo- sphere ; the rate of travelling decreasing from one thousand and ninety-eight feet })er second, at a pressure of 30. 11 8 in. and temperature + 33.5°, to one thousand and fourteen * Published in the Philosophical Magazine, June, 182S. I 1824— i. .:;.|:'.t SB THIRD VOYAOE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1824—5. feet per second at a pressure of 30.398, and temperature — 38.5° ; all other circumstances being alike. ' The extreme facility with which sounds are heard at a considerable distance, in s 33 WHT MAIN STRUT WliSTH.N.Y. I4SM (716)I73-4S03 4^ A<^ '"^K^ I Iff ■: . ,1 m i I : - I ;■'" On several occasions which seemed the most favourable for the purpose, the electrometer with gold-leaf was appUed to the chain, but without the slightest perceptible effect. The chain was attached to the sky-sail mast-head by glass rods, precisely in the manner described on our last voyage, the pointed end of the upper link being considerably above the mast-head, and one hundred and fifteen feet from the level of the sea. That the atmosphere during the winter-months was favourable to the excitement of elec- tricity, appeared from the facility with which a small electrical machine, constructed by Mr. llowland, was found to act. The sparks given out by this machine, of which the cylinder was only six inches long, and five in diameter, Dr. Neill considered as large as are usually elicited from apparatus of much larger dimensions in England. Our variation-needles, which were extremely light, suspended in the most delicate manner, and from the weak directive It: 64 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY J k: r I. . i! it 1824—6. energy susceptible of being acted upon by a very slight disturbing force, were never in a single instance sensibly affected by the Aurora, which could scarcely fail to have been observed at some time or other, had any such dis- turbance taken place, the needles being visited every hour for several months, and oftener, when any thing occurred to make it desirable. The meteors called Falling-stars were much more frequent during this winter than we ever before saw them, and particularly during the month of December. On the 8th, at a quarter past seven in the evening, a par- ticularly large and brilliant meteor of this kind fell in the S.S.W., the weather being very fine and clear overhead, but hazy near the horizon. On the following day, between four and five p.m., another very brilliant one was observed in the north, falling from an altitude of about thirty-five degrees till lost behind the land ; the weather was at this time clear and serene, and no remarkable change took place. On the 12th, no less than five meteors of this kind were observed in a quarter of an hour, and as these were attended with some remarkable circumstances, I shall here give the account furnished me by Mr. Ross, who with Mr. Bell observed these phenomena. *• From 7 to 9 p.m. the wind suddenly increased from a moderate breeze to a strong gale from the southward. At ten it began to moderate a little; the haze which had for several hours OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 65 obscured every star, gradually sinking towards the horizon, i8'.>4— .5. and by eleven o'clock the whole atmosphere was extremely clear above the altitude of five or six degrees. The thermometer also fell from — 5° to ~ 9° as the haze cleared away. At a quarter past eleven my attention was directed by Mr. Bell to some meteors which he observed, and in less than a quarter of an hour five were seen. The two first, noticed only by Mr. Bell, fell in quick succession, probably not more than two minutes apart. The third appeared about eight minutes after these, and exceeded in brilliancy any of the surrounding stars. It took a direction from near /•] Tauri, and passing slowly towards the Pleiades left behind it sparks like the tail of a rocket, these being visible for a few seconds after the meteor appeared to break, which it did close to the Pleiades. The fourth meteor made its appearance very near the same place as the last, and about five minutes after it. Taking the course of those seen by Mr. Bell, it passed to the eastward, and disap])eared half way between /S Tauri and Gemini. The fifth of these meteors was seen to the eastward, passing through a space of about five degrees from north to south parallel to the horizon, and moving along the upper part of the cloud of haze which still extended to the altitude of five or six degrees. It was more dim than the rest, and of a red colour like Aldebaran. The third of these meteors was the only one that left a tail behind it, as above de- K hi '.<■ ' , I f! n it • ' !1 ! I 66 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY' !i': 1 ■ ■ j ; im Mi n f 1824—5. scribed. There was a faint appearance of the Aurora to the westward near the horizon." On the 14th of December several very bright meteors were observed to fall between the hours of five and six in the evening, at which time the wind freshened from the N. W. by N. in a very remarkable manner. On this occasion, as well as on the 12th of December, there appeared to be an evident coincidence between the occurrence of the meteors and the changes of the weather at the time. On the 7th of January, the weather being clear and cold, the moon was curiously distorted by refraction, for several minutes before setting, into the shapes, and ac- cording to the order shewn in the annexed sketch by Mr. Head. Haloes appeared very frequently round the moon, particu- larly about the times of her opposition, and when there was !|'• \ i; 1 1 ' )/ t t ' u 'it f ''1 1 \ *t i ;||;i iinj lil ^ 1 1 1 tl '1 1 'i:'.. i '. ;i'^'^ 72 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY it il ^;i ■;, l(i Irji ■! §r CHAPTER IV. METEOROLOGICAL PHENOMENA CONTINUED — RE-EQUIPMENT OP THE SHIPS — SEVERAL JOURNIES UNDERTAKEN— OPEN WATER IN THE OFFING COMMENCE SAWING A CANAL TO LIBERATE THE SHIPS DISRUPTION OF THE ICE DEPARTURE FROM PORT BOWEN. 1824—5. The height of the land about Port Bowen deprived us longer than usual of the su:^'s presence above our horizon. Some of our gentlemen, indeed, who ascended a high hill for the purpose, caught a glimpse of him on the 2nd of February ; on the 15th it became visible at the observatory, but at the ships not till the 22nd, after an absence of one hundred and twenty-one days. It is very long after the sun's re-appearance in these regions, however, that the effect of his rays, as to warmth, becomes perceptible ; week passes after week with scarcely any rise in the thermometer except for an hour or two during the day ; and it is at this period more than any other, perhaps, that the lengthened duration of a polar winter's cold is most wearisome, and creates the most impatience. Towards the third week in i\Iarch, thin flakes of snow lying upon black painted wood or metal, and exposed to the sun's direct rays in a sheltered situation, readily melted. In the second week of April any it ■ 1' < ji i |l 1 OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 73 very light covering of sand or ashes upon the snow close to 1824— 5. the ships might be observed to make its way downward into holes : but a coat of sand laid upon the unsheltered ice, to the distance of about two-tiiirds of a mile, for dissolving a canal to hasten our liberation, produced no such sensible effect till the beginning of May. Even then the dissolution was very trifling till about the first week in June, when pools of water began to make their appearance, and not long after this a small boat would have floated down it. On shore the effect is in general still more tardy, though some deception is there occasioned by the dissolution of the snow next the ground, while its upper surface is to all appearance under- going little or no change. Thus a greater alteration is sometimes produced in the aspect of the land by a single warm day in an advanced part of the season, than in many weeks preceding ; in consequence of the last crust of snow being dissolved, leaving the ground at length entirely bare. We could now p<;rceive the snow beginning to leave the stones from day to day, as early as the last week in April. Towards the end of May a great deal of snow was dissolved daily, but owing to the porous nature of the ground which absorbed it as fast as it was formed, it was not easy to pro- cure water for drinking on shore, even as late as the 10th of " June. In the ravines, however, it could be heard trickling under stones before that time, and about the 18th, many considerable streams were formed, and constantly L III • \\m \'-.^ .;>;> ^M ; i )ii 1.1^ (I '' I 74 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY '!^i^* '^'^"^"g ^^^ night and day. After this, the thawing pro- ceeded at an inconceivably rapid rate, the whole surface of the floes being covered with large pools of water rapidly increasing in size and depth. We observed nothing extraordinary with respect to the sun's light about the shortest day ; but as early as the 20th of November Arcturus could very plainly be distinguished by the naked eye, when near the south meridian at noon. About the first week in April the reflection of light from the snow became so strong as to create inflammation in the eyes, and notwithstanding the usual precaution of wearing black crape veils during exposure, several cases of snow- blindness occurred shortly afterwards. During this, as in each preceding winter passed in the polar regions, we failed to obtain, even in the severest cold, any absolute hygrometrical expression for the state of the atmosphere, although we had now the advantage of being furnished with the excellent hygrometers on Mr. Daniell's construction. By the experiments given in the Meteorolo- gical Abstracts, it appears that, below an atmospheric temperature of + 6°, we failed in obtaining any deposit upon the bulb of the instrument, though on some occasions the ether was frozen in the attempt. On several days during the winter, a haze, or more properly a fog, occurred, of such density as to obscure objects at the distance of a quarter of a mile, when there was no perceptible fall or OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 75 Jthuary Ist, 1825, . 45.3 . . 5.2 . . 12.97 February 2nd, — . 55.9 . . 6 . . . 12.02 March 2nd, — . 73 . . . 7.1 . • 10.77 ,. April 2nd, — . 82.5 . . 7.8 . 10.44 May 4th, — . 86.5 . . 8 . . • • 10.19 The animals seen at Port Bowen may now be briefly noticed. The principal of these seen during the winter were bears, of which we killed twelve from October to June, being more than during all the other voyages taken together; and several others were seen. One of these animals was near proving fatal to a seaman of the Fury, who having straggled from his companions when at the top of a high hill, saw a large bear coming towards him. Being unarmed, he prudently made off, taking off his boots to enable him to run the faster, but not so prudently precipitated himself over an almost perpendicular cliff, down which he was said to have rolled or fallen several hundred feet ; here he was met by some of the people in so lacerated a condition, as to be in a very dangerous state for some time after *. , A she-bear killed in the open water on our first arrival at * The men applying his name to the hill, called it Mount Cotterell, by which it is distinguished in the chart, for the sake of reference in our measure- ment of its height. i,' tfjl J* I OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 79 Port Bowen, afforded a striking instance of maternal affection 1 824—5. in her anxiety to save her two cubs. She might herself ^'^^^ easily have escaped the boat, but would not forsake her young, which she was actually « towing" off, by allowing them to rest on her back, when the boat came near them. A second similar instance occurred in the spring, when two cubs having got down into a large crack in the ice, their mother placed herself before them, so as to secure them from the attacks of our people, which she might easily have avoided herself This unusual supply of bear's flesh was particularly ser- viceable, as food for the Esquimaux dogs we had brought out, and which were always at work in a sledge; especially as, during the winter, our number was increased by the birth of six others of these useful animals. One or two foxes (Canis Lagopus) were killed, and four caught in traps during the winter, weighing from four pounds and three-quarters to three pounds and three- quarters. The colour of one of these animals, which lived for some time on board the Fury, and became tolerably tame, was nearly pure white till the month of May, when he shed his winter-coat, and became of a dirty chocolate colour, with two or three light-brown spots. Only three hares (Lepus Variabilis) were killed from October to June, weighing from »ix to eight pounds and three quarters. ■ ■ f ■ ft H* f 1 i M . m ■ ■ ■ 1 i(i 1 ilflpl ii'-'^ ;^l . ^■■' •if it 1 .^0 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1824—5. Their fur was extremely thick, soft, and of the most beau- tiful whiteness imaginable. We saw no deer near Port Bowen at any season, neither were we visited by their enemies the wolves. A single ermine and a few mice (Mus Hudsoniusjf complete, I believe, our scanty list of quad- rupeds at this desolate and unproductive place, r i . 1 Of birds, we had a flock or two of ducks occasionally flying about the small lanes of open water in the offing, as late as the third of October; but none from that time till the beginning of June, and then only a single pair was occa- sionally seen. A very few grouse were met with also after our arrival at Port Bowen ; a single specimen was obtained on the 23rd of December, and another on the 18th of February. They again made their appearance towards the end of March, and in less than a month about two hundred were killed ; after which we scarcely saw another, for what reason we could not conjecture, except that they might possibly be on their way to the northward, and that the utter barrenness of the land about Port Bowen afforded no inducement for their remaining in our neighbourhood. Lieutenant Boss, who paid great attention to ornithology, and who has himself drawn up the zoological notice given in the Appendix, remarked that the grouse met with here are of three kinds, namely the ptarmigan (Tetrao Lagopusjy the rock-grouse (Tetrao RupestrisJ, and the willow-partridge OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 81 (Tetrao Alhm). Of these only the two former were seen in if^^^ the spring, and by far the greater number killed were of the first-mentioned species. They usually had in their maws the leaves of the Dryas Integrifolia, buds of the Saxifraga Opposi- tifolia^ Salix Arctica, and Draba Alpina, the quantities being according to the order in which the plants have here been named. A few leaves, also, of the Polygonum Viviparum were found in one or two specimens. The snow-bunting, with its sprightly note, was, as usual, one of our earliest visitants in the spring; but these were few in number, and remained only a short time. A very few sandpipers were also seen, and now and then one or two glaucous, ivory, and kittiwake gulls. A pair of ravens appeared occasionally during the whole winter here, as at most of our former winter stations. The following temperatures of animals, mostly killed during the winter, were furnished me by Mr. Mogg, by whom and Lieutenant Ross they were taken. Date. October 17th, 1824 November 9th, — January 4th, 1825 March 27th, — April 4th, ^ "',' ' 6th, — M 14th, — ♦» • f» — t» 16th, — ». ' ■ >t — »» 29th, — June 2l8t, — AnimaU. Artie Fox ditto . ditto . Ptarmigan ditto . ditto . ditto . ditto . White Bear ditto . ditto . Glaucous Gull Temperature of the Animal Air. + 105^ . + 19' 106 . + 7 104 . -28 102 . -11 102 . -15 102 . -19 102 . - 6 102 . - 6 100 . + 11 99 . + 11 99.5 . — 1 100 . + 37 M i I A i:v I m m If m. ■"n^ ' 1 1 ii: i;: i I; 'Mil iUi'. mi 1824—5. 82 THTRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY With a view to extend our geographical knowledge as much as our means permitted, three land journeys were undertaken as soon as the weather was sufficiently warm for procuring any water. The first party, consisting of six men under Captain Hoppner, were instructed to travel to the eastward, to endeavour to reach the sea in that direction, and to discover the communication which probably exists there with Admiralty Inlet, so as to determine the extent of that portion of insular land on which Port Bowen is situated. They returned on the 14th, after a very fatiguing journey, and having with difficulty travelled a degree and three- quarters to the eastward of the ships, in latitude 73"* 19', from which position no appearance of the sea could be perceived. Captain Hoppner described the ravines as extremely difficult to pass, many of them being four or five hundred feet deep and very precipitous. These being numerous and running chiefly in a north and south direc- tion, appearing to empty themselves into Jackson's Inlet, preclude the possibility of performing a quick journey to the eastward. During the whole fortnight's excursion, scarcely a patch of vegetation could be seen. Indeed, the hills were so covered in most parts with soft and deep snow, that a spot could seldom be found on which to pitch their tent. A few snow-buntings and some ivory-gulls were all the animals they met with, to enliven this most barren and desolate country; and nothing was observed in the geological character differing from that about Port Bowen. ^ OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 83 In the bed of one of the ravines, Captain Hoppner i824— .0. noticed some immense masses of rock, thirty or forty tons in weight, which had recently fallen from above, and he also passed over several avalanches of snow piled to a vast height across it *. The two other parties, consisting of four men each, under the respective commands of Lieutenants Sherer and Ross, were directed to travel, the former to the southward, and the latter to the northward, along the coast of Prince Re- gent's Inlet, for the purpose of surveying it accurately, and of obtaining observations for the longitude and variation at the stations formerly visited by us on the 7th and 15th of August, 1819. I was also very anxious to ascertain the state of the ice to the northward, to enable me to form some judgment as to the probable time of our liberation. These parties found the travelling along shore so good as to enable them, not only to reach those spots, but to extend their journeys far beyond them. Lieutenant Ross returning on the 15th, brought the welcome intelligence of the sea being perfectly open and free from ice at the distance of twenty-two miles to the northward of Port Bowen, by which I concluded — what, indeed, had long before been a matter i .,!1 ,'*;■ •I > ' ; .,'1 ii ,■4 • ■\\:\ i| ■ i ; * Captain Hoppner gave a very favourable report of a tent made of a patent cloth composed of two parts of cambric, with caoutchouc (elastic gum) between. It is the manufacture of Mr. Mackintosh, of Glasgow, and is quite impervious to water. M2 P; -? "^.\ •In^ 1 84 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY ^^r>^ l\r ,.? i,^ 1824—5. of probable conjecture, — that Barrow's Strait was not per- manently frozen during the winter. From the tops of the hills about Cape York, beyond which promontory Lieute- nant Boss travelled, no appearance of ice could be distin- guished. Innumerable ducks, chiefly of the king, eider, and long-tailed species, were flying about near the margin of the ice, besides dovekies, looms, and glaucous, kittiwake, and ivory gulls. Lieutenant Sherer returned to the ships on the evening of the 15th, having performed a rapid jour- ney as far as 721% and making an accurate survey of the whole coast to that distance. In the course of this journey a great many remains of Esquimaux habitations were seen, and these were much more numerous on the southern part of the coast. In a grave which Lieutenant Sherer opened, in order to form some idea whether the Esquimaux had lately been here, he found the body apparently quite fresh ; but as this might, in a northern cUmate, remain the case for a number of years, and as our board erected in 1819 was still standing untouched and in good order, it is certain these people had not been here since our former visit. Less numerous traces of the Esquimaux, and of older date, occur near Port Bowen, and in Lieutenant Ross's route along shore to the northward, and a few of the remains of habitations were those used as winter residences. I have since regretted that Lieutenant Sherer was not furnished with more provisions and a larger party, to have enabled OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 85 him to travel round Cape Kater, which is probably not far 1824--5. distant from some of the northern Esquimaux stations men- tioned in my Journal of the preceding voyage. The longitudes observed by Lieutenants Sherer and Ross at the two stations laid down in 1819, by actual observation on the spot, were found to be from fourteen to seventeen minutes to the eastward of the positions assigned to them in the former chart. A difference of fourteen minutes the same way also occurs at Port Bowen ; it is probable, there- fore, that the whole of our former discoveries to the westward of Prince Regent's Inlet will be subject to a correction in the longitude of about fourteen or fifteen minutes. That this error does not extend to the eastern part of Barrow's Strait, appears certain from the near coincidence, already mentioned*, between our longitude observed on this voyage at Cape Warrender, and that in which it was placed in the survey of 1819. A corrected chart of the whole of Prince Regent's Inlet is now given, the eastern coast, from Cape York to Cape Kater, being constructed principally from the surveys made by Lieu- tenants Sherer and Ross, and the longitudes accurately de- duced from the meridian of Port Bowen. The variation of the magnetic-needle now observed by our travellers, at the stations before visited in 1819, was found to have changed in the same way, though not pre- • Page 23. it /J :m ■ "tl-l ; .t 1!^ !■ -„■ ! /f! Li*':-- J;! "I f:ii mt 1 , H, 1824- 86 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY cisely to the same amount, as at Port Bowen ; the obser- vations of Lieutenant Sherer giving, to the southward, an increase in that phenomenon, from 118° 24' to 123° 47' ; and those of Lieutenant Ross, to the northward, from 115° 37' to 116° 52', the elapsed interval being nearly six years. These differences in the amount of change may in part be owing to the sluggish traversing of the compasses, and partly to the observations having been made at different times of day. The whole of the coast travelled over by our parties consists of secondary limestone; that to the southward becoming gradually lower, and more shelving next the sea ; but to the northward continuing generally high and preci- pitous. At a place near Cape York, Lieutenant Ross observed that the strata, which are chiefly horizontal, or nearly so, dipped to the N.W., at an angle of al)out ten degrees, the cliffs overhanging in a fearful manner at that part. In a mass of limestone recently fallen from the cliffs near the same spot, were also found some crystals of rhomb- spar, containing a portion of bitumen. As soon as the thermometer began permanently to keep up to the freezing point, the observatory was prepared for the reception of the clock and jjendulum ; and after trying various means of keeping up a regular temperature during the times of observation, the experiments were commenced towards the middle of June, and three series were completed OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 87 by Lieutenant Foster before we went to sea. The result I824— 5. of these experiments, with some account of the method of conducting them, will be found in the Appendix. The heights of two hills above the sea were measured tri- gonometrically and barometrically ; and one of them (Mount Cotterell) was also accurately levelled, by way of comparing, though necessarily on a small scale, the results given by those three modes of measurement*. The great depth of water in which we lay at Port Bowen prevented our observing the rise and fall of the tides during the winter, by the usual method of a pole moored to the bottom. In the spring, however, when the fire-hole along- side the ship could be kept constantly open, we adoptetl another plan, which it may be useful to describe. A stone of about three hundred weight was let down the fire-hole to the bottom, having a whale-line attached to it. The line was rove through a block fixed to an outrigger from the ship's side, and to its other end was fastened a weight of fifty pounds. By this means, the line was kept quite tight, and a marked pole being attached to it, served to indicate with great accuracy the perpendicular rise and fall of the water. The observations being given at length in • The height of Mount Cotterell, by trigonometrical operation, 701.460 ft. » barometer levelling » 695.500 702.500 h ' 1824—5. 88 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY the tide-table, I shall only here mention the fact, that during nine weeks in the months of Apnl, May, and June, the morning tides were found, almost invariably, to rise se- veral inches higher than those of the evening. Towards the end of June, the dovekies (Coh/mbm Qrylle) were extremely numerous in the cracks of the ice at the en- trance of Port Bowen, and as these were the only fresh supply of any consequence that we were able to procure at this unproductive place, we were glad to permit the men to go out occasionally with guns, after the ships were ready for sea, to obtain for their messes this wholesome change of diet ; while such excursions also contributed essentially to their general health and cheerfulness. Many hundreds of these birds were thus obtained in the course of a few days. On the evening of the 6th of July, however, I was greatly shocked at being informed by Captain Hoppner that John Cotterell *, a seaman of the Fury, had been found drowned in one of the cracks of the ice, by two other men belonging to the same party, who had been with him but a few minutes before. We could never ascertain precisely in what manner this accident happened, but it was supposed that he must have over-reached himself in stooping for a bird * It is remarkable that this poor man had, twice before, within the space of nine months, been very near death ; for, besides the accident already mentioned, of falling down the hill which bears his name, he was also in imminent danger of dying of dropsy during the winter. OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 89 that he had killed. His remains were committed to the earth on Sunday the 10th, with every solemnity which the occasion demanded, and our situation would allow ; and a tomb of stones, with a suitable inscription, was afterwards erected over the grave. In order to obtain oil for another winter's consumption, before the ships could be released from the ice, and our travelling parties having seen a number of black whales in the open water to the northward, two boats from each ship were, with considerable labour, transported four miles along shore in that direction, to be in readiness for killing a whale and boiling the oil on the beach, whenever the open water should approach sufficiently near. They took their station near a remarkable peninsular piece of land on the south side of the entrance to Jackson's Inlet, which had, on the former voyage, been taken for an island. Notwithstanding these preparations, however, it was vexatious to find that on the 9th of July the water was still three miles distant from the boats, and at least seven from Port Bo wen. On the 12th, the ice in our neighbourhood began to detach itself, and the boats under the command of Lieutenants Sherer and Ross being launched on the following day, suc- ceeded almost immediately in killing a small whale of " five feet bone," exactly answering our purpose. Almost at the same time, and as it turned out very opportunely, the ice at the mouth of our harbour detached itself at an old crack, N 1824- July. I ■liil ! ^ i ■A i\ ,;•» p'ti iiJ 90 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1 825. and drifted off, leaving only about one mile and a quarter July. between us and the sea. Half of this distance being occu- pied by the gravelled canal, which was dissolved quite through the ice in many parts, and had become very thin in all, every officer and man in both ships were set to work without delay to commence a fresh canal from the open water, to communicate with the other. This work proved heavier than we expected, the ice being generally from five to eight feet, and in many places from ten to eleven, in thickness. It was continued, however, with the greatest cheerfulness and alacrity from seven in the morning till seven in the evening daily, the dinner being prepared on the ice, and eaten under the lee of a studding sail erected as a tent. Tuesday 19. On the aftcmoon of the 19th, a very welcome stop was put to our operations by the separation of the floe entirely across the harbour, and about one-third from the ships to where we were at work. All hands being instantly recalled by signal were, on their return, set to work to get the ships into the gravelled canal, and to saw away what still re- mained in it to prevent our warping to sea. This work, with only half an hour's intermission for the men's supper. Wed. 20. was continued till half-past six the following morning, when we succeeded in getting clear. The weather being calm, two hours were occupied in towing the ships to sea, and thus the officers and men were employed at very laborious OP A. NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 91 work for twenty-six hours, during which time there were, on one occasion, fifteen of them overboard at once ; and in- deed several individuals met with the same accident three times. It was impossible, however, to regret the necessity of these comparatively trifling exertions, especially as it was now evident that to have sawed our way out, without any canal, would have required at least a fortnight of heavy and fatiguing labour. Previously to commencing my journal of our operations at sea, I shall here close our account of Port Bowen, in which we had been imprisoned between nine and ten months, with Dr. Neill's remarks on the geological character of this coast, and with an abstract of the most material nau- tical and other observations made during our stay there. ** All the eastern shore of Prince Regent's Inlet which we had an opportunity of observing, is formed of secondary limestone, distinctly stratified in horizontal beds. The lowest stratum is very soft and friable, of a duU yellow colour, and contains a large quantity of the fragments of shells of marine animals. Over this occur several strata more compact than the former, varying in colour from gray to black. These alternate with each other in long undu- lated streaks several hundred feet in length, varying in thickness from that of a line to several feet, and containing many bivalve shells, lepides, t^c. When struck with a hammer, the limestone emits a disagreeable smell, and it N 2 1825. July. m ! "i'l.V'-- % '. a-. i825. Julv. 92 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY burns nearly snow white; by chemical tests, it was found to contain from twenty to thirty per cent, of carbonate of magnesia, with a little sulphur and bitumen. Over this lies a stratum of a brick-red colour, more compact than the other, and hard enough to give sparks with steel ; it con- tains a considerable proportion of siliceous earth, red oxide of iron, and carbonate of magnesia. This stratum always extends to the surface, and is frequently from two to three hundred feet in thickness ; from its superior hardness and durability, it frequently overhangs the less compact sub- jacent strata. From its brick-like appearance, and being formed by the action of the weather into various romantic shapes, as of broken arches, decayed walls, niches, and turrets, it does not require any great fertility of imagination to trace in it the ruins of ancient castles, or stately palaces. " Extensive beds of coral and madrepore rise from un- known depths to the summits of the highest hills, and inter- sect the before-mentioned strata. They occupy at their base a space equal to the fonner, if not greater, but gra- dually narrow towards their summits, and have their sides pressed upon by the neighbouring strata. These beds con- tain caverns partly filled with broken shells, and fragments of madrepore and limestone cemented together by calcareous matter, their walls being incrusted with well-formed crystals of calcareous spar, possessing little lustre or transparency, on account of the quantity of red oxide of iron they contain. h.« OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 98 The beds of madrepore, from their resisting the destroying effects of the weather better than the neighbouring strata, often reach a greater elevation, their flat tops being some- times raised seven or eight hundred feet above the level of the sea. This circumstance gives to the land a very rugged hilly appearance, when seen from a ship inshore, but it is very different at a distance in the offing, or a few miles in- land, when the country appears as it really is, very level, but intersected by some deep precipitous ravines. " The low ledges on the coast are strewed over with rolled masses of granite, gneiss, syenite, mica-slate, clay- slate, hornblende-slate, and old red sandstone; the first three are very abundant, the others less frequent. They vary in size from that of pebbles to masses of several hun- dred tons in weight ; by those who travelled in-land, these were observed to be very few in number, quite small, and much rounded. It is moreover worthy of remark that these boulders were found only on the surface, not an in- stance having occurred of any being observed to protrude from the precipices or the sides of ravines; thus afford- ing strong reason to conclude that they were brought from the westward, subsequently to the formation of the present land, by a current of water, or some other unknown agent. " The limestone of Port Bowen and its vicinity contains also vesicular quartz, flint, jasper, red and brown hematite, and Lydian-stone. Small pieces of black wood-stone and 1825. July. I 1 t. i.; : ( i it. i m . H iKl .miUl i m II IM ■ lA.aqi.'iM ' i H — f ^ O JK i '-- 11 *il Mi n^m ll ii : 1825. July. 94 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY Mean Longitude Of • .1 ditto by 88 54 22.41 bituminous shale were found on the beachi the latter bear- ing the impression of the bark of one of the pahn tribe." .^ o » " i Mean latitude of the Observatory at Port Bowao, by 93l ^^ ^ 3^3^ j^ ^ observations of the stars, with the repeating circle J ' Six occultations of fixed stars by the moon 88 54 52.4 W. Twenty-three transits of the moon . . 88 57 30.99 „ Twenty-one eclipses of Jupiter's satellites 88 52 08.85 „ Six hundred and twenty lunar distances {viz. 310 -H- East, and 310 -H- West of the moon) Nine chronometers 88 55 08.1 „ .' f f Received longitude, being the Mean of the above ... 88 54 48.55 „ Mean dip of the magnetic needle 88 01 ,23. N. ■ Mean variation Of ditto 123 21 55 W. ].., Mean time of high water on full and change days . . . llh. 12m. . Highest Spring-tide 6ft. 4 in. ^''fi Lowest Neap-tide 1 H- ■ » ■ * ■ rniii iiimi'Vi 'io fAii^^tff «7i om -A il .Ix^fjiJij-k-r ''.f.jir imiJ»r>«J* *»t!iV';j[ ^J'Mi: 1 . (>■ % ;),•:'■ . ■-"i"*' \ "lis :' h M ;"*' i i< OP A NORTH.WE«^T PASSAG^ 96 ...i (hi CHAPTER V. ■!.*•- SAIL OVER TOWARDS THE WESTERN COAST OP PRINCE REGENT'S INLET — STOPPED BY THE ICE— REACH THE SHORE ABOUT CAPE 8EPPINGS— <- FAVOURABLE PROGRESS ALONG THE LAND FRESH AND REPEATED OBSTRUCTIONS PROM ICE — ^BOTH SHIPS DRIVEN ON SHORE FURY SERIOUSLY DAMAGED — ^UNSUCCESSFUL SEARCH FOR A HARBOUR, FOR HEAVING HER DOWN TO REPAIR. . On standing out to sea, we sailed, with a light southerly wind, towards the western shore of Prince Regent's Inlet, which it was my first wish to gain, on account of the evident advantage to he derived from coasting the southern part of that portion of land called in the chart " North Somerset," as far as it might lead to the westward-; which, from our former knowledge, we had reason to suppose it would do as far at least as the longitude of 95°, in the parallel of about 721°. After sailing about eight miles, we were stopped by a body of close ice lying between us and a space of open water beyond. By way of occupying the time in further examination of the state of the ice, we then bore up with a light northerly vrind, and ran to the south-eastward, to see if there was any clear water between the ice, and the land in 1825. July. Wed. 20. 96 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVIilRY s-'fij-i hm 1825 .lulv. Thurs. 21. that direction ; but found that there was no opening be- tween them to the southward of the flat-topped hill laid down in the chart, and now called Mount Sherer. Indeed, I believe that, at this time, the ice had not yet detached it- self from the land to the southward of that station. On standing back, we were shortly after enveloped in one of the thick fogs which had, for several weeks past, been observed almost daily hanging over some part of the sea in the ofiing, though we had scarcely experienced any in Port Bowen, until the water became open at the mouth of the harbour. On the clearing up of the fog on the 2 1st, we could per- ceive no opening of the ice leading towards the western land, nor any appearance of the smallest channel to the southward along the eastern shore. I was determined, therefore, to try at once a little further to the northward, the present state of the ice appearing completely to accord with that observed in 1819, its breadth increasing as we advanced from Prince Leopold's Islands to the southward. As, therefore, I felt confident of being able to push along the shore if we could once gain it, I was anxious to effect the latter object in any part^ rather than incur the risk of hampering the ships by a vain, or at least a doubtful at- tempt to force them through a body of close ice several miles wide, for the sake of a few leagues of southing, which would soon be regained by coasting. Light winds detained us very much, but being at length OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 97 1825, July. favoured by a breeze, we carried all sail to the north-west, the ice very gradually leading us towards the Leopold Isles. Having arrived off the northernmost, on the morning of the 22nd, it was vexatious, however curious, to observe the Friday 22. exact coincidence of the present position of the ice with that which it occupied a little later in the year 1819. The whole body of it seemed to cling to the western shore, as if held there by some strong attraction, forbidding, for the present, any access to it. We now stood off and on, in the hope that a southerly breeze, which had just sprung up, might serve to open us a channel. In the evening, the wind gradually freshened, and before midnight had in- creased to a strong gale, which blew with considerable vio- Saiur. 23, lence for ten hours, obliging us to haul off from the ice, and to keep in smooth water under the eastern land until it abated ; after which not a moment was lost in again standing over to the westward. After running all night, with light and variable winds, through loose and scattered ice, we sud- denly found ourselves, on the cletiring up of a thick fog through which we had been sailing on the morning of the 24th, within one-third of a mile of Cape Seppings, the land Sunday 24 just appearing above the fog in time to save us from danger, the soundings being thirty-eight fathoms, on a rocky bottom. The Fury being apprized by guns of our situation, both ships were hauled off the land, and the fog soon after dis- persing, we had the satisfaction to perceive that the late ml < •■ r I %. m i r V i 9a THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY July. * '■.■' U i: iiii gale had blown the ice oif the land, leaving us a fine na- vigable channel from one to two miles wide, as far as we could see from the mast-head along the shore. We were able to avail ourselves of this but slowly, however, in conse- quence of a light southerly breeze still blowing against us. We had now an opportunity of discovering that a long neck of very low land runs out from the southernmost of the Leopold Islands, and another from the shore to the south- ward of Cape Clarence. These two had every appearance of joining, so as to make a peninsula, instead of an island, of that portion of land which, on account of our distance pre- venting our seeing the low beach, had in 1819 been con- sidered under the latter character. It is, however, still somewhat doubtful, and the Leopold Isles, therefore, still retain their original designation on the chart. The land here, when closely viewed, assumes a very striking and mag- nificent character, the strata of limestone, which are nume- rous, and quite horizontally disposed, being much more re- gular than on tlie eastern shore of Prince Regent's Inlet, and retaining nearly their whole perpendicular height, of six or seven hundred feet, close to the sea. The south- eastern promontory of the southernmost Island is particularly picturesque and beautiful, the heaps of loose debris lying here and there up and down the sides of the cliff giving it the appearance of some huge and impregnable fortress, with immense buttresses of masonry supporting the walls. Near r\ 4., ^!l II '«* ■ '1^ ;«i, hts..' OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 99 Cape Seppings, and some distance beyond it to the south- 1825. ward, we noticed a narrow stratum of some very white sub- '"ly stance, the nature of which we could not at this time con- jecture. I may here remark that the whole of Barrow's Strait, as far as we could see to the N.N.E. of the islands, was entirely free from ice ; and, from whatever circumstance it may proceed, I do not think that this part of the Polar Sea is at any season very much encumbered with it. It was the general feeling, at this period, among us, that the voyage had but now commenced. The labours of a bad summer, and the tedium of a long winter, were forgotten in a moment, when we found ourselves upon ground not hitherto explored, and with every apparent prospect before us of making as rapid a progress as the nature of this navi- gation will permit, towards the final accomphshment of our object. Early on the morning of the 25th, we passed the opening Monday is. in the land delineated in the former chart of this coast, in latitude 73° 34', which we now found to be a bay about three miles deep, but apparently open to the sea. I named it after my friend Hastings Elwin, Esq., of Bristol, as a token of grateful esteem for that gentleman. The wind falling very light, so that the ships made no progress, I took the opportunity of landing in the forenoon, accompanied by a party of the officers, and was soon afler joined by Captain Hoppner. We found the formation to consist wholly of o 2 m-. t 1' M\ If n "I :■■ i ■I ill I Ml f ,: t •; : it 100 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1825. lime, and now discovered the nature of the narrow white •'"'y stratum observed the day before from the offing, and which proved to be gypsum, mostly of the earthy kind, and some of it of a very pure white. A part of the rock near our landing-place contained a quantity of it in the state of sele- nite in beautiful transparent laminae of a large size. The abundance of gypsum hereabouts explained also the extreme whiteness of the water near the whole of this part of the coast, which had always been observed in approaching it, and which had at first excited unnecessary apprehensions as to the soundings along the shore. This colour is more par- ticularly seen near the mouths of the streams, many of which are quite of a dirty milk colour, and tinge the sea to the distance of more than a mile, without any alteration in the depth, except a gradual diminution in going in. The vegetation in this place was, as usual, extremely scanty, though much more luxuriant than on any of the land near our winter-quarters, and no animals were seen. The lati- tude of our landing-place was 73° 27' 23", the longitude by chronometers 90° 50' 34". 6, and the variation of the mag- netic needle 125° 34' 42" westerly. From half-past nine A.M. till a quarter past noon, the tide fell two feet three inches ; and as it was nearly stationary at the latter time, it was probably near low- water. A breeze enabling us again to make some progress, and an open channel still favouring us, of nearly the same ibH OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 101 \m\ .luiy. breadth as before, we passed during the night a second bay, about the same size as the other, and also appearing open to the sea; it lies in latitude (by account from the preceding and following noon) 73° 19' 30", and its width is one mile and a half. It was called Batty Bay, after my friend Captain Kobert Batty, of the Grenadier Guards. We now perceived that Tu. sday 26. the ice closed completely in with the land a short distance beyond us, and having made all the way we could, were obhged to stand off and on during the day in a channel not three-quarters of a mile wide. This channel being still more contracted towards the evening, we were obliged to make fast to some grounded land-ice upon the beach, in four fathoms' water, there to await some change in our favour. We here observed traces of our old friends the Esquimaux, there being several of their circles of stones, though not of recent date, close to the sea. We also found a more abundant vegetation than before, and several plants famiUar to us on the former voyages, but not yet procured on this, were now added to our collections. The geological character of the land was nearly the same as before, but we found here some gypsum of the fibrous kind, occurring in a single stratum about an inch and a half wide. About a mile to the north of us was a curious cascade or spout of water, issuing from a chasm in the rock, and falling more than two hundred feet perpendicular. Our gentlemen, who visited the spot, described it as rendered the more 102 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY m. m 1825. July. picturesque by innumerable kittiwakes having their nests among the rocks, and constantly flying about the stream. The latitude was 73° 06' 17"; the longitude by chronometers 91° 19' 52'.3; the dip of the magnetic-needle 88° 02'.1 ; and the variation 128° 23' 17" westerly. Wednes.27. The ico Opening in the afternoon of the 27th, we cast off and run four or five miles with a northerly breeze. This wind, however, always had the effect of making the ice close the shore, while a southerly breeze as uniformly opened it, so that on this coast, as on several others that I have known, a contrary wind — however great the paradox may seem — proved, on the whole, the most favourable for making progress. This circumstance is simply to be attributed to the greater abundance of open water in the parts we have left behind (in the present instance the open sea of Barrow*s Strait) than those towards which we are going. We were once more obliged to make fast, therefore, to some grounded ice close to the beach, rather than run any risk of hampering the ships, and rendering them unable to take advantage of a change in our favour. A light southerly breeze on the morning of the 28th gradually cleared the shore, and a fresh wind from the N.W. then immediately succeeded. We insi:antly took advantage of this circumstance, and casting off at six a.m. ran eight or nine miles without obstruction, when we were stopped by the icei which, in a closely packed and impene- Tlmrs, 28. r! OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 103 trable body, stretched close into the shore, as far as the eye 18-25. could reach from the crow's nest. Being anxious to gain J^'y every foot of distance that we could, and perceiving some grounded ice which appeared favourable for making fast to, just at a point where the clear water terminated, the ships were run to the utmost extent of it, and a boat prepared from each to examine the depth of water at the intended anchoring place. Just as I was about to leave the Hecla for that purpose, the ice was observed to be in rapid motion towards the shore. The Fury was immediately hauled in by some grounded masses, and placed to the best advantage ; but the Hecla being more advanced was immediately beset in spite of every exertion, and after breaking two of the largest ice-anchors in endeavouring to heave in to the shore, was obliged to drift with the ice, several masses of which had fortunately interposed themselves between us and the land. The ice slackening around us a little in the evening, we were enabled, with considerable labour, to get to some grounded masses, where we lay much exposed, as the Fury also did. In this situation, our latitude being 72° 5 1' 5 1", we saw a comparatively low point of land three or four leagues to the southward, which proved to be near that which terminated our view of this coast in 1819. On the 29th, the ice being slack for a short distance, we Friday 29. shifted the Hecla half a mile to the northward, into a less insecure birth. I then walked to a broad valley facing the \, m ijff \ ' i lyl ': H 1 i W- 1 ' \ \ if-V I - f . I* 1 . i * ■■ 104 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1825. sea near us, where a considerable stream discharged itself, '"•y and where, in passing in the ships, a large fish had been observed to jump out of the water. In hopes of finding salmon here, we tried for some time with several hand-nets, but nothing was caught or seen. In this place were a number of the Esquimaux stone circles, apparently of very old date, being quite overgrown with grass, moss, and other plants. In the neighbourhood of these habitations, the vegetation was much more luxuriant than anything of the kind we had seen before during this voyage. The state of this year's plants was now very striking, compared with those of the last, and afforded strong evidence, if any had been wanting, of the difference between the two seasons. I was particularly struck with the appearance of some moss collected by Mr. Hooper, who pointed out to me upon the same specimen the last year's miserable seeds just peeping above the leaves, while those of the present summer had already shot three-quarters of an inch beyond them. Another circumstance which we noticed about this time, and still more so as the season advanced, was the rapid progress which the warmth had already made in dissolving the last year's snow, this being always easily known by its dingy colour, and its admixture with the soil. Of the past winter's snow not a particle could be seen, at the close of July, on any part of this coast. These facts, together with the beautiful weather we had enjoyed for many weeks past, all y> OF A North-west passage. 10.5 T 1 M ■ tended to shew that we were now favoured with an un- usually fine summer. We found in this place, in the dry bed of an old stream, innumerable fossils in the limestone, principally shells and madrepore. On a hill abreast of the Hecla, and at an elevation of not less than three or four hundred feet above the sea, one particular spot was discovered, in which the same kind of shells first found in Barrow's Strait in 1819, occurred in very great abundance and perfection, wholly detached from the lime in which, for the most part, they were found imbedded in other places on this coast. Indeed, it was quite astonishing, in looking at the numberless fossil animal remains occurring in many of the stones, to consider the countless myriads of shell-fish and marine insects which must once have existed on this shore. The cliffs next the sea, which here rise to a per- pendicular height of between four and five hundred feet, were continually breaking down at this season, and adding, by falls of large masses of stone, to the slope of debris lying at their foot. The ships lay so close to the shore as to be almost within the range of some of these tumbling masses, there being at high water scarcely beach enough for a person to walk along the shore. The time of high water, near the opposition of the moon this night, was between half-past eleven and midnight, being nearly the same as at Port Bowen at full and change. The ice opening for a mile and a half alongshore on the F 1825. July. Ml 1%:. 106 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY :r i l;l:'' 1825. 30th, we shifted theHecla's birth about that distance to the Ju'y- southward, chiefly to be enabled to see more distinctly Satur. 30. "^ "^ round a point which before obstructed our view, though our situation, as regarded the security of the ship, was much altered for the worse. The Fury remained where she was, there being no second birth even so good as the bad one where she was now lying. In the afternoon it blew a hard gale, with constant rain, from the northward, the clouds indicating an easterly wind in other parts. This wind, which was always the troublesome one to us, soon brought the ' ice closer and closer, till it pressed with very consider- able violence on both ships, though the most upon the Fury, which lay in a very exposed situation. The Hecla received no damage but the breaking of two or three hawsers^ and a part of her bulwark torn away by the strain upon them. In the course of the night we had reason to suppose, by the Fury's heeling, that she was either on shore, or still heavily pressed by the ice from without. Sunday 31. Early on the morning of the 31st, as soon as a communi- cation could be effected. Captain Hoppner sent to inform me that the Fury had been forced on the ground, where she still lay ; but that she would probably be hove off without much difficulty at high water, provided the external ice did not prevent it. I also learned from Captain Hoppner that a part of one of the propelling wheels had been destroyed, the chock through which its axis passed being forced in '\\:'^.] OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 107 considerably, and the palm broken off one of the bower anchors. Most of this damage, however, was either of no very material importance, or could easily be repaired. A large party of hands from the Hecla being sent round to the Fury towards high water, she came off the ground with very little strain, so that, upon the whole, considering the situation in which the ships were lying, we thought ourselves fortunate in having incurred no very serious injury. The Fury was shifted a few yards into the best place that could be found, and the wind again blowing strong from the northward, the ice remained close about us. A shift of wind to the southward in the afternoon at length began gradually to slacken it, but it was not till six a.m. on the 1st of August that there appeared a prospect of making any progress. There was, at this time, a great deal of water to the southward, but between us and the channel there lay one narrow and not very close stream of ice touching the shore. A shift of wind to the northward determined me at once to take advantage of it, as nothing but a free wind seemed requisite to enable us to reach this promising chan- nel. The signal to that effect was immediately made, but while the sails were setting, the ice, which had at first been about three-quarters of a mile distant from us, was observed to be closing the shore. The ships were cast with all expe- dition, in hopes of gaining the broader channel before the ice had time to shut us up. So rapid, however, was the P2 1825. July. August. Monday i. Mi ! Mi fii:i ! ■ ,il I ■;,; Nil 108 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY hi 'U \i m my: \825. August. latter in this its sudden movement, that we had but just got the ships' heads the right way, when the ice came bodily in upon us, being doubtless set in motion by a very sudden freshening of the wind almost to a gale in the course of a few minutes. The ships were now almost instantly beset, and in such a manner as to be literally helpless and unma- nageable. In such cases, it must be confessed that the exertions made by heaving at hawsers or otherwise are of Uttle more service than in the occupation they furnish to the men's minds under circumstances of difficulty; for when the ice is fairly acting against the ship, ten times the strength and ingenuity could in reality avail nothing. The sails were, however, kept set, and as the body of ice was setting to the southward withal, we went with it some Uttle distance in that direction. The Hecla, after thus driving, and now and then forcing her way through the ice, in all about three-quarters of a mile, quite close to the shore, at, length struck the ground forcibly several times in the space of a hundred yards, and being then brought up by it, remained immoveable, the depth of water under her keel abaft being sixteen feet, or about a foot less than she drew. The Fury continuing to drive was now irresistibly carried past us, and we escaped, only by a few feet, the da- mage invariably occasioned by ships coming in contact under such circumstances. She had however scarcely past us a hundred yards, when it was evident, by the ice pressing m"' I OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 100 her in, as well as along the shore, that she must soon be stopped like the Hecla ; and having gone about two hun- dred yards further she was observed to receive a severe pressure from a large floe-piece forcing her directly against a grounded mass of ice upon the beach. After setting to the southward for an hour or two longer, the ice became stationary, no open water being anywhere visible from the mast-head, and the pressure on the ships remaining undimi- nished during the day. Just as I had ascertained the utter impossibility of moving the Hecla a single foot, and that she must lay quite aground fore and aft as soon as the tide fell, I received a note from Captain Hoppner informing me that the Fury had been so severely " nipped" and strained as to leak a good deal, apparently about four inches an hour ; that she was still heavily pressed both upon the ground and against the large mass of ice within her ; that the rudder was at present very awkardly situated ; and that one boat had been much damaged. As the tide fell, the Fury's stern which was aground was lifted several feet, and the Hecla, at low water, having sewed five feet forward and two abaft, we presented altogether no very pleasing or comfortable spectacle. However, about high water, the ice very oppor- tunely slacking, the Hecla was hove off with great ease, and warped to a floe in the ofling to which we made fast at mid- night. The Fury was not long after us in coming off" the ground, when I was in hopes of finding that any twist or i; i, 'if: 1825 August. i! '' . ,i 110 THFRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY |:!i r 1825. strain by which her leaks might have been occasioned, August, would, in some measure, have closed when she was relieved from pressure and once more fairly afloat. My disappoint- ment and mortification, therefore, may in some measure be imagined, at being informed by telegraph, about two a.m. Tuesday 2. on the 2nd, that the water was gaining on two pumps, and that a part of the doubling had floated up. The Hecla having, in the mean time, been carried two or three miles to the southward, by the ice which was once more driving in that direction, I directed Captain Hoppner by signal to endeavour to reach the best security inshore which the pre- sent slackness of the ice might permit, until it was possible for the Hecla to rejoin him. Presently afler, perceiving from the mast-head something like a small harbour nearly abreast of us, every effort was made to get once more towards the shore. In this the ice happily favoured us, and afler making sail, and one or two tacks, we got in with the land, when I left the ship in a boat to sound the place, and search for shelter. I soon had the mortification to find that the harbour which had appeared to present itself so oppor- tunely, had not more than six or seven feet of water in any part of it, the whole of its defences being composed of the stones and soil washed down by a stream which here emp- tied itself into the sea. From this place, indeed, where the land gradually became much lower in advancing to the southward, the whole nature of the soundings entirely OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. Ill altered, the water gradually shoaling in approaching the beach, so that the ships could scarcely come nearer in most parts than a quarter of a mile. At this distance, the whole shore was more or less lined with grounded masses of ice ; but after examining the soundings within more than twenty of them, in the space of about a mile, I could only find tw v that would allow the ships to float at low water, and that by some care in placing and keeping them there. Having fixed a flag on each berg, the usual signal for the ships taking their stations, I rowed on board the Fury, and found four pumps constantly going, to keep the ship free, and Captain Hoppner, his officers and men almost exhausted with the incessant labour of the last eight and forty hours. The in- stant the ships were made fast. Captain Hoppner and my- self set out in a boat to survey the shore still further south, there being a narrow lane of water about a mile in that di- rection ; for it had now become too evident, however unwil- ling we might have been at first to admit the conclusion, that the Fury could proceed no further without repairs, and that the nature of those repairs would in all probability involve the disagreeable, I may say the ruinous, necessity of heaving the ship down. After rowing about three-quarters of a mile, we considered ourselves fortunate in arriving at a bolder part of the beach, where three grounded masses of ice, having from three to four fathoms water at low tide within them, were so disposed as to afford, with the assist- 1825. August. 't:'U r 112 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY !■ |i^|. ^'1 m^ I II T ! Ill II 1825. August ance of art, something like shelter. Wild and insecure as, under other circumstances, such a place would have been thought, for the purpose of heaving a ship down, we had no alternative, and therefore as Uttle occasion as we had time for deUberation. Returning to the ships, we were setting the sails in order to run to the appointed place, when the ice closed in and prevented our moving, and in a short time there was once more no open water to be seen. We were, therefore, under the necessity of remaining in our pre- sent births, where the smallest external pressure must inevitably force us ashore, neither ship having more than two feet of water to spare. One watch of the Hecla's crew were sent round to assist at the Fury's pumps, which required one-third of her ship's company to be constantly employed at them. I now received from Captain Hoppner the following more detailed account of the Fury's accident, which it is proper for me here to record. " We had scarcely driven clear of the Hecla at 10.30. a.m. on the 1st, before a heavy floe-piece pressed against our larboard quarter, and forced the ship against a high mass of grounded ice which threatened to tear everything away. The ship received so severe a " nip," that she trembled violently, whilst the beams and timbers cracked, and a crash like the report of a musket was heard under the larboard (juarter by two or three (persons who chanced to be below. OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 113 The rudder was forced hard over to starboard, and but very little more pressme seemed requisite to tear it from the stern-post. Finding, after a short time, that the ice did not ease again outside of us, everybody was employed in securing the boats and anchors, which had already su^ered materially, and had narrowly escaped being torn to pieces in passing the high ice. While we were thus employed, the carpenter reported the ship to be making water rapidly. From a wish not to create any unnecessary sensation, and to make our situation appear as favourable as possible, it was at first treated lightly, and the pumps not set to work till after dinner, when the water had risen to four feet in the well, and after trying one and two of the pumps, it was found necessary to set all four to work to keep her free, it being computed that she made about three feet per hour. " At the time we were first driven in, it wanted about an hour of high- water, and the ship had then barely her draught of water abaft ; so that when the tide fell she sewed more than six feet abaft, whilst her bow, which was very much depressed, just took the ground. As it seemed probable that the same floe-piece which had caused all the injury, might assist to drag us off when it again set from the land, the stream-cable and a six-inch hawser were secured to it ; but unfortunately it began moving about low water, and the ship being too firmly fixed, the ropes broke after bearing a heavy strain. It was not until midnight that the ship Q 1825, August. It. 114 TI/IRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY ji * " m 1825. August. Wednes. 3. floated, when we hove off, and were again driven to the SOI .hward amongst the body of ice ; all our exertions being directed to getting hold of a large piece outside, with the hope that it would drag us off the land. This, however, we were unable to effect, and were in momentary ex- pectation of again driving on shore. The Hecla was now driving fast from us, and as our people were nearly ex- hausted, I communicated our situation to Captain Parry by signal ; and a breeze springing up soon after from the land, opened the iv.e sufficiently to enable the ships to join." . The ice coming in with considerable violence on the night of the 2iid, once more forced the Fury on shore, so that at low water she sewed two feet and a half Nothing but the number and strength of the Hecla's hawsers pre- vented her sharing the same fate, for the pressure was just as much as seven of these of six inches, and two stream- cables would bear. The Fury floated in the morning, and was enabled to haul off a little, but there was no opening of the ice to allow us to move to our intended station. The more leisure we obtained to consider the state of the Furv, the more apparent became the absolute, however unfortu- nate, necessity of heaving her down. Four pumps were re- quired to be at work without intermission, to keep her free, and this in perfectly smooth water, shewing that she was in fact so materially injured as to be very far from sea-worthy. One-third of her working men were constantly employed, as ': ,!i OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 115 before remarked, in this laborious operation, and some of 1825. their hands had become so sore from the constant friction August. of the ropes, that they could hardly handle them any longer without the use of mittens, assisted by the unlaying of the ropes to make them soft. When, in addition to these circumstances, the wet state of the decks and the little room left, as well as the reduced strength for working the ship or heaving at hawsers among the ice, be considered, I beheve that every seaman will admit the impracticability of pur- suing this critical navigation till the Fury had been ex- amined and repaired. As, therefore, not a moment could be lost, we took advantage of a small lane of water deep enough for boats, which kept open within the grounded masses along the shore, to convey to the Hecla some of the Fury's dry provisions, and to land a quantity of heavy iron- work, and other stores not perishable ; for the moment this measure was determined on, I was anxious, almost at any risk, to commence the lightening of the ship as far as our present insecurity and our distance from the shore would permit. The wind blowing fresh from the northward, which Thursday 4. always increased our difficulties on this coast, the ice pressed so violently upon the ships as ahnost to force them adrift during the night, employing our people, now suffi- ciently harassed by their work during the day, for two or three hours, in still further increasing our security by addi- Q2 i,. ■ i . -. I. m u '■fl ll '1 116 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1825. tional hawsers. We continued landing stores from the August. Fury on the 4th, and at night a bower-cable was passed round one of the grounded masses alongside of her ; for if either ship had once got adrift, it is difficult to say what might have been the consequence. ' Friday 5. At two A.M. ou the 5th, the ico began to slacken near the • ships, and as soon as a boat could be rowed alongshore to the southward, I set out, accompanied by a second from the Fury, for the purpose of examining the state of our in- tended harbour since the recent pressure, and to endeavour to prepare for the reception of the ships by clearing out the loose ice. On my arrival there, the distance being about a mile, I found that one of the three bergs had shifted its place so materially by the late movements of the ice, as not only to alter the disposition of these masses, on which our whole dependence rested, very much for the worse, but also to destroy all confidence in their stability upon the ground. Landing upon one of the bergs, to shew the appointed sig- nal for the ships to come, I perceived, about half a mile be- yond us to the southward a low point forming a little bay, with a great deal of heavy grounded ice lying off it. I im- mediately rowed to this, in hopes of finding something Uke a harbour for our purpose, but on my arrival there, had once more the mortification to find that there was not above six feet of water at low tide in any part of it, and within the grounded ice not more than twelve. Having OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 117 assured myself that no security or shelter was here to be found, 1 825. I immediately returned to the former place, which the Hecla August. was just reaching. The Fury was detained some time by a quantity of loose ice which had wedged itself in, in such a manner as to leave her no room to move outwards ; but she arrived about seven o'clock, when both ships were made fast in the best births we could find, but they were still ex- cluded from their intended place by the quantity of ice which had fixed itself there. Within twenty minutes after our arrival, the whole body of ice again came in, entirely closing up the shore, so that our moving proved most opportune. '! f ^ii'-c^- [ h it ,'i fi'!: . 1:1 1 ! >tMl » itft THIRD VOYAOB FOR THE DISCOVERY P cHAprmi VI. I^RMATION OP A BASIN FOR HEAVING THE PURY DOWN — LANDING OF THE fury's stores, AND OTHER PREPARATIONS — THE SHIPS SECURED WITHIN THE BASIN — IMPEDIMENTS FROM THE PRESSURE OP THE ICE^ — FURY HOVE DOWN — SECURITIES OF THE BASIN bE- StROYBfef BY A GALE OP WIND — PREPARATIONS TO TOW THE FURY OUT HECLA RE-EQUIPPED, AND OBLIGED TO PUT TO SEA FURY AGAIN DRIVEN ON SHORE — RE-JOIN THE FURY ", AND FIND IT NE- CESSARY fe-INALLY TO ABANDON HER. 1825. As there was now no longer room for floating the ice out of August, our proposed basin, all hands were immediately employed in conHnued. preparing the intended securities against the incursions of the ice. These consisted of anchors carried to the beach, having bower-cables attached to them, passing quite round the grounded masses, and thus enclosing a small space of just suflicient size to admit both ships*. The cables we pro- posed floating by means of the two hand-masts and some empty casks lashed to them as buoys, with the intention of thus making them receive the pressure of the ice a foot or two below the surface of the water. By uncommon exer- tions on the part of the officers and men, this laborious work was completed before night as far as was practicable * See the diagram, p. 121. 'I m hi •'- '»•* # k t=, s B '< -^ iii'ill rfli , OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 1)9 until the loose ice should set out; and all the tents were set i826. up on the beach for the reception of the Fury's stores. August. The ice remaining quite close on the 6th, every individual Saturday 6. in both ships, with the exception of those at the pumps, was employed in landing provisions from the Fury, together with the spars, boats, and everything from off her upper deck. The ice coming in, in the afternoon, with a degree of pressure which usually attended a northerly wind on this coast, twisted the Fury's rudder so forcibly against a mass of ice lying under her stern, that it was for some hours in great danger of being damaged, and was indeed only saved by the efforts of Captain Hoppner and his officers, who, without breaking off the men from their other occupations, themselves worked at the ice-saw. On the following day, Sunday 7. the ice remaining as before, the work was continued without intermission, and a great quantity of things landed. The two carpenters, Messrs. Pulfer and Fiddis, took the Fury's boats in hand themselves, their men being required as part of our physical strength in clearing the ship. The armourer was also set to work on the beach in forging bolts for the martingales of the out-riggers. In short every living crea- ture among us was somehow or other employed, not even excepting our dogs, which were set to drag up the stores on the beach ; so that our little dock-yard soon exhibited the most animated scene imaginable. The quickest metliod of landing casks, and other things not too weighty, was that adopted by Captain Hoppner, and consisted of a hawser I' li i'- ' 'm'.'. ' " !■' 'h I ' V 1^ THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY .!<"'. 1825. secured to the ship's main mast-head, and set up as tight as August, possible to the anchor on the beach ; the casks being hooked to a block traversing on this as a jack-stay, were made to run down it with great velocity. By this means more than two were got on shore for every one landed by the boats, the latter, however, being constantly employed in addition. The Fury was thus so much lightened in the course of the day, that two pumps were now nearly sufficient to keep her free, and this number continued requisite until she was hove down. Her spirit-room was now entirely clear, and on examination the water was found to be rushing in through two or three holes that happened to be in the ceil- ing, and which were immediately plugged up. Indeed, it was now very evident that nothing but the tightness of the Fury's diagonal ceiling had so long kept her afloat, and that any ship not thus fortified within could not possibly have been kept free by the pumps. At night, just as the people were going to rest, the ice began to move to the southward, and soon after came in towards the shore, again endangering the Fury's rudder *, and pressing her over on her side to so alarming a degree, as to warm us that it would not be safe to lighten her much more in her present insecure situation. One of our bergs, * I have mentioned the endangering of the rudders so frequently about this time, that seamen may ask why they were not unshipped. It will give a tole- rable idea of the critical situations in which we had for several days past been placed, to state that we had never had sufficient depth of water (about twenty- five feet) for doing so. OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 121 i !"! also shifted its position by this pressure, so as to weaken our 1825. confidence in the pier-heads of our intended basin ; and a August. long " tongue" of one of them forcing itself under the Hecla's fore-foot, while the drift-ice was also pressing her forcibly from astern, she once more sewed three or four feet forward at low water, and continued to do so, notwithstanding repeated endeavours to haul her off, for four successive tides, the ice remaining' so close and so much doubled under the ship, as to render it impossible to move her a single inch. Notwithstanding the state of the ice, however, we did not remain idle on the 8th, all hands being employed in unrigging Monday 8. the Fury, and landing all her spars, sails, booms, boats, and other top-weight. In the afternoon, w> carried a third bower- anchor to the beach, and secured another coble to the bight of the former ones, on the roctii side of the basin, as shewn at b in the annexed diagram, which will give the bf ir, idea of the nature of the harbour we were forming. 1 t'' ii 1 H 1 :' Is 1 -f 1; n ■'. f'* R if.«, 122 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY ■I I i' Hi . If IV'irl f ■tl n ( . I ( 1825. This was the more necessary, on account of the long bight of Attest. ^^ cable from c to g, which any pressure would be sure to bring home upon the ships, and also because the ice always exerted the greatest force from that side. Indeed, the whole space we could hope to render secure was so extremely con- tracted, that we could not afford to lose a single foot of it ; and having made these preparations, we anxiously lookeil for the ice slackening, that we might clear out our harbour, and have an opportunity of trying its efficacy for our in- tended purpose. Tuesday 9. The icc Still Continuing very close on the 9th, all hands were employed in attempting, by saws and axes, to clear the , Hecla, which still grounded on the tongue of ice every tide. After four hours' labour, they succeeded in making four or five feet of room astern, when the ship suddenly slided down off the tongue with considerable force, and became once more afloat. We then got on shore the Hecla's cables and hawsers for the accommodation of the Fury's men in our tiers during the heaving down, struck our to))-masts which would be required as shores and outriggers, and, in short, continued to occupy every individual in some preparation or other. These being entirely completed at an early hour in the afternoon, we ventured to go on with the landing of the coals and provisions from the Fury, preferring to run the risk which would thus be incurred, to the loss of even a few hours in the accomplishment of our present object. As OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 123 it very opportunely happened, however, the external ice i825. slackened to the distance of about a hundred yards outside August. of us, on the morning of the 10th, enabling us, by a most Wed. lo. tedious and laborious operation, to clear the ice out of our basin piece by piece. The difficulty of tills apparently sim- ple process consisted in the heavy pressure having repeat- edly doubled one mass under another, a position in which it requires great power to move them, and also by the corners locking in with the sides of the bergs. Our next business was to tighten the cables sufficiently by means of purchases, and to finish the floating of them in the manner and for the purpose before described. After this had been completed, the ships had only a few feet in length, and nothing in breadth to spare, but we had now great hopes of going on with our work with increased confidence and security. The Fury, which was placed inside, had something less than eighteen feet at low water ; the Hecla lay in four fathuniH, the bottom being strewed with large and small fragments of limestone. While thus employed in securing the ships, the smooth- ness of the water enabled us to see, in some degree, the nature of the Fury's damage ; and it may Ik* conceived how much pain it occasioned us plainly to discover that both the stern-iKJst and fore-foot were broken and turned up on one side with the pressure. We also could perceive, as far as we were able to see along the main-keel, that it wa» II 2 124 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY I i'; ^i I M hii u ''Ih f-i •'U! In 1825. much torn, and we had therefore reason to conclude that August, the damage would altogether prove very serious. We also discovered that several feet of the Hecla's false keel was torn away abreast of the fore-chains, in consequence of her grounding forward so frequently. iiiiirs. 11. The ships being now as well secured as our means per- mitted from the immediate danger of ice, the clearing of the Fury went on with increased confidence, though greater alacrity was impossible, for nothing could exceed the spirit and zealous activity of every individual, and as things had turned out, the ice had not obliged us to wait a moment, except at the actual times of its pressure. Being favoured with tine weather, we continued our work very quickly, so Friday 12. that on the 12th every cask was landed, and also the pow- der ; and the spare sails and clothing put on board the Satur. i;j. Hecla. On the 13th we found that a mass of heavy ice which had been aground within the Fury, as shewn by the dotted lines in the diagram, had now floated off alongside of her at high water, still further contracting our already nar- row basin, and leaving the ship no room for turning round. At the next high water, therefore, we got a purchase on it, and hove it out of the way, so that at night it drifted off* altogether, 'i'he coals and preserved meats were the prin- cipal things no'v remaining on board the Fury, and these we continued landing by every method we could devise as the most expeditious. The tide rose so considerably at ' : ■ '1 OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 125 i'^J ia'25. August. night, new moon occurring within an hour of high water, that we were much afraid of our bergs floating : they re- mained firm, however, even though the ice came in with so much force as to break one of our hand-masts, a fir-spar of twelve inches in diameter. As the high tides and the lightening of the Fury now gave us sufficient depth of water for unshipping the rudders, we did so, and laid them upon the small berg astern of us, for fear of their being damaged by any pressure of the ice. Early on the morning of the 14th, the ice slackening a Sunday u. little in our neighbourhood, we took advantage of it, though the people were much fagged, to tighten the cables, which had stretched and yielded considerably by the late pressure. It was well that we did so ; for in the course of this day we were several times interrupted in our work by the ice coming with a tremendous strain on the north cables, the wind blowing strong from the N.N.W., and the whole " pack" outside of us setting rapidly to the southward. Indeed, notwithstanding the recent tightening and re-adjust- ment of the cables, the bight was pressed in so much, as to force the Fury against the l)erg astern of her, twice in the course of the day. Mr. Waller, who was in the hold the second time that this occurred, reported that the coals about the keelson were moved by it, imparting the sensation of a part of the ship's bottom falling down ; and one of the men at work there was so strongly impressed with that I .:'• « \u THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY i: 1325. belief, that he thought it high time to make a spring for Au£ru8t. the hatchway. From this circumstance it seemed more than probable that the main keel had received some serious damage near the middle of the ship. From this trial of the efficacy of our means of security, it was plain that the Fury could not possibly be hove down under circumstances of such frequent and imminent risk : I therefore directed a fourth anchor, with two additional cables, to be disposed as at a e in the diagram, with the hope of breaking some of the force of the ice by its offigring a more oblique resistance than the other, and thus by degrees turn- ing the direction of the pressure from the ships. We had scarcely completed this new defence, when the largest floe we had seen since leaving Port Bowen came sweeping along the shure, having a motion to the southward of not less than a mile and a half an hour ; and a projecting point of it, just grazing our outer berg, at e, threatened to overturn it, and would certainly have dislodged it from its situation, but fur the cable recently attached to it. A second similar occur- rence took place with a smaller mass of ice, about midnight, and near the top of an unusually high spring-tide, which seemed ready to float away every security from us. For three hours about the time of this high water, our situation was a most critical one, for had the bergs, or indeed any one of them, l)een carried away or broken, both ships must inevitably have been driven on shore by the very next mafis ' ' ( OF A NORTHwVVEST PASSAGE. 127 of ice that should come in. Happily, however, they did 1825. not sufier any further material disturbance, and the main August. body keeping at a short distance from the land until the tide had fallen, the bergs seemed to be once more firmly resting on the ground. The only mischief, therefore, occa- sioned by this disturbance was the slackening of our cables by the alteration in the positions of the several grounded masses, and the consequent necessity of employing more time, which nothing but absolute necessity could induce us to bestow, in adjusting and tightening the whole of them afresh. The wind veering to the W.N.W. on the morning of the Momiay 15. 15th, and still continuing to blow strong, the ice was forced three or four miles off tlie land in the course of a few hours, leaving us a quiet day for continuing our work, but exciting no very pleasing sensations, when we considered wliat progress we might have been making, had we been at liberty to pursue our object. The land wiis, indeed, so clear of ice to the southward, that Dr. Neill, who walked a considerable distance in that direction, could see nothing but an open channel inshore to the utmost extent of his view *. We took advantage of this open water to send the :fc; ■I*--:. • In coasting the high and more precipitous land to the northward of our present station, the wind always was observed to blow along it, except occa- sionally in passing a ravine or valley. The moment we opened this lower shore, on our first arrival, we found the wind draw three or four points off it. Low land is, on this account, much more favourable for coasting in these seas, than ^r THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY i'i I ^ m , it: ' P t"! 1 ■ ''^jH IM ' ' •■ira . f ii 11 '-;' 1 f. ^1 ,i ;f , n In ■sSmT'*^ t FillHMUK ^ Wl Mi! j ja M 1825. launch for the Fury's iron- work left at the former station; August, for though the few men thus employed could very ill be spared, we were obliged to arrange everything with reference to the ultimate saving of time ; and it would have occupied both ships' companies more than a whole day, to carry the things round by land. Tuesday 16. The Fury being completely cleared at an early hour on the 16th, we were all busily employed in " winding" the ship, and in preparing the outriggers, shores, purchases and additional rigging. Though we purposely selected the time of high water for turning the ship round, we had scarcely a foot of space to spare for doing it, and indeed, as it was, her fore-foot touched ihc ground, and loosened the broken part of the wood so much as to enable us to pull it up with ropes, when we found the fragments to consist of the whole of the " gripe" and most of the " cutwater." The strong breeze continuing, and the sea rising as the open water increased in extent, our bergs were sadly washed and wasted ; every hour producing a sensible and serious diminution in their bulk. As, however, the main body of ice still kept off, we were in hopes, now that our preparations were so near completed, we should have been enabled in a few hours to see the extent of the damage, and repair it sufficiently to allow us tliat which is very high. At Melville Island, as another instance, we met with comparatively few and trifling difficulties till we came to high land, which I have no doubt was one cause at least of our being stopped. ^ 'i OF A NORTH-W^ST PASSAGE. 129 to proceed. In the evening we received the Fury's crew on I825. board the Hecla, every arrangement and regulation having August. been previously made for their personal comfort, and for the preservation of cleanliness, ventilation, and dry warmth throughout the ship. The officers of the Fury, by their own choice, pitched a cent on shore for messing and sleep- ing in, as our accommodation for two sets of officers was necessarily confined. On the 17th, when every preparation Wednes. 1: was completed, the cables were found again so slack, by the wasting of the bergs in consequence of the continued sea, and possibly also in part by the masses having moved some- what inshore, that we were obliged to occupy several hours in putting them to rights, as we should soon require all our strength at the purcli^ses. One berg had also, at the last low water, fallen over on its side, in consequence of its sub- stance being undermined by the sea, and the cable surround- ing it was thus forced so low under water as no longer to affi^rd protection from the ice should it again come in. In tightening the cables, we found it to have the effisct of bring- ing the bergs in towards the shore, still further contracting our narrow basin ; but anything was better than suffering them to go adrift. This work being finished at ten p.m., the people were allowed three hours' rest only, it being ne- cessary to heave the ship down at or near high water, as there was not sufficient depth to allow her to take her dis- tance at any other time of tide. Every preparation being s i;!*, ■i t M-,./ I! . •• ji : . i Sil ^V 1825. August. TInirs. 18, 130 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY made, at three a.m. on the 18th, we began to heave her down on the larboard side, but when the purchases were nearly a-block, we found that the strops under the Hecla's bottom, as well as some of the Fury's shore-fasts, had stretched or yielded so much, that they could not bring the keel out of water within three or four feet. We immedi- ately eased her up again, and re-adjusted everything as re- quisite, hauling her further inshore than before by keeping a considerable heel upon her, so as to make less depth of water necessary ; and we were then in the act of once more heaving her down, when a snow storm came on and blew with such violence off the land, as to raise a considerable sea. The ships had now so much motion as to strain the geer very much, and even to make the lower masts of the Fury bend in spite of the shores ; we were, therefore, most unwillingly compelled to desist until the sea should go down, keeping everything ready to re-commence the in- stant we could possibly do so with safety. The officers and men were now literally so harassed and fatigued as to be 3carcely capable of further exertion without some rest ; and on this and one or two other occasions, I noticed more than a single instance of stupor amounting to a certain de- gree of failure in intellect, rendering the individual so af- fected quite unable at first to comprehend the meaning of an order, though still as willing as ever to obey it. It was therefore perhaps a fortunate necessity which produced the t- I, Ijff r ! i OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 131 1 8-25. August. intermission of labour which the strength of every indivi- dual seemed to require. The gale rather increasing than otherwise during the Friday 19. whole day and night of the 18th, had on the following morning, when the wind and sea still continued unabated, so destroyed the bergs on which our sole dependence was placed, that they no longer remained aground at low water ; the cables had again become slack about them, and the basin we had taken so much pains in forming had now lost all its defences, at least during a portion of every tide. It will be plain too, if I have succeeded in giving a distinct description of our situation, that, independentlj of the se- curity of the ships, there was now nothing left to sea-ward by which the Hecla could be held out in that direction while heaving the Fury down, so that our preparations in this way were no longer available. After a night of most anxious consideration and consultation with Captain Hopp- ner, who was now my messmate in the Hecla, it appeared but too plain, that, should the ice again come in, neither ship could any longer be secured from driving on shore. It was therefore determined instantly to prepare the Hecla for sea, making her thoroughly effective in every respect; so that we might at least push lier out into comparative safety among the ice, when it closed again, taking every {)erson on board her, securing the Fury in the beat manner we could, and returning to her the instant we were able to do so, to S 2 K 1^ !l 4ii -• ■i. 'N' :■ 1 1: i. ;i 'ill i 132 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY It' I Mr' 11 i 1 ■ % it j: • '■ 1 i i 1 > h'Kii 1 Ivl ■ i' ■■ i ■ f ^'' 1825. endeavour to get her out, and to carry her ic ; uue place of Auofiist. security for heaving down. If, after the Hv x was ready, time should still be allowed us, it was proposed immediately to put into the Fury all that was requisite, or at least as much as she could safely carry, and towing her out into the ice, to try the effect of " foddering" the leaks by sails under those parts of her keel which we knew to be damaged, until some more effectual means could be resorted to. Having communicated to the assembled officers and ships' companies my views and intentions, and moreover given them to understand that I hoped to see the Hecla's top- gallant-yards across before we slept, we commenced our work ; and such was the hearty good-will and indefatigable energy with which it was carried on, that by midnight the whole was accomplished, and a bower-anchor and cable carried out in the offing, for the double purpose of hauling out the Hecla when requisite, and as some security to the Fury if we were obliged to leave her. The people were once more quite exhausted by these exertions, especially those belonging to the Fury, who had never thoroughly re- covered their first fatigues. The ice being barely in sight, we were enabled to enjoy seven hours of undisturbed rest ; but the wind becoming light, and afterwards shifting to the N.N.E., we had reason to expect the ice would soon close the shore, and were, therefore, most anxious to con- tinue our work. OP A North-west passage. 133 On the 20th, therefore, the re-loading of the Fury com- menced with recruited strength and spirits, such articles being in the first place selected for putting on lioard as were essentially requisite for her re-equipment ; for it was my full determination, could we succeed in completing this, not to wait even for rigging a topmast, or getting a lower yard up, in the event of the ice coming in, but to tow her out among the ice, and there put everything sufficiently to rights for carrying her to some place of security. At the same time, the end of the sea-cable was taken on board the Fury, by way of offering some resistance to the ice, which was now more plainly seen, though still about five miles distant. A few hands were also spared, consisting chiefly of two or three convalescents, and some of the officers, to thrum a sail for putting under the Fury's keel; for we were very anxious to relieve the men at the pumps, which constantly required the labour of eight to twelve hands to keep her free. In the course of the day, several heavy masses of ice came drifting by with a breeze from the N.£., which is here about two points upon the land, and made a considerable swell. One mass came in contact with our bergs, which, though only held by the cables, brought it up in time to prevent mischief By a long and hard day's labour, the people not going to rest till two o'clock on the morning of the 21st, we got about fifty tons' weight of coals and provisions on board the Fury, which, in case of l8-i5. August. Satiir. -20. * "^1 ■ \ 134 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY ] ■' -I III f'il i : U I iH"25 necessity, we considered sufficient to give her stability. August VVhile we were thus employed, the ice, though evidently inchned to come in, did not approach us much ; and it may be conceived with what anxiety we longed to be allowed one more day's labour, on which the ultimate saving of the ship might almost be considered as depending. Having hauled the ships out a little from the shore, and prepared the Ilecla for casting by a spring at a moment's notice, all the people except those at the pumps were sent to rest, which, however, they had not enjoyed for two hours, when Sunday 21. at four A.M. ou tlic 21st, aiiothcr heavy mass coming vio- lently in contact with the bergs and cables, threatened to sweej) away every remaining security. Our situation, with this additional strain, t^e mass which had disturbed us fixing itself upon the weathtr-cable, and an increasing wind and swell setting considerably on the shore, became more and more prec:u'ious ; and indeed, under circumstances as critical as can well be imagined, nothing but the urgency and im- portance of the object we had in view — that of saving the I'ury if she was to be saved — could have prevented my nu.king sail, and keeping the Hecla under way till matters mended. More hawsers were run out, however, and ena- bletl us still to hold on ; and after six hours of disturln^d rest, all hands were again set to work to get the Fury's anchors, cables, rudder, and spars on board, these things being absolutely necessary for her equipment, should we be p. OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 135 ab'.i to get her out. At two p.m. the crews were called on board to dinner, which they had not finished when several not very large masses of ice drove along the shore near us at a quick rate, and two or three successively coming in violent contact eith<3r with the Hecla or the bergs to which she was attached, convinced me that very little addi- tional pressure would tear everything away, and drive both ships on shore. I saw that the moment had arrived when the Hecla could no longer be kept in her present situation with the smallest chance of safety, and therefore immedi- ately got under sail, despatching Captain Ffoppner with every individual except a few for working the ship, to con- tinue getting the things on board the P'ury, while the Hecla stoot or nine miles in breadth. Had we now been at liberty to take advantage of the favourable prospect before us, 1 have little doubt we should without much difficulty have made considerable progress. A southerly breeze enabling us to regain our northing, we ran along the margin of the ice, but were led so much to the ' astward by it, that we could approach the ship no nearer than before during the whole day. She appeared to us at this distance to have a much greater heel than when the people left her, which made us still more anxious to get near her. A houth-Vi^est wind gave us hopes of the Wed, '24. ice setting off from the land, but it produced no good r*^;- OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 141 'I *' effect during the whole of the 24th. We, therefore, beat again to the southward, to see if we could manage to get in with the land anywhere about the shores of the bay ; but this was now impracticable, the ice being once more closely packed there. We could only wait, therefore, in patience, for some alteration in our favour. The latitude at noon was 72° 34' 57", making our distance from the Fury twelve miles, which by the following morning had Th increased to at least five leagues, the ice continuing to " pack" between us and the shore. The wind, however, now gradually drew round to the westward, giving us hopes of a change, and we continued to ply about the margin of the ice, in constant readiness for taking advantage of any opening that might occur. It favoured us so much by streaming off in the course of the day, that by seven i-.m. we had nearly reached a channel of clear water \\hich kept o})en for seven or eight miles from the land. Being impa- tient to obtain a siglit of the Fury, and the wind becoming light, Captain Hoppner and myself left the Hecla in two boats, and reached the ship at half-past nine, or about three- quarters of an hour before high water, being the most favour- able time of tide for arriving to examine her condition. We found her heeling so much outward, that her main channels were within a foot of the water ; and the large floe-piece (in the diagram, p. 137, marked aj, whi(;li was still alongside of her, seemed alone to support her below I &2/ Aiitjiist. urs. ill 142 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISC OVERY t 'S i.;lt 1 .?;ii i^.j- water, and to prevent her falling over still more considerably. Ani,ni-.t The ship had been forced much farther up the beach than before, and she had now in her bilge above nine feet oi water, which reached higher than the lower-deck beams. On looking down the stern-post, which, seen against the light-coloured ground, and in shoal water, was now very distinctly visible, we found that she had pushed the stones at the bottom up before her, and that the broken keel, stern-post, and dead-wood had, by the recent pressure, been more damaged and turned up than before. She appeared principally to hang upon the ground abreast the gangway, where, at high water, the depth was eleven feet alongside her keel ; forward and aft from thirteen to sixteen feet ; so that at low-tide, allowing the usual fall of five or six feet, she would be lying in a depth of from five to ten feet only. The first hour's inspection of the Fury's condition too plainly assured me that exposed as she was, and forcibly pressed up upon an open and stony beach, her holds full of water, and the damage of her hull to all appearance and in all probability more considerable than before, without any adequate means of hauling her off to seaward, or securing her from the further incursions of the ice, every endeavour of ours to get her off, or if got off, to float her to any known place of safety, would be at once utterly hopeless in itself, and productive of extreme risk to our remaining ship. fl 1+ I in; •'.. OP A North-west passage. 143 Being anxious, however, in a case of so much importance, to avail myself of the judgment and experience of others, I directed Captain Hoppner, in conjunction with Lieutenants Austin and Sherer, and Mr. Pulfer, carpenter, being the officers who accompanied me to the Fury, to hold a survey upon her, and to report their opinions to me. And to prevent the possibility of the officers receiving any bias from my own opinion, the order was given to them the moment we arrived on board the Fury. Captain I' )ner and the other officers, after spending several hours in attentively examining every part of the ship, both within and without, and maturely weighing all the circumstances of her situation, gave it as their opinion that it would be quite impracticable to make her sea-worthy, even if she could be hauled off, which would first require the water to be got out of the ship, and the holds to be once more entirely cleared. Mr. Pulfer, the carpenter of the Fury, considered that it would occupy five days to clear the ship of water ; that if she were got off, all the pumps would not be sufficient to keep her free, in con- sequence of the additional damage she seemed to have sustained ; and that, if even hove down, twenty days' work, with the means we possessed, would be required for making her sea-worthy. Captain Hoppner, and the other officers, were, therefore, of opinion, that an absolute necessity existed for abandoning the Fury. My own opinion being 1|: ill I. 1 S2,^. August. I r M ^i^l IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I 11.25 2.2 ^ m 140 IIIK M V Photographic ^Sciences Corporation ^> v V •^ :\ \ 23 WIST MAIN STtllT WMSTIR.N.Y. MStO (71«)I73-4S03 ■ I . in 144 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DiSCOVERY li** ii 1825. thus confirmed as to the utter hopelessness of saving her, August, and feeling more strongly than ever the responsibility which attached to me of preserving the Hecla unhurt, it was with extreme pain and regret that I made the signal for the Fury's officers and men to be sent for their clothes, most of which had been put on shore with the stores*. »' >uun. The Hecla's bower-anchor, which had been placed on the beach, was sent on board as soon as the people came on shore; but her remaining cable was too much entangled with the grounded ice to be disengaged without great loss of time. Having allowed the officers and men an hour for packing up their clothes, and what else belonging to them the water in the ship had not covered, the Fury's boats were hauled up on the be^ch, and at two a.m. I left her, and was followed by Captain Hoppner, Lieutenant Austin, and the last of the people in half an hour after. The whole of the Fury's stores were of necessity left either on board her or on shore, every spare corner that we could find in the Hecla being now absolutely required for the accommodation of our double complement of officers and men, whose cleanliness and health could only be maintained by keeping the decks as clear and well ven- • The written reports and opinions of Captain Hoppner, the two lieu- tenants, and the carpenter, are inserted in this part of my original Journal, lodged at the Admiralty ; but it has not been considered necessary to phut them in detail. OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 145 tilated as our limited space would permit. The spot where the Fury was left is in latitude 72° 42' 30 " ; the longitude by chronometers is QTSOOS"; the dip of the magnetic needle 88° 19' ,22; and the variation 129° 25' Westerly. When the accident first happened to the Fury, I con- fidently expected to have been able to repair her damages, in good time to take advantage of a large remaining part of the navigable season in the prosecution of the voyage ; and while the clearing of the ship was going on with so much alacrity, and the repairs seemed to be within the reach of our means and resources, I still flattered myself with the same hope. But as soon as the gales began to destroy, with a i*apidity of which we had before no concep- tion, our sole defence from the incursions of the ice, as well as the only trust-worthy means we before possessed of holding the Hecla out for heaving the Fury down, I confess that the prospect of the necessity then likely to arise for removing her to some other station, was sufficient to shake every reasonable expectation I had hitherto cherished of the ultimate accomplishment of our object. Those expectations were now at an end. With a twelvemonth's provision for both ships* companies, extending our resources only to the autumn of the foUowing year, it would have been folly to hope for final success, considering the small progress we had ahready made, the uncertain nature of this navigation, and the advanced period of the present season. 1 K-i.O. Aiijcust,. ^1y "l 1 : ■" • ;1 r'. M li' 1825. August. V Hi 146 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY I was, therefore, reduced to the only remaining conclusion, that it was my duty, under all the circumstances of the case, to return to England, in compliance with the plain tenor of my instructions. As soon as the boats were hoisted up, therefore, and the anchor stowed, the ship's head was put to the north-eastward, with a light air off the land, in order to gain an offing before the ice should again set inshore. ,i I J ! OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 147 CHAPTER VII. SOME REMARKS UPON THE LOSS OP THE FURY — AND ON THE NATURAL HISTORY, &c. OP THE COAST OP NORTH SOMERSET — ARRIVE AT NEILL's HARBOUR DEATH OF JOHN PAGE LEAVE NEILLS HAR- BOUR RE-CROSS THE ICE IN BAFFIN'S BAY HEAVY GALES AU- RORA BOREALIS — TEMPERATURE OP THE SEA — ARRIVAL IN ENGLAND — CONCLUDING REMARKS ON SOME NATURAL PHENOMENA PECU- LIAR TO THE POLAR SEAS ON THE DISCOVERIES OF THE OLD BRI- TISH NAVIGATORS AND ON THE NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. The accident which had now befallen the Fury, and which, 1825. when its fatal result was finally ascertained, at once put an August. Friday 26. end to every prospect of success in the main object of this voyage, is not an event which will excite surprise in the minds of those who are either personally acquainted with the true nature of this precarious navigation, or have had patience to foUow me through the tedious and monotonous detail of our operations during seven successive summers. To any persons thus qualified to judge, it will be plain that an occurrence of this nature was at all times rather to be expected than otherwise, and that the only real cause for wonder has been our long exemption from such a catas- trophe. I can confidently affirm, and I trust that, on such an occasion, I may be permitted to make the remark, that the mere safety of the ships has never been more than a U 2 '■f 1 J i :'<' f ^'] • ' .* , i ■ 1 • 1 1' , ■ I :i'i; I J: r ii: 18'25, August. 14S THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY secondary object in the conduct of the expeditions under my command. To push forward while there was any open water to enable us to do so, has uniformly been our first en- deavour ; it has not been until the channel has actually ter- minated, that we have ever been accustomed to look for a place of shelter, to which the ships were then conducted with all possible despatch : and I may safely venture to pre- dict that no ship acting otherwise will ever accomplish the North-west Passage. On numerous occasions, which will easily recur to the memory of those I have had the honour to command, the ships might easily haVe been placed among the ice, and left to drift with it, in comparative, if not abso- lute security, when the holding them on has been preferred, though attended with hourly and imminent peril. This was precisely the case on the present occasion ; the ships might certainly have been pushed into the ice a day or two, or even a week before-hand, and thus preserved from all risk of being forced on shore ; but where they would have been drifted, and when they would have been again disen- gaged from the ice, or at liberty to take advantage of the occasional openings inshore, (by which alone the navigation of these seas is to be performed with any degree of certainty) I believe it impossible for any one to form the most distant idea. Such, then, being the necessity for constant and un- avoidable risk, it cannot reasonably excite surprise, that, on a single occasion, out of so many in which the same accident OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 149 seemed, as it were, impending, it should actually have taken place. These remarks I conceive to be the more necessary, be- cause I believe that our former successes in this navigation, and our entire exemption from serious damage, had served to beget a very general, but erroneous notion, that our ships were proof against any pressure to which they might be subject. This beUef extended even in a certain degree to those employed on this service, who almost began to con- sider our ships as invulnerable; and, for my own part, I confess that, though a moment's reflection would at any time contradict such a notion, I often experienced a feeling of confidence in their strength too nearly approaching to presumption. We have now learned by experience that a body of ice of no very heavy kind, when bearing in a par- ticular manner, and with its whole force, upon a ship touch- ing the ground, is quite sufficient to set every combination of wood and iron at defiance, even when disposed, as in the Fury and Hecla, with all the skill and strength which art can suggest. In truth, a ship, like any other work of man, sinks, and must ever sink, into insignificance, when viewed in comparison with the stupendous scale on which Nature's works are framed,, and her operations performed; and a vessel of whatever magnitude, or whatever strength, is little better than a nut-shell, when obliged to withstand the 18'25. Aumist. I' t i ft- i'li'i r=i H^ 150 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 18-25. August. I pressure of the unyielding ground on one side, and a moving body of ice on the other. These truths, however well I might have been before aware of them, it would not have become me to touch upon, under almost any other circumstances than those I have now detailed. On no other occasion, indeed, should I have considered it either necessary or justifiable to dwell even for a moment upon them. I have done so now with the hope of shewing that, while we trust it will appear that our own endeavours have never been wanting to preserve, as far as was consistent with our duty, the ships committed to our charge, we also feel and acknowledge that it has not been " our own arm," nor " our own strength," to which we have so long owed their preservation. The ice we met with after leaving Port Bowen, previously to the Fury's disaster, and for some days after, I consider to have been much the lightest as well as the most broken we have ever had to contend with. During the time we were shut up at our last station near the Fury, one or two floes of very large dimensions drifted past us; and these were of that heavy " hummocky" kind which we saw off Cape Kater in the beginning of August, 1819. On the whole, however, Mr. Allison and myself had constant occasion to remark the total absence of floes, and the unusual lightness of the other ice. We thought, indeed, that this latter circumstance I OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 151 '1? might account for its being almost incessantly in motion on this coast; for heavy ice, when once it is pressed home upon the shore, and has ceased to move, generally remains quiet until a change of wind or tide makes it slacken. But with lighter ice, the frequent breaking and doubling of the parts which sustain the strain, whenever any increase of pressure takes place, will set the whole body once more in motion till the space is again filled up. This was so often the case while our ships lay in the most exposed situations on this unsheltered coast, that we were never relieved for a moment from the apprehension of some new and increased pressure. The summer of 1825 was, beyond all doubt, the warmest and most favourable we had experienced since that of 1818. Not more than two or three days occurred, during the months of July and August, in which that heavy fall of snow took place which so commonly converts the aspect of nature in these regions, in a single hour, from the cheerful- ness of summer into the dreariness of winter. Indeed, we experienced very little either of snow, rain, or fog ; vegeta- tion, wherever the soil allowed >' to spring up, was ex- tremely luxuriant and forward ; a great deal of the old snow, which had lain on the ground during the last season, was rapidly dissolving even early in August ; and every appear- ance of nature exhibited a striking contrast with the last summer, while it seemed evidently to furnish an extraordi- nary compensation for its rigour and inclemency. 18-2;>. Aiig:usi. 1 t • :;iu M^ IN m "f 152 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1 825. Auijust. i 1 • li We have scarcely ever visited a coast, on which so little of animal life occurs. For days together, only one or two seals, a single sea-horse, and now and then a flock of ducks were seen. I have already mentioned, however, as an ex- ception to this scarcity of animals, the numberless kitti wakes which were flying about the remarkable spout of water ; and we were one day visited, at the place where the Fury was left, by hundreds of white whales sporting about in the shoal water close to the beach. No black whales were ever seen on this coast. Two rein-deer were observed by the gentlemen who extended their walks inland ; but this was the only summer in which we did not procure a single pound of venison. Indeed, the whole of our suppUes ob- tained in this way duri^ig the voyage, including fish, flesh, and fowl, did not exceed twenty pounds per man. During the time that we were made fast upon this coast, in which situation alone observations on current can be satisfac- torily made, it is certain that the ice was setting to the south- ward, and sometimes at a rapid rate, full seven days out of every ten on an average. Had I now witnessed this for the first time in these seas, I should probably have concluded that there was a constant southerly set at this season ; but the experience we had before obtained of that superficial cur- rent which every breeze of wind creates in a sea encum- bered with ice, coupled with the fact that while this set was noticed we had an almost continual prevalence of OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 153 northerly winds, inclines me to believe that it was to be attributed, chiefly at least, to this circumstance ; especially as, on one or two occasions, with rather a light breeze from the southward, the ice did set slowly in the opposite direc- tion. It is not by a few unconnected observations that a question of this kind is to be settled, as the facts noticed during our detention near the west end of Melville Island in 1820 will abundantly testify; every light air of wind pro- ducing, in half an hour's time, an extraordinary change of current setting at an incredible rate along the land. The existence of these variable and irregular currents adds, of course, very much to the difficulty of determining the true direction of the flood-tide, the latter being gene- rally much the weaker of the two, and therefore either wholly counteracted by the current, or simply tending to ac- celerate it. On this account, though I attended very care- fully to the subject of the tides, I cannot pretend to say for certain from what direction the flood-tide comes on this coast : the impression on my mind, however, has been upon the whole in favour of its flowing from the southward. The time of high water on the full and change days of the moon is from half past eleven to twelve o'clock, being nearly the same as at Fort Bowen ; but the tides are so irregular at times, that in the space of three days the retardation will occasionally not amount to an hour. I observed, however, that as the days of full and change, or of the moon's quarter X ;«!«!: 1 1 i' I ^:i;: 18'>j. August. ■

}''m I it-.. 158 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1 : k "i'^l I «['* ' H I T August. Sunday 28. 1825. vice had been performed on the 28th ; the body being fol- lowed to the grave by a procession of all the officers, seamen and marines of both ships, and every solemnity observed which the occasion demanded. The grave is situated near the beach close to the anchorage, and a board was placed at the head as a substitute for a tomb-stone, having on it a copper plate with the usual inscription. This duty being performed, we immediately commenced landing the casks and filling water ; but notwithstandingthe large streams which, a short time before, had been running into the harbour, we could hardly obtain enough for our purpose by sinking a cask with holes in it. I have no doubt that this rapid dissolution of all the snow on land so high as this, was the result of an unusually warm summer. This work, together with the entire re-stowage of all the holds, 29 and 30. occupicd the whole of the 29th and 30th, during which time Lieutenant Sherer was employed in completing the survey of the harbour, more especially the soundings, which the presence of ice had before prevented. These ar- rangements had just been completed, when the north- easterly wind died away, and was succeeded, on the morning Wed. 31. of the 31st, by a light air from the north-west. As soon as we had sent to ascertain that the sea was clear of ice on the outside, and that the breeze which blew in the harbour was the true one, we weighed and stood out, and before noon had cleared the shoals at the entrance. Neill's Harbour, the only one on this eastern coast of ■ -I.: ■ 'k ;| , ;<*«. .■:f-r , ■n ! ■ 'M ' .r ■■..:i : i/.^ ^i ■ ' " ■*> . ;*■■ ^ i*,^ hvl .r^' ,-«oiirt*-« «►,--»» 'H .-•i«^i,»jl»*B'-«A-- « •*>«..- ;-i.*;•^'i*^ a. i» 1^, OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 159 Prince Regent's Inlet except Port Bowen, to which it is far superior, corresponds ,vith one of the apparent openings seen at a distance in 1819, and marked on the chart of that voyage as a " valley or bay." We found it not merely a convenient place of shelter, but a most excellent harbour, with sufficient space for a great number of ships, and hold- ing-ground of the best quality, consisting of a tenacious mud of a greenish colour, in which the flukes of an anchor are entirely imbedded. A great deal of the anchoring ground is entirely land-locked, and some shoal points which narrow the entrance would serve to break off any heavy sea from the eastward. The depth of water in most parts is greater than could be wished, but several good births are pointed out in the accompanying survey made by Lieute- nant Sherer. The beach on the west side is a fine bold one, with four fathoms within twenty yards of low-water mark, and consists of small pebbles of limestone. The for- mation of the rocks about the harbour is so similar to that of Port Bowen, that no description of them is necessary. The harbour may best be known by its latitude; by the very remarkable flat-topped hill eight miles south of it, which I have named after Lieutenant Sherer, who observed its latitude; by the high cliffs on the south side of the entrance, and the comparatively low land on the north. The high land is the more peculiar, as consisting of that very regular horizontal stratification appearing to be sup- 1825. August. >'(■ m m- ■ mw \: , I. if i ill 11^ lli^ lit 11 160 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1825. ported by buttresses, which characterizes a large portion of August, the western shore of Prince Regent's Inlet, but is not seen on any part of this coast so well marked as here. It is a remarkable circumstance, and such as, I beUeve, very rarely occurs, that from the point of this land forming the entrance of the harbour to the southward, and where the cUffs rise at once to perpendicular height of not less than five or six hun- dred feet, a shoal stretches off to the distance of one-third of a mile, having from three to eight fathoms upon it. I have reason to think, indeed, that there is not more than from ten to fourteen fathoms, anywhere across between this and the low point on the other side, thus forming a sort of bar, though the depth of water is much more than sufficient for any ship to pass over. The latitude of Neill's Harbour is 73° 09' 08"; the longitude by chronometers 89°01'20".8; the dip of the magnetic needle 88'' 08'.25, and the variation 1 18° 48' westerly. I have been thus particular in describing Neill's Har- bour, because I am of opinion that at no very distant period the whalers may find it of service. The western coast of Baffin's Bay, now an abundant fishery, will probably, like most others, fail in a few years ; for the whales will always, in the course of time, leave a place where they continue, year after year, to be molested. In that case. Prince Re- gent's Inlet will undoubtedly become a rendezvous for our ships, as well on account of the numerous fish there, as PMh , r .Ul >. /J* t OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 161 the facility with which any ship, having once crossed the ice 1825. in Baffin's Bay, is sure to reach it during the months of September. July and August. We saw nine or ten black whales the evening of our arrival in Neill's Harbour ; these, Uke most observed hereabouts, and I believe on the ivestern coast of Baffin's Bay generally, were somewhat below the middle size. .J'r^ :<-■•■:* • • r : . ■ r • ' ... Finding the wind at north-west in Prince Regent's Inlet, we were barely able to he along the eastern coast. As the breeze freshened in the course of the day, a great deal of loose ice in extensive streams and patches came drifting down from the Leopold Islands, occasioning us some trouble in picking our way to the northward. By carrying a press of sail, however, we were enabled, towards night, to get into clearer water, and by four a.m. on the 1st of September, Thursday 1. having beat to windward of a compact body of ice which had fixed itself on the lee-shore about Cape York, we soon came into a perfectly open sea in Barrow's Strait, and were enabled to bear away to the eastward. We now considered ourselves fortunate in having got out of harbour when we did, as the ice would probably have filled up every inlet on that shore in a few hours after we left it. The wind heading us from the eastward on the 2nd, FriJay 2 with fog and wet weather, obUged us to stretch across the Sound, in doing which we had occasion to remark the more than usual number of icebergs that occurred in this place, Y r V'" ii\ ■M T * '-V '■1!. H^ilfe : W •v'! i M 1 1' f t \.A n i 162 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1825 which was abreast of Navy Board Inlet. Many of these September were large and of the long flat kind, which appear to me to be peculiar to the western coast of Baffin's Bay. I have no doubt that this more than usual quantity of icebergs in Sir James Lancaster's Sound was to be attributed to the extra- ordinary prevalence and strength of the easterly winds during this summer, which would drive them from the eastern parts of Baffin's Bay. They now occurred in the proportion of at least four for one that we had ever before observed here. ' - ■''■^ " *• .*^ -,->..; Saturday 3. Being again favoured with a fair wind, we now stretched to the eastward, still in an open sea ; and our curiosity was particularly excited to see the present situation of the ice in the middle of Baffin's Bay, and to compare it with that in 1824. This comparison we were enabled to make the more fairly, because the season at which we might expect to come to it coincided, within three or four days, with that in which we left it the preceding year. The temperature 4ih and 5th of the sca-watcr now increased to 38°, soon after leaving the Sound, where it had generally been from 33° to 35°, whereas at the same season last year it rose no higher than 32° any- where in the neighbourhood, and remained even so high as that only for a very short time. This circumstance seemed to indicate the total absence of ice from those parts of the sea which had last Autumn been wholly covered by it. Ac- cordingly, on the 5th, being thirty miles beyond the spot in 1:? OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 163 which we had before contended with numerous difficulties '8^5 from ice, not a piece was to be seen, except one or two soh- ^eptemb. i. tary bergs ; and it was not till the following day, in latitude Tuesday a. 72" 45', and longitude 64° 44', or about one hundred and twenty-seven miles to the eastward of where we made our escape on the 9th of September, 1824, that we fell in with a body of ice so loose and open as scarcely to oblige us to alter our course for it. At three p.m. on the 7th, being in latitude 72° 30', and longitude 60° 05', and having, in the course of eighty miles that we had run through it, only made a single tack, we came to the margin of the ice, and got into an open sea on its eastern side. In the whole course of this distance the ice was so much spread, that it would not, if at all closely " packed," have occupied one- third of the same space. There were at this time thirty- nine bergs in sight, and some of them certainly not less than two hundred feet in height. , The narrowness and openness of the ice at this season, between the parallels of 73° and 74°, when compared with its extent and closeness about the same time the preceding year, was a decided confirmation, if any were wanting, that the summer of 1824 was extremely unfavourable for pene- trating to the westward about the usual latitudes. How it had proved elsewhere we could not of course conjecture, till, on the 8th, being in latitude 71° 55', longitude 60° 30', and close to the margin of the ice, we fell in with the Y 2 i'. ■ I'., ''it ' ■'}: ■Ji.1 t ; , ! m ; -ii .iiii ■: • i 164 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY III %A Ml liii 1825. Alfred, Ellison,, and Elizabeth, Whalers of Hull, all running September, to the northward, even at this season, to look for whales. From them we learned that the Ellison was one of the two ships we saw, when beset in the " pack" on the 18th of July, 1824; and that they were then, as we had conjectured, on their return from the northward, in consequence of having failed in effecting a passage to the westward. The master of the Ellison informed us that, after continuing their course along the margin of the ice to the southward, they at length passed through it to the western land without any difficulty, in the latitude of 68° to 69". Many other ships had also crossed about the same parallels, even in three or four days ; but none, it seemed, had succeeded in doing so, as usual, to the northward. Thus it plainly appeared (and I need not hesitate to confess that to me the information was satisfactory) that our bad success in pushing across the ice in Baffin's Bay in 1824, had been caused by circum- stances neither to be foreseen nor controlled ; namely, by a particular position of the ice which, according to the best information I have been able to collect, has never before oc- curred during the only six years that it has been customary for the Whalers to cross this ice at all, and which, therefore, in all probability, will seldom occur again. , .... If we seek for a cause for the ice thus hanging with more than ordinary tenacity to the northward, the comparative coldness of the season indicated by our meteorological ob- OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 165 aervations may perhaps be considered sufficient to furnish it. For as the annual clearing of the northern parts of Baffin's Bay depends entirely on the time of the disruption of the ice, and the rate at which it is afterwards drifted to the southward by the excess of northerly winds, any circum- stance tending to retain it in the bays and inlets to a later period than usual, and subsequently to hold it together in large floes, which drive more slowly than smaller masses, would undoubtedly produce the eflFect in question. There is, at all events, one useful practical inference to be drawn from what has been stated, which is, that, though perhaps in a considerable majority of years a northern latitude may prove the most favourable for crossing in, yet seasons will sometimes intervene, in which it will be a matter of great uncertainty whereabouts to make the attempt with the best hope of success. As the whaling-ships were not homeward bound, having as yet had indifferent success in the fishery, I did not con- sider it necessary to send despatches by them. After an hour's communication with them, and obtaining such infor- mation of a public nature as could not fail to be highly in- teresting to us, we made sail to the southward ; while we observed them lying to for some time after, probably to con- sult respecting the unwelcome information with which we had furnished them as to the whales, not one of which, by some extraordinary chance, we had seen since leaving 18-25. Scptenihtr. I I.' m [>iB» ! ■■ i Ul 16f) THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1825. Neill's Harbour. As this circumstance was entirely new to September, us, it seeins not unlikely that the whales are already begin- ning to shift their ground, in consequence of the increased attacks which have been made upon them of late years in that neighbourhood. ■* " "• • ' -' -. ' Srttiir. 10. On the 10th we had an easterly wind, which gradually freshening to a gile, drew up the Strait from the southward, and blew strong for twenty-four hours from that quarter. In the course of the night, and while lying-to under the storm-sails, an iceberg was discovered by its white appear- ance under our lee. The main-topsail being thrown aback, we were enabled to drop clear of this immense body, which would have been a dangerous neighbour in a heavy sea-way. Sunday 11. The wind moderated on the 11th, but on the following day Monday 12. another gale came on, which for nine or ten hours blew in most tremendous gusts from the same quarter, and raised a heavy sea. We happily came near no ice during the night, or it would scarcely have been possible to keep the Tuesday 13. ship dear of it. It abated after daylight on the 13th, but continued to blow an ordinary gale for twelve hours longer. It was remarkable that the weather was extremely clear overhead during the whole of this last gale, which is very unusual here with a southerly wind. Being favoured with Thuis. 15. a northerly breeze on the 15th, we began to make some way to the southward. From nine a.m. to one p.m., a change of temperature in the sea water took place from 37° to 33°. N: HI, 'I ■J • I' \\ OF A North-west passage. 167 This circumstance seemed to indicate our approach to some i8'25. ice projecting to the eastward beyond the strait and regular Soptj mbcr. margin of the " pack' which was at this time not in sight. The in()ication proved correct and useful ; for after passing several loose pieces of ice during the night, on the morning of the 15th, just at day-break, we came to a considerable Friday 15. body of it, through which we continued to run to the south- ward. We were now in latitude 68° 56', and in longitude 58° 27', in which situation a great many bergs were in sight, and apparently aground. We ran through this ice, which was very heavy, but loose and much broken up, the whole day ; when, having sailed fifty-three miles S.S.E^ and ap- pearances being the same as ever, we hauled to the E.S.E., to endeavour to get clear before dark, which we were just enabled to effect after a run of thirty miles in that direc- tion, and then bore up to the southward. After this we saw but one iceberg, and one heavy loose piece, previous to our clearing Davis' Strait. ^^ ■ On the 17th at noon we had passed to the southward of ^atur. 17. the Arctic Circle, and from this latitude to that of about 58°, we had favourable winds and weather ; but we remarked on this, as on several other occasions during this season, that a northerly breeze, contrary to ordinary observation, brought more moisture with it than any other. In the course of this run, we also observed more drift-wood than we had ever done before, which I thought might possibly be owing ii pi" l*r I! %P^^ •ii^'- »fU in ' iP«!^ 16@ THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1825. to the very great prevalence of easterly winds this season September, driving it further from the coast of Greenland than usual. We saw very large flocks of kittiwakes, some of the whales called finners, and, as we supposed, a few also of the black kind, together with multitudes of porpoises. Silt II r 24. On the morning of the 24th, notwithstanding the conti- nuance of a favourable breeze, we met, in the latitude of 58^°, so heavy a swell from the north- eastward as to make the ship labour violently for four-and-twenty hours. The northerly wind then dying away was succeeded by a light air from the eastward mth constant rain. A calm then followed for several hours, causing the ship to roll heavily Sunday 25. in the hollow of the sea. On the morning of the 25th we had again an easterly wind, which in a few hours reduced us to the close-reefed topsails and reefed courses. At eight p.m. it freshened to a gale, which brought us under the main-top- sail and storm-staysails, and at seven the following morning it increased to a gale of such violence from N.E.b.N. as does not very often occur at sea in these latitudes. The gusts were at times so tremendous as to set the sea quite in a foam, and threatened to tear the sails out of the bolt- ropes. It abated a little for four hours in the evening, but from nine p.m. till two the following morning blew with as great violence as before, with a high sea, and very heavy rain, constituting altogether as inclement weather as can well be conceived, for about eighteen hours. The wind Monday 26. OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 169 gradually drew to the westward, with dry weather, after the gale began to abate, and at six a.m. we were enabled to bear Septembei up and run to the eastward with a strong gale at N.W. The indications of the barometer previous to and during this gale deserve to be noticed, because it is only about Cape Farewell that, in coming from the northward down Davis' Strait, this instrument begins to speak a language which has ever been intelligible to us as a iceather glass. As it is also certain that a " stormy spirit" resides in the neighbourhood of this headland, no less than in that of more famed ones to the south, it may become a matter of no small practical utility for ships passing it, especially in the autumn, to attend to the oscillations of the mercurial co- lumn. It is with this impression alone, that I have detailed the otherwise uninteresting circumstances of the inclement weather we now experienced here, and which was accom- panied by the following indications of the barometer. On the 24th, notwithstanding the change of wind from north to east, the mercury rose from 29.51 on that morning, to 29.72 at three a.m. the following day, but fell to 29.39 by nine p.m. with the strong but not violent breeze then blow- ing. After this it continued to descend very gradually, and had reached 28.84, which was its minimum, at three P.M. on the 26th, after which it continued to blow tremen- dously hard for eleven or twelve hours, the mercury uni- formly, though slowly ascending to 28.95 during that inter- z '. (fl U i. f! I ll^ffl; i li ;: i 170 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1 825. October. val, and afterwards to 29.73, as the weather became mo- derate and fine in the course of the three following days. After this gale the atmosphere seemed to be quite cleared, and we enjoyed a week of such remarkably fine weather as seldom occurs at this season of the year. We had then a succession of strong southerly winds, but were enabled to continue our progress to the eastward, so as to make Mould Head, towards the north-west end of the Orkney Islands, at MmiHay 10. daylight on the 10th of October; and the wind becoming more westerly, we rounded North Eonaldsha Island at noon, and then shaped a course for Buchaness. In running down Davis' Strait, as well as in crossing the Atlantic, we saw on this passage, as well as in all our former autumnal ones, a good deal of the Aurora Borealis. It first began to display itself, on the 15th of September, about the latitude of 69|°, appearing in the (true) south- east quarter as a bright luminous patch five or six degrees above the horizon, almost stationary for two or three hours together, but frequently altering its intensity, and occa^ sionally sending up vivid streamers towards the zenith. It apjjeared in the same manner, on several subsequent niglits, in the south-west, west, and east quarters of the heavens ; and on the 20th a bright arch of it passed across the zenith from S.E. to N.W., appearing to be very close to the ship, and affording so strong a light as to throw the shadow of objects on the deck. The next brilliant display, however, of this OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 171 beautiful phenomenon which we now witnessed, and which far surpassed anything of the kind observed at Port Bowen, occurred on the night of the 24th of September, in latitude 58|°, longitude 44|°. It first appeared in a (true) east direction, in detached masses like luminous clouds of yellow or sulphur-coloured hght, about three degrees above the horizon. \Mien this appearance had continued for about an hour, it began, at nine p.m. to spread upwards, and gra- dually extended itself into a narrow band of light passing through the zenith and again downwards to the western horizon. Soon after this the streams of light seemed no longer to emanate from the eastward, but from a fixed point about one degree above the horizon on a true west bearing. From this point, as from the narrow point of a funnel, streams of light resembling brightly-illuminated vapour or smoke, appeared to be incessantly issuing, increasing in breadth as they proceeded, and darting with inconceivable velocity, such as the eye could scarcely keep pace with, upwards towards the zenith, and in the same easterly direc- tion which the former arch had taken. The sky immedi- ately under the spot from which the light issued, appeared, by a deception very common in this phenomenon, to be covered with a dark cloud, whose outline the imagination might at times convert into that of the summit of a moun- tain, from which the light proceeded, like the flames of a volcano. The streams of light, as they were projected Z2 .M*, 1825. OctobtM'. .1 ■:■ i 'iki M w M'-i IM' if! • i II ii ii 1! 172 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY 1625. upwards, did not consist of continuous vertical columns or Octob.r. streamers, but almost entirely of separate, though constantly- renewed masses, which seemed to roll themselves laterally onward, with a sort of undulating motion, constituting what I have understood to be meant by that modification of the Aurora called the " merry-dancers," which is seen in beau- tiful perfection at the Shetland Islands. The general colour of the light was yellow, but an orange and a greenish tinge were at times very distinctly perceptible, the intensity of the light and colours being always the greatest when occu- pying the smallest space. Thus the lateral margins of the band or arch seemed at times to roll themselves inwards so as to approach each other, and in this case the light just at the edges became much more vivid than the rest. The in- tensity of light during the brightest part of the pheno- menon, which continued three-quarters of an hour, could scarcely be inferior to that of the moon when full. We once more remarked, in crossing the Atlantic, that the Aurora oflen gave a great deal of light at night, even when the sky was entirely overcast, and it was on that account impossible to say from what part of the heavens the hght proceeded, though it was often fully equal to that afforded by the moon in her quarters. This was rendered particularly striking, on the night of the 5th of October, in consequence of the frequent and almost instantaneous changes which took place in this way, the weather being OP A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 173 rather dark and gloomy, but the sky at times so brightly 1825. illuminated, almost in an instant, as to give quite as much October. light as the full moon similarly clouded, and enabUng one distinctly to recognise persons from one end of the ship to the other. We did not, on any one occasion, perceive the compasses to be affected by the Aurora Borealis. Some of the changes in the temperature of the sea- water, which occurred during this passage, appear to me suffici- ently remarkable to require a more distinct notice than is contained in the Meteorological Abstracts; and as these changes might be of service to ships making the passage, I here insert in one concise view the gradual alterations which took place, both on the outward and homeward bound passage: — 1f il! I: f! I 174 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY L.i I, rjf i t! >; j ll^j Oi'tober. CHANGES IN THE TEMPERATURE OF THE SEA-WATER. Latitude Longitude Temperature . Day. Hour. of the Sea REMARKS. N. \V. changed to 1824. 1 i.'. 1 • 1 ■ . • -• ' o / ' o I'rom June 1st } c 59 28 9 31 ) (48 til! [ ] to to ( 5 to • ; "-■- Noon Tth. 5 ( fiO 17 22 36 S (49 June Tth 1 P.M. 60 Ofi 22 40 52 ., 8th 3 .\.M. .58 27 23 20 40 to 50 „ 10th S P.M. 58 42 28 33 48 ^ nth 9 A.M. 58 23 82 04 47 M t> S P.M. 58 07 33 16 46 »• )» 9 P.M. 58 00 ,34 21 45 , ' ; ■.'_.! „ 12th 9 A.M. 57 57 36 57 41 It •» 3 P M. 58 04 38 05 43 ' ,' . ' -• "^ ,, ISth 5 A.M. 58 11 41 25 41 >t t* 7 P.M. 58 19 43 13 40 Near the meridian of Cape „ 14th 3 A.M. 58 24 48 27 39 Farewell. 3* »» S P.M. 58 48 45 44 38 „ 15th 9 P.M. 59 59 52 30 37 . - ,. 16th 9 A.M. 60 33 54 46 36 if ji 9 P.M. fiO 50 55 27 35 ,, "th 9 A.M. 60 40 57 13 34 to 35 And for a few hours at 36°. „ 20lh 3 P.M. 64 21 56 22 83 „ 21st 3 A.M. 65 41 57 09 30} to 31i 1 182S. Sept. 16th 7 P.M. 67 46 57 47 32 Near the ice. J» H Midnight. 67 32 57 15 34 No ice in sight. „ nth 1 A.M. 67 27 57 05 36 do. >* a S A.N. 67 09 56 42 37 do. ft )j 9 A.N. 66 47 56 26 37.5 do. )) fi 11 A.M. 66 31 56 11 !(8 do. ff fi 1 to 3 P.M. 66 14 55 55 86 Probably nearer some ice. it f* 5 P.M. 65 56 55 27 37 '» J» 9 P.N. er. 88 55 10 38 „ 18th 9 P.M. 64 40 55 04 89 „ 19lh ■J A.M. 64 09 55 15 40 H 91 1 P.M. 6» 07 55 13 41 >f >i 7 P.M. 63 51 55 04 41.5 1* *t 9 P.M 63 47 55 01 42 „ 20th 7 P.N. 62 41 56 44 43 „ SSrd 3 A.M. 59 43 50 52 44 >» »l About 5 PM. 59 OS 47 45 45 „ 24th 5 A.N. 58 22 43 41 45.5 II '1 9 P.M. 58 18 43 .35 46 „ 2Tth 1 P.M. 56 ,30 42 30 49 Chanped from 46" to 49° from About the meridian of 11 A.M. to 1 P.M. Cape Farewell. „ 28th 11 A.M. 57 00 38 31 SI Ditto to 51° from 9 to 11 a.m. „ 30th 11 A.M. 58 17 31 43 82 October 1st 9 A.N. 58 3.1 29 14 58 ,. Srd 9 A.N. 59 OS 23 28 54 to 84.5 OP A North-west passage. 175 As we approached the Orkneys, I demanded from the officers, in compliance with my instructions from my Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty, all the logs, journals, drawings and charts, which had been made during the voyage. After rounding the north end of the Orkneys on the 10th of October, we were, on the 12th, met by a strong southerly wind, when off Peterhead. I, therefore, imme- diately landed (for the second time) at that place, and setting off without delay for London, arrived at the xidmi- ralty on the 16th. Notwithstanding the ill success which had attended our late efforts, it may in some degree be imagined what gratifi- cation I experienced at this time in seeing the whole of the Hecla's crew, and also those of the Fury (with the two ex- ceptions already mentioned) return to their native country in as good health as when they left it eighteen months be- fore. The Hecla arrived at Sheerness on the 20th of October, where she was detained for a few days for the purpose of Captain Hoppner, his officers, and ship's company being put upon their trial (according to the customary and indispen- sable rule in such cases) for the loss of the Fury ; when, it is scarcely necessary to add, they received an honourable ac- quittal. The Hecla then proceeded to Woolwich, and was paid off on the 21st of November. ' October. r { 1 \ 1 I ■ 3 ' .-*'•. iJi^il: I 176 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY hii If Having now brought to a close my Narrative of this our third unsuccessful attempt to decide the question of a North- West Passage from the Atlantic to the Pacific, I shall here beg to offer, in conclusion, a few remarks on this and one or two other subjects, which have engaged much of my attention during eight successive summers that I have been employed on this service. I shall first mention a circumstance which has particularly forced itself upon my notice in the course of our various at- tempts to penetrate through the ice in these regions; which is, that the eastern coast of any portion of land, or, what is the same thing, the western sides of seas or inlets, having a trending at all approaching to north and south, are, at a given season of the year, generally more encumbered with ice than the shores which have an opposite aspect. The four following instances may be adduced, in illustration of this fact, and cannot but appear somewhat striking when considered in viewing a map which exhibits the relative position of the shores in question. It is well known that, in the extensive northern sea, reaching from latitude 60" to 80°, bounded on the east by Lapland and Spitzbergen, and on the west by Greenland, the whole of the latter coast is blocked up by ice throughout the summer, so as to make it at least a matter of no easy enterprize to approach it; while the navigation of the ?«i ,;■ OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 177 eastern portion of that sea may be annually performed without difficulty, even to a very high latitude, and at an early part of the season. A second equally well-known in- stance occurs in the navigation of Davis's Strait, which, from about Eesolution Island in latitude 6l^° to the parallel of at least 70°, is usually inaccessible as late as the month of August, and a great deal of it in some summers not accessi- ble at all ; while a broad and navigable channel is found open on the eastern side of the Strait (that is, on the western coast of Greenland) many weeks before that time. We experienced a third and very striking example of this kind in coasting the eastern shore of Melville Peninsula, in the years 1822 and 1823, the whole of that coast being so loaded with ice as to make the navigation extremely difficult and dangerous. Now, on the eastern side of Fox Channel, there is reason to believe, as well from the account of that navigator in 1631 and that of Baffin in 1615, as from our own observation, that there is little or no ice during the summer season. In the course of Fox's progress along the shore, from the Trinity Islands to his furthest north, no mention whatever is made in his journal of any obstruction from ice, which would hardly have been the case had he met with any ; and in our own passage, as well as that of Baffin, from Trinity Islands towards the middle of Southampton Island, Uttle or no obstruction was met with from it till well within sight of the latter coast. The last instance of the 2A 'A :^ :^M ■■^m ■J-'t" " 'i 'F W' 'I I ■ 1*11 h 1, ii 178 TH[RD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY same kind which I shall mention is that of Prince Regent's Inlet, and of which the events of this voyage furnish too striking a proof, the ice appearing always to cling to the western shore in a very remarkable manner, while the oppo- site coast is comparatively free from it. ' These facts, when taken together, have long ago im- pressed me with an idea, that there must exist in the Polar regions some general motion of the sea towards the west, causing the ice to set in that direction, when not impelled by contrary winds, or local and occasional currents, until it butts against those shores which are actually found to be most encumbered by it. In confirmation of this idea, I am enabled to adduce some more definite observations, which would appear to tend to the same result. In the Narrative of the Voyage of 1821 to 1823, I have shewn in how re- markable a manner the ships were, in two separate instances, set to the westward, towards Southampton Island, instead of being carried in the direction opposite to a strong wind ; and how closely the packed ice was found to cling to the same land, even against a fresh breeze blowing directly off the shore *. During the time of our " besetment" in Baf- fin's Bay, in the month of August, 1824, a set to the west- ward, even against a strong breeze in that direction, has already been noticed in the present Narrative f; and a similar circumstance occurred on our last return. In all • Pp. 78, 481, 482. fp. 19. t '-8' OP A NORTH-WEST PAbSAGE. 179 m these instances, the opportunities were as favourable fo le- tecting a current as can ever occur at sea, the daily ol rva- tions for latitude and longitude not admitting the possibility of any material error in our actual place, and the ships being, in three instances out of four, either immoveably " beset" in the ice, or firmly attached to it, and therefore wholly independent of dead reckoning. Whether the circumstances I have above stated may have any reference to the well-known fact of the western shores of lands enjoying a climate considerably more temperate than the eastern ones in a corresponding latitude, I do not presume even to conjecture ; nor indeed do I feel myself competent to offer any decided opinion as to the cause of the phenomena in question. Having stated the facts pre- cisely as they have occurred to my notice, I shall only, therefore, add to these remarks by suggesting, for the con- sideration of others, whether such a tendency of the sea as that above noticed may not have some connexion with the motion of the earth on its axis. In the effect produced by the ice upon the strength of the wind, there is something so remarkable, that although I have already cursorily alluded to it in the course of my Narratives, yet as I have never met with any explanation of it, I am desirous of once more drawing to this subject the attention of those who are competent judges of the cause of this phenomenon. The fact to which I allude is the decrease 2 A2 ' i I. w I 1 : iH i:ll! 1 ■|.. ' ^4 '* K i'* , '* i i :! ;i, ■ '^i r mi [: m ■ ^':^' ill 180 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY of wind which invariably takes place in passing under the lee, not merely of a close and extensive body of high and heavy ice, but even of a stream of small pieces, so loose as almost to allow a ship to pass between them, and not one of them reaching a foot above the surface of the sea. So im- mediate, indeed, is this effect, that the moment a ship comes under the lee of such a stream, if under a press of sail, she rights considerably, the difference being at least equal to what seamen would estimate a " reef in the top- sails," or sometimes more. Anything like mere mechanical shelter must of course, in such a case, be wholly out of the question ; which is still more apparent from the fact, that even a coat of " sludge" of the consistence of honey, cover- ing the surface of the sea, will, though in a less degree, pro- duce a similar effect. I have several times, under these cir- cumstances, watched the thermometer, to see if any sensible change took place in the temperature of the atmosphere ; but if the phenomenon be in any respect due to this cause, its amount is certainly too small to be thus detected. Another remarkable feature observable in the Polar re- gions, at least in those parts which are encumbered with ice, is the total absence of heavy or dangerous squalls of wind. There is, of course, an exception to this in the neighbour- hood of land, especially such as is intersected by valleys and ravines ; but in a ship fairly at sea, I cannot call to my re- collection a single instance, in the Polar regions, of such OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 181 squalls as, in other climates, oblige the seaman to lower his topsails during their continuance. In re-visiting many of the spots discovered by our early British navigators in the Polar regions, and in traversing the same tracks which they originally pursued, I have now and then, in the course of my Narratives, had occasion to speak of the faithfulness of their accounts, and the accuracy of their hydrographical information. I should, however, be doing but imperfect justice to the memory of these extraor- dinary men, as well as to my own sense of their merits, if I permitted the present opportunity to pass without offering a still more explicit and decided testimony to the value of their labours. The accounts of Hudson, Baffin, and Davis are the productions of men of no common stamp. They evidently relate things just as they saw them, dwelling on such nautical and hydrographical notices as, even at this day, are valuable to any seaman going over the same ground, and describing every appearance of nature, whether on the land, the sea, or the ice, with a degree of faithfulness which can alone perhaps be duly appreciated by those who succeed them in the same regions, and under similar circumstances. The general outline of the lands they discovered was laid down by themselves with such extraordinary precision, even in longitude, as scarcely to require correction in modern times ; of which fact the oldest maps now extant of Baffin's Bay, and the Straits of Hudson and Davis, constructed ^■^ FJ 182 THIRD VOYAGE FOR THE DISCOVERY M ^i ii= i-> from the original materials, will afford sufficient proof. The same accuracy is observable in their accounts of the tides, soundings, and bearings, phenomena in which the lapse of two hundred years can have wrought but little change. It is, indeed, impossible for any one personally acquainted with the phenomena of the icy seas, to peruse the plain and un- pretending narratives of these navigators, without recog- nising in almost every event they relate some circumstance familiar to his own recollection and experience, and meeting with numberless remarks which bear most unequivocally about them the impress of truth. While thus doing justice to the faithfulness and accu- racy with which they recorded their discoveries, one cannot less admire the intrepidity, perseverance, and skill with which, inadequately furnished as they were, those discoveries were effected, and every difficulty and danger braved. That any man, in a single frail vessel of five-and-twenty tons, ill-found in most respects, and wholly unprovided for wintering, having to contend with a thousand real difficulties, as well as with numberless imaginary ones, which the superstitions then existing among sailors would not fail to conjure up, — that any man, under such circumstances, should, two hun- dred years ago, have persevered in accomphshing what our old navigators did accomplish, is, I confess, sufficient to create m my mind a feeling of the highest pride on the one hand, and almost approaching to humiliation on the other : i t OF A NORTH-WEST PASSAGE. 183 m of pride, in remembering that it was our countrymen who performed these exploits ; of humiliation, when I consider how little, with all our advantages, ice have succeeded in going beyond them. Indeed, the longer our experience has been in the navi- gation of the icy seas, and the more intimate our acquaint- ance with all its difficulties and all its precariousness, the higher have our admiration and respect been raised for those who went before us in these enterprises. Persevering in difficulty, unappalled by danger, and patient under dis- tress, they scarcely ever use the language of complaint, much less that of despair ; and sometimes, when all human hope seems at its lowest ebb, they furnish the most beau- tiful examples of that firm reliance on a merciful and super- intending providence, which is the only rational source of true fortitude in man. Often, with their narratives im- pressed upon my mind, and surrounded by the very difficul- ties which they in their frail and inefficient barks undaunt- edly encountered and overcame, have I been tempted to exclaim with all the enthusiasm of Purchas, " How shall I admire your heroicke courage, ye marine worthies, beyond names of worthiness !" On a subject which has, for many years past, excited so strong and general an interest as that of the North- West Passage, a subject which has called forth so much warm British feeling in every British heart, it may perhaps be ex- ^lt El' 11'. I' tr9 28 00 50 58 33 .547 .532 .564 . 'J iO .571 42 42 42 42 •' ^1 41 lo 1 „ 16 60 4S 15 54 51 27 1 .710 .735 .695 . '•02 .685 39.5 39.5 37 37 34 34 iO ,. 17 60 43 05 56 59 3C .52 J .482 .419 .410 .467 ' 36 31.5 4.5 37 32 5 1 j „ 18 61 OS 27 56 01 00 j .451 .536 .615 .758 .597 ! 36.5 32 4.5 38 33 5 . . . ' . ! ., 1!) 61 35 17 55 41 18 1 .804 .828 .834 .822 .822 1 38.5 S3 5.5 38.5 33 5.5 37 33 II ,. 20 63 58 29 56 33 18 .772 .700 .585 .587 .661 38 36 2 37. 5 81.5 3 36 36 ;(i ,, 21 66 29 30 57 09 09 ! .547 .582 .680 .775 .646 31 34 . 84 83 1 ,. 22 *68 27 08 ♦53 58 21 .858 .911 1 .865 .7 JO .856 . . , . . . . . .. 23 *68 57 00 51 3a 22 ■ .759 .921 .968 .881 1, 35 35 36.5 36.5 31 31 I) ,. 21 no 08 sa SJ iO i! .946 30.018 ! 30.090 30.066 30.030 S5 32.5 2.5 35.5 S5.5 32 32 10 ., 25 m 09 25 ♦54 05 20 30.036 .018 29.961 2J.917 29.983 1 . . . . . 39.5 34.5 5 „ 26 29.863 29.851 .886 .925 .881 j 40.5 34.5 6 . . . ■ . ,, 27 Al the Whale- tsh Iilandi .926 . . . . .879 .902 ; . . . . . . ^ ■ „ 28 >68 50 07 53 IS 06 .870 . . 29.875 .887 .877 1 , . , . , . . . \ . ., 29 .938 29.971 .990 .961 .966 [ . . . . . . . 1 ., 30 931 .906 .877 .845 .890 • ■ . • • . ■ • • ■!■ Mean 29.909 29.9148 29. 915.' 29.918 29.916 1 45.1 43.4 1.7 46.75 45.14 1.6 45. 41.2 jo.!: PRESSURE of the ATMOSPHERE in Juke, 18J4, as observed at ! Moisture of the Atmosphere. 1 Mean i DIRECTION OF WINDS. | 3 h. A.M. 9h. A.M. 3 h. P.M. ^►'•"'•"zr'' Mean of the Month. tureofthe Sea-Water at the " Surface. 1 -■ Number of Days st Mavinium Minimum Inchn. 30.404 29.529 Inrhtl. 30.4S3 . 29.532 S Inches, JO. 438 ?9.4J9 Inchn. 30.377 29.410 Inchet. 30.488 29.410 'einp. of he Air. Dew Point. Diir. Morth. N.E. East. S.E South. S.W. _ 3 West. > .ffi o 4 2 " 1 8i 2 Mean . . 29.909 29.9148 H (9.9153 29.018 29.916 45.6 44.2 1.4 40.35 and two 1 rom S. by W. round tlit Compass. 1 METEOROLOGY. 5 lept on BOARD ;ter 9 P.M. Temp. Dfw Pi I>.i.l 58.5 1.5 .5 49.5 3 51 51 iO 53 53 53 SS 1" 53 32 !i 52 52 i io 53 50 : ,1 51 SI |0 53 53 '0 52 52 '0 48 48 10 45.5 i.5 37 36 34 45.5 .0 I 43 4S .1) 41.5 41.5 41 41 lo 84 34 33 j 36 33 34 32 89.5 S» |0 32 [o 34.5 5 • • t " * t • 6 45. 41.2 |o.8 F WINDS. )ay8 at mth S.W. West. N,Wi 'ound the Compois. HIS MAJESTY'S SHIP, HECLA; during the Month of June, 1824. SEA-WATER. Temperature of the Atmosphere, rej^istered every two hours. PREVAILINO WlNIli. PREVAILING WEATHER AND OTHER REMARKS. ■ Temp. A.M. Temp P.M. Specific Gravity. (Noon.) Temp. when weighed. Msxi- Mini- mum mum. Mean Direction. Velocity. ,1*. 91". 8". 9K 49 50 o 49.5 O 49 , 56 50 + 52.7 S.W. Moderate. Cloudy. 19 49 49 48.5 . 55 50 51.8 South. Fresh. Hazy. 48.5 48.5 50 48.5 0262 58 51 49 52.4 S.W.b.S. Fresh. Cloudy ; rain. 46 48 48 48 0262 57 56 52 53.8 S.S.W. Fresh. Cloudy ; small rain in the evening. 148 48 48 48 026 l.i 54 57 51 53.2 South. Moderate. Cloudy. |48 49 49 49 0271 56.5 58 51.5 52.9 .South. Moderate. Cloudy. 49 49 52 SO 0270 56.5 60 51 5 4.2 Southerly. Very light. Hazy, with small rain. 19 49 49 49 0271 55 5.S 1 50 51.8 East. Light. Thick foggy weather. 49 50 51 50.5 0276 49 56 51 58.5 Easterly. Light. Hazy, with small ruin ; calm at times. 49 49 48 48 0271 46 53 51 51.7 E.S.E. Moderali . Hazy, with rain. 48.5 47 46 45 0273 48.5 52 48 50 E.b.N. Fresh. Hazy ; rain at night. 45 44 43 43.5 0273 48.5 51 45.5 47.8 E.b.N. Moderate. Thick fog, with occasional small rain. 40 40.5 41 40 0283 46 46 43 43.8 E.N.E. Moderate. Thick fog. S9 39 38 38 0273 48 48 ; 41 42 East. Fresh. Thick fog, with occasional rain. S8.5 38.5 38 87 0271 45 43 40 41.6 E.N.E. 1 Fresh. Ditto ditto. SG 5 36 se 35 0266 51 40 34 37.4 pil: lJ^rM..;}M"<'"a.e. Hazy, with rain and sleet. S3 31 35.5 35.5 0266 50 . & 39 S4 36.2 N.W. Fresh. A.M. Cloudy. P.M. Clear. 31.5 35 84.5 34.5 0266 50 40.5 34.5 86.9 N.W. Fresh. Fine clear weather. 35 36 36 36 0267 47 42 1 35 .38.2 S.W. 1 Light. Fine. 31.5 35 32.5 33 0257 59 40 85 37.2 ; S.E. Fresh. A.M. Clear. P.M. Cloudy, with rain. 30.5 31.5 , 30.5 0261 58 35.5 33 S4 j Sb.W. Moderate. A.M. Ilnzy, with rain; P.M. Fine. 30 32 83 34 0261 56.5 38 33 35. 2 1 S.S.E. Fresh. Cloudy, with much rain. . . 32 32.5 38 0256 59.5 36.5 34 35.3 S. ronnil hy i > r : i . \v.toN.\/ :J Light. Variable winds and thick fog. 32 33 33 35 33 35 S3 84 0256 0257 59 58.5 41 43 32 31 84.6 35.2 Hound the C.'ompa^H. Easterly. } Light. Light. Ditto ditto. A.M. Foggy; P.M. Fine. 35 . . 33.5 33 40 36 37.7 Southerly. Light. Hazy; occasionally small rain in the afternoon. 32 . . 3S 44 37 41.3 Easterly. Light. Fine. 34 34 34 S3 56 44 48.1 A.M. N.E.ly. P.M. Sly > Very light Fine. 33 33 St 31 50 38.5 44.1 N. Easterly. Very light. Fine. 33 88.5 84 34 48.5 41 45.4 Easterly. Light. A.M. Fine; I'.M. Cloudy, with small rain. 40.1 40.6 40.8 89.9 . . 6« 81 44.8 GENERAL REMARKS. \ great prevah >nce of rain and ( og. Southerly winds prevailed in the early part of the niontli ; but towards the end the weather hec.ime liner, with light win d» from the Ea8t\ vard. The ship having changed her geographical position so materially during the month, the Obser- vations can scarcely be considered at 1 comparative ; and therefore no conclusions have been drawn from them. m '■'■'.' •, i i 1 i 6 APPENDIX. '1 •; ri,; if <:: " y ABSTRACT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL kept on BOARD \ DATE. 1824. NOON. Babohetkb corrected for Temperature, Neatral Point, and Capacity. DANIELL'S HYOROMETER. A.M. P.M. Mean of 3i hours. 9 A.M. 3 P. M. 9 P. M. North Latitude. Weat Lonyitude. S\ 9". Sh. 9". Temp. Dew Pt. Diff. Temp Dew Pt. Diff. Temp. DewPt Dill July I * « « «r Inchei. 29.869 Inchei. 29.987 InchM. 29.957 Inchei. 29.975 Inchei. 29.934 a o o O o D ., 2 „ 3 At the Whale >68 59 OT Sih Iiltndi 53 13 06 .950 .893 .960 .926 .905 .927 .906 .937 .930 .921 • • • • . , „ 4 . .936 981 .960 .885 .941 . , ,, 5 69 06 45 *5S 50 SO .873 .827 .774 .839 .828 . . . . „ 6 ♦69 10 15 ♦54 30 00 .748 .822 .851 .861 .821 . . . . ' • 1 „ 7 69 17 89 ♦54 42 00 .849 .854 .870 .910 .871 . . . . ,, 8 69 10 17 56 33 46 .955 .991 80.001 .975 .981 35 35 39 39 40 38 „ 9 69 41 36 56 46 26 .903 .833 29.760 .74* .810 38 its 2 40 35 5 36 SS i ' ,, 10 69 54 55 58 37 15 .724 .862 .826 .894 .826 84 32 2 HS 32 3 34 SO „ 11 70 14 39 58 57 57 .918 .957 .949 .905 .9.S2 37.5 33 4.5 87 33 4 83 30 „ 12 70 48 37 58 52 34 .848 .804 .792 .819 .816 36 84 2 36.5 35 1.5 35 84 , i „ IS 70 59 59 *58 30 S7 .819 .879 .944 .990 .908 86.5 36 0.5 36 36 36 36 I ,, 14 71 15 25 59 22 10 30.006 .996 .971 .950 .981 38 37 1 39 36 8 36.5 33 S.5 „ 15 71 IS 31 59 28 16 29.892 .884 .931 .975 .921 37 S3 4 38 34 4 36 .33.5 2.5 .. 16 71 11 22 59 47 07 30.028 30.108 30.146 30.133 SO.IOJ 37 33 4 86 32 4 36 32 „ IT 71 03 06 59 58 43 .051 29.954 29.842 29.745 29.898 36 31 5 34 31 3 32.5 31 l.i| „ 18 70 55 47 60 10 31 89.710 .747 .794 .866 .779 34 31.5 2.5 35 34 1 35 35 j „ 19 f70 57 00 *60 15 46 .869 .870 .802 .736 .819 33 33 35 33 2 33 33 1 „ 20 70 56 50 60 39 37 .658 .651 .655 .690 .663 34 34 35.5 35 29.5 29.5 " i „ 21 71 01 34 60 36 83 .687 .679 688 .696 .687 34 34 29 29 27.5 27.5 1 „ 22 70 57 51 60 44 14 .677 .721 .788 .823 .752 S3 33 33 33 33 32 1 : ,. 23 70 56 51 60 49 St .846 .884 .889 877 .874 36 33 3 35 84 1 33.5 32 1,5' „ 24 70 57 32 60 55 50 .838 .810 .789 .773 .802 83.5 33.5 34 34 33 33 ' „ 25 70 56 01 60 52 20 .721 .687 .640 .626 .669 34 32 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 „ 26 70 54 11 61 04 31 .620 .650 .728 .745 .684 35 33 2 36 35 1 35 35 „ 27 70 57 05 *61 08 26 .693 .573 .531 .558 .589 33.5 33.5 33 3S 34 34 » 28 i'71 00 00 *61 42 46 .509 .471 .433 .424 .459 31 34 34 34 83 33 „ 29 1-71 02 00 *6I 43 46 .433 .452 .546 .609 .510 33. 5 33.5 34 31 31.5 31.5 » SO 71 05 28 62 09 08 .571 ..^31 .404 .301 .452 34.5 34. S 86 35 1 36 34 i > „ 31 71 07 58 *62 08 46 .267 .310 .359 .443 .845 35 85 35 35 33 33 ' Means .... 29.7858 29.7939 29.7886 29.7940 29.7906 85.08 88.65 1.48 85.41 33.89 1.52 34 32.71 i.«; PRESSURE of the ATMOSPHERE as observed at Moisture of the Atmospher »• Mean DIRECTION of the WINDS. i pera- )f the l^ater the ace. i 3 A.M. 9 A.M. 3 P.M. 9 P.M. During the Month. Mean of the Month. ture SeaV Number of Days at Max. . Mill. . Inchee. 30.051 29.267 Inchei. 30.108 29.310 InchM. 30.146 39.359 Inchei. 30.1SS 29.301 Inchei. 30.146 29.267 Temp of the Air. Dew Point. Diff at Surf North. N.E. East. S.E. South. s.w. West. N.W. ; o o 1 Mean. 29.7858 29.7939 29.7886 29.7940 29.7906 34.84 33.46 1.8f i 83.09 9J 5 i 5 2i U u 5H 1 J". gt-. jl SI 34 37 M.S 40 40.5 38.5 41 47 38.5 38.5 A 1 35 3. 33.5 31 29 J9.5 31 32 31.5 31 31 31 29.5 30.5 30 i9 29 30.5 30 30 81. J 31 sn.i 31 31 32 31.! 29 .10.; 29.5 31.; 30.5 32 31 31 a 32 S3 32.; 31 30 31 30.; 29.5 31. 30 32 32.51 33. Gener seen, that influencet 31at), tlie and stood and I'eerii i I.' [)t on BOARD ER. 9 P. M. Temp. Dew Pt 40 36 34 33 35 36 36.5 36 36 32.5 85 33 29.5 27.5 33 33.5 38 35 34 33 31.5 36 33 34 38 33 SO 30 84 36 33 33.5 32 31 35 33 29.5 27.5 32 32 83 35 34 33 31.5 34 83 DiiT 32.74 1.2«: e WINDS. jrs at th. s.w. West. N.W. L U U 5| METEOROLOGY. HIS MAJESTY'S SHIP, HECLA; during the Month of July, 1884. SEA WATER. Temp. A. M. 3K 9K 133 i 134 36.5 140.5 1 4. 38.5 1 35 \u 83,5 ,31 I 29.5 ■ 31 I 31 3fJ.5 :j9 '30.5 31) ijl i,3l j32 I 29 '29.5 I 30.5 I 31 J32 iS3 .31 31 29.5 30 32,51 31 37 40 38.5 47 38.5 41 36 85 29 31 31.5 3t 29.5 30 29 30 31.5 SO. 5 31 31.5 .10.5 31.5 32 31 32 32.5 30 30.5 31.5 32 Temp. P. M. 3I'. 33.19 34 36 42 39 46 36 35 38.5 37 31 31 32 34 33 30 23 31.5 32 31 34 31.5 31.5 32 32 32 30 31 30 32 31 1)1', 33.51 34 35 42 41 43 .35.5 35 35 32.5 30 32 33 32 31.5 30 30 30.5 32 31 33 31 31.5 31.5 33 33 32.5 30 30 32 32 30 Specific Gravity. Temp. when weighed. 1 .0269 1 .0267 1.0257 1.0261 1.0264 I. 0261 1.0257 1.0251 1.0247 1.0219 1.0003 1 .0039 Temperature of the Atmo!«phere regiiitered every two hours. Maxi- mum. 33.15 51 52.5 50.5 52.5 47.5 49.5 49 51 60 58 63 57 Mini- mum. 41 53 52 46 49 46.5 44.5 33 39.5 35.5 37.5 37 38 38 38 S8 36 34.5 35 35.5 35 33 38 31 36 36 34.5 34 34 36.5 35.5 Mean. 36 38.5 40 37 41 37 32 31 31.5 31 31.5 31 32 33 S2 33 32 SO 32 29 20. 5 26.5 29 29.5 29 33 33 33 30 29.5 33 40.33 44.71 46.33 42.42 44.96 41.63 36.14 35.58 37.00 33.21 ,34.12 34.92 35.12 36.12 35.25 35.45 33.83 .32.46 33.30 32.58 32.29 30.83 33.92 32.42 32.73 31.85 33.58 33.87 32.50 33.88 31.42 Prevailino Wikd^. Direi'tion. Velocity. 53 26.5 s.s.w. A.M. P.M. NE NNW. A.M. P.M. WSW. NW. S.Wy. Westerly. A.M. P.M. Ey. NNW. N.W. N.N.W. N.N.W. N.W. N.W. N.W. S.Easlerly. S.Easterly. A.M. P.M. Ny. N.Ey. A.M. P.M N.Ey. Ny. N.N.W. A.M. P.M. Ny. N.Ey. A.M. P.M. S.S.E. N.Ey S.Easterly. A.M. P.M. SE. N.Wy. N.N.W. N. Easterly N. Easterly N.byW. Southerly. Northerly. Northerly. A.M. P.M. NWy. SWy. A.M. P.M. S.Ey. N.Ey. S.E. PRKVAILINO WEATHER. 35.81 Moderate. Light. Light. Light. Light. Light. Moderate. Light. Moderate. Moderate. Light. Light. Light. Light. Light. Light. Moderate Mod. Light Light. Light. Light. Light. Light. Light. Light. Light. Moderate. Light. I>ight. U. Fresh. Fresh. Fog. Fine. Variable winds, flne weather. Fog. Fine. Fog. Fog A.M. Fog.— H.M. Fine. Fine. Fine. Fine. (Cloudy. Fog. Cloudy. Small rain, A.M. Fine. Fine. Fine. Fine. Towards midnight, Ior. Fog. Fog. Fog. Fog. A.M. Fine.— P.M. Hazy. Fog. A.M. Hazy.— P.M. Fine. Fog, occasional rain. Fng ; rain towards midnight. Fog. — P.M. Continued rain. Thick fog, and rain. A.M. Fog.— P.M. Clear. Hazy, with rain. General Remarks. Throughout July the winds were remarkably light and variable, accompanied by much fog. It will be seen, that the oscillations of the mercurial column in the Barometer were small during the month, and scarcely appear to have been influenced by any correspondent change in the atmosphere ; it is observable, however, that in the only fresh wind which occurred (on the 31st), the Baroiucier had arrived at its minimum at the commencement of the breeze ; from which time it continued to rise with the wind, and stood at its maximum about 4 p.m. 01. the following day, when the gale had also reached its highest : the wind gradually moderating, and veering to the Northward as the Barometer fell again. !?|'l itl':.bl ■If hi, .t, ■ ■ (l 8 APPENDIX. ;!• ABSTRACT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL kept on BOARD NOON. 1 Baboheteb corrected for Temperature, Neutral Point, and Capacity. DANIELL-S HYDROMETER. i DATE. 18S4. A.M. P.M. Mean of 34 hoors. 9 A.M. 3 P. M. 9 P.M. 1 North Latitude. We»t liongitnde. ' 3". 9K SK 9\ Temp. DewPt. Diff. Temp. Dew Pt. Diff. Temp. Dew Pt. Diff. Aug. 1 t *f 71 90 OS , // •61 59 45 Inchet. 99.520 Inchcf. 99 544 InchM. 89.619 InchM. 99.600 Incho. 89.571 o 34 o 34 85.5 o 35.5 84 34 ,. 8 71 21 19 62 06 27 .886 .315 .858 .458 .378 36 38 4 86 83 3 33,3 33 0.5 « s ♦71 21 10 ♦62 05 45 .518 .585 .648 .647 .599 38.5 39.5 39.5 39.5 80 80 ,. 4 71 81 19 61 55 07 .639 .569 .479 .449 .584 88 39 38 38 C 84 33 1 ,. 5 71 97 IS ♦61 58 45 .439 .473 .609 .631 .534 88 33 84 84 89 33 ., 6 •71 30 00 ♦61 59 46 .6.39 .650 .666 .707 .664 34 84 84 84 33.5 33.5 „ 7 71 85 80 61 59 55 .781 .909 .978 30.040 .926 32 81 1 88 38 1 99 29 „ 8 71 .^3 97 61 57 SO 30.065 30.062 30.011 29.938 30.019 30 29 1 £9.5 89 0.5 30 29 1 ,, 9 71 48 ."iS ♦62 01 45 99.868 99.789 99.709 .649 .748 83 83 36 33 8 34.5 33 1.5 „ 10 *7I 45 00 ♦61 45 45 .668 .718 .737 .731 .712 33.5 83.5 33 33 88 33 » 11 •71 53 30 ♦61 47 50 .704 .706 .857 .991 .814 83 83 80.5 80.5 80 29 1 ., 18 72 02 06 61 50 87 .960 .951 .908 .847 ,916 30 98 9 .34,5 80 4,5 88 31 1 „ 13 72 21 16 61 05 07 .716 .575 .520 .500 .578 32 82 31 99 5 89 27 i » It 78 85 83 61 13 00 .498 .511 .548 .551 .584 83 99 4 35 99 6 31. 5 31 0.5 „ 15 78 26 17 61 17 00 .561 ,519 .516 .570 ,549 34 89 5 34 99 5 89 28 1 „ IB 78 28 01 61 86 30 .664 .738 .760 .765 ,788 84 84 87 96 1 83,5 23 0.5 ,. n 78 26 n 61 89 48 .795 .679 .681 .539 ,649 88,5 88.5 83.5 88.5 98 83 ,. 18 78 84 06 61 38 95 .454 .414 .386 .463 .489 1 23.5 83 0.5 86 86 97,5 86 I.S „ 19 78 3J 06 61 54 40 .550 .668 .779 .849 ,710 34 31 8 84.5 81 3.5 31.5 31 0.5 „ 90 72 34 17 62 07 88 .881 .903 .989 .910 ,906 38 30 8 89 39 99 99 „ 81 72 29 30 69 11 58 .838 .741 .6.32 .609 .705 ' 98 88 SO SO 94 24 ., 88 78 85 II ♦68 18 47 .578 .353 .474 .4,37 .510 96 85 1 94 94 99.5 29.5 ,. 8S 78 89 50 •69 11 31 .443 .303 .564 .691 .583 96 86 80 80 99 99 ,. 84 78 37 58 68 36 14 > > . .745 .769 .705 .770 98,5 88.5 39 31 1 99 89 „ 93 78 50 46 63 09 09 99.801 .891 .888 .840 .628 !». 81 88, S 88,5 90 80 „ 86 79 53 4H 63 13 13 .830 .890 .772 .760 .795 94 84 89 95 4 16 16 ,. 8T ♦79 58 00 ♦63 19 80 .749 .759 .765 .751 .756 SO SO 89 99 99 89 „ 98 ♦73 05 00 ♦6,1 19 30 .677 .610 .534 .481 .560 38 33 84 84 33,5 33. S „ 89 73 IS 19 63 40 10 .386 .309 ,371 .417 .358 38 8S 33 33 31 31 I) „ 80 73 84 17 ♦64 00 00 .445 .515 .519 .867 .460 81 81 38 89 SI 31 .. 81 78 48 59 64 48 43 .361 .364 .463 .468 .568 89.6503 99 97 > 98 97 1 96,5 96.5 u u,» Mbani .... 29.6426 99.6461 99.6545 99.6389 80,56 99.74 0.89 81.51 80.97 1.94 99.07 98.68 PRK8SURK of lh« ATMOSPHERE si obtarretl. Moisture of the Ati noaphere. Mean Tempera- ture of th ^ea Wat* at the Surface. DIRECTION of the WINDS. , 3 AM 9 AM. 3 P.M. 9 P.M. Uiirinirth* Month. Mean of the Month. ' Number of Daya at Mat. Mill. tnrhM, ,30.065 99.SSB Inchw, 30.069 99.309 Inclm. 30,011 99., 359 Inrhft. 30.010 29 867 Inchn. 80.065 99.309 Temp, of the Air. Pew Point. Diir. North NK. Kait. ! <.K. South. s.w. We.1 . N W. a o o Mean 90.6196 99.6161 99.6545 99.6589 99.6503 SO., 18 99.86 0.88 98.99 »» ■i 8 7 Si 8i U 7 n .*'. 9". w 31} 30 30.5 iJ.i 30 29 30 3J.5 SO I METEOROLOGY. 4\\ pt on BOARD ER. 9 P.M. Temp. Dew Pi. Diff. o S4 34 •J 1 38. 5 33 0.5 30 30 34 33 1 32 32 33.5 SS.5 29 29 30 29 1 34.5 33 1.5 S3 .SS 30 29 1 32 31 1 2i) 27 2 31.5 31 0.5 29 28 1 23. S 23 0.5 23 23 ST. 5 26 1.5 31.5 31 0.5 29 29 94 24 22.5 22.5 29 99 29 29 20 20 16 16 29 29 33.5 33.5 31 31 a SI 31 2n.5 26.5 i| 99.07 28. 6« U.fl WINDS. • »t W. Wnt. N W. k U 7 1* HIS MAJESTY'S SHIP, HECLA ; during the Month of August, 1884. i SEA WATER. Temperature of the Atmosphere reuistered every two hours. FaivAiLiNa Winds. PREVAILING WEATHER. Twp. A. M. Temp. P.M. . Mean. Direction. Velocity. ' ,1". 9". 8". 9I'. Maxi- inuiii. Mini- mum. JO 30' so''. 5 30.5 35. 5 32 S3!87 S.E.byS. Strong. ilazv with rain. SO 30.5 30.5 30 86.5 32 34.46 N.N.E. Moderate. Cloudy, latter part rain and sleet. V.i 80 30 29 32. S 29 31.35 S.S.E. Fresh. Thick fog, occasional rain and sleet. J9 30 30.5 30.5 35 29 39.29 A.M. S.E. P.M.N. Light. Fog. SJ.5 30 30 30.5 34 80.5 32.79 S.S.W. Light. Thick fog, small rain. 31 30.5 32 32 34 33 SS.50 S.S.E. N.N.E. Light. Thick fog and rain. 89 28.5 30 30 34 25 31.50 N.W. Moderate. Fog with rain. Its 29 28.5 30 31 93,5 28.79 S. Easterly. Moderate. Fog with sleet. ij9 30 31 30 36 31 33.15 S.E.byE. Moderate. Cloudy, fog at intervals. iW SO 23.5 29.5 S3.S 33 83.18 S.E. N.E. Light. Fog, continued rain. SO 80 28. 5 28.5 34 98.5 31.58 Nearly Culm. W, Moderate. Itain, sleet, and snow ; fog at intervals. 36 28.5 29 29 35 96 30.96 Ruiiiid the CtunpasN. Very Light. Cloudy, occasional fog, and heavy snow. 19 29 99 28.5 34 29 30.87 W.N.W. s.w. Moderate. Cloudy, continued snow till noon. >g.S 30 31 31 35 29.5 31.91 S.E>. N.Ey. Very Light. Hazy with snow, fog in the Horizon. n 29.5 29 29 .35.5 96 31.83 N. Westerly. Light. Cloudy, showers of snow. 38. S 28 29 28 27.5 21 24.50 N.Wes eriy. Light. Thick fog. u 28 28 28 25 90 22.54 N.W. Light. Thick fog and snow. .n 28 28 28 97.5 90 94.19 N.W. S.W. Moderate. A.M. Fog, — P.M, Cloudy with snow. 38 28 29 28.5 35 27 31.79 E.N.E. Moderate. Fine weather. ,39 29 30 28 32 27 SO. 58 North. Moderate, A,M, Fine, — P,M. Fog and snow. :«s 28 28 28 32 94 26.42 N.W. Moderate. Fog, occasional sleet and snow , ,38 28 28.5 28.5 20 99.5 94.17 N.W. Moderate. Fog, continued snow, ,38 28 28 28 SO 18 95.08 S.W. Moderate. lluzy, small sleet. I38 28 2a 29 32 27 29.99 S.S.E. Moderate. llu/y with snow. 38 2l» 28 28 31 19 27.21 N.E>. N.Wy. Very Light. Thick fog. 38 28 28 28 31 16 22 . 63 Northerly. S.Wr. Light. Fog, Hne about noun. 38 28 28.5 28 31 19 27.33 S.S.E. Moderate. Cloudy, occasional fog. 18 1 »>J 28.5 29 34 SO 32.75 E.S.E. h'resh. Fog, rain, and snow. 39 1 28.5 28.5 98 S4 SI 39.83 E.S.E. Moderate, Fog and rain. 39 88.5 29 29 39 31 31.. 'T S. Easterly. Moderate. 1'hick fug, driiacling rain, and snow. 18 28 28 98 SO 36.5 25 97.08 Westerly. S.Er. Light. Fog, 38.77 28.95 20.2 29. OS 16 29.79 C 6!«i!RAL UnHAnKs.— The month of August wni rrmnrknble, ni much for the quantity of fog, rain and snow which fell, as for the Nttaurtlinary low ti-mperaturr of tht> atinos|ilion;, Uf tlie rormcr, i t is a striking fart that there was only one day in the whole month, in which the cunst^cutive twenty -four hours wtTo rlear, or in which there \un not artuslly a vrr> ronsiilembly di'|KJsit, generally of snow onlri't, TIh' low lemperntute will lip auflicii-nlly ••vidrnt by n rt'frrp nee to the table given in p. 16 of the Nnrralivc, shewing the compara- live IcmiMTalufPi of tlio month of Au((ual, in the I'olor HcKioni, for t he Hve years immediately preceiling, and the one aiihscH|nent ti this. 1 TIh' wimlii were f;ei\i'rally UgUx durinK the month, and the chan ;es in tht liniuiiu'ter small; the Minimum of the Mercurial (Column | occurriMl uficr a freuli brec«e Iroiii the E.S.K., with fo)t, min, and inov r ; and it is ohserrnble that it ultaiocd its Maiimum under very similar tircuniilaniei, vi«. : a moderate brveie from the South-IOaMward, wi h fog and sleet. • . ' jfrl ^^ 'M ' I I I. (I .•«■■ ■ IM H-'ffl I '\ 10 APPENDIX. K' ■! DATE. 1834. Sept. 1 NOON. North Latitude. 2 S 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1.5 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 2S 24 25 26 27 28 29 SO *73 49 00 ♦73 50 00 «73 51 00 74 27 15 *74 26 00 *74 20 00 ♦74 17 00 74 07 00 74 15 02 74 II 48 74 24 00 74 12 44 •73 58 SO 73 59 S2 73 58 00 73 58 00 73 57 00 BpsietinLao ■73 48 44 *73 50 SO ♦73 47 00 ♦73 52 40 73 48 49 Off Port West Ixingitude. t Port ♦65 01 00 ♦ 64 58 00 ♦65 07 00 66 00 i2 ♦66 07 10 ♦66 52 15 ♦68 22 20 69 54 24 73 24 40 79 03 00 81 50 36 ♦83 01 00 ♦85 48 00 ♦85 45 00 85 11 18 ♦84 55 00 ♦83 57 .10 caster's Sound 82 S2 20 ♦81 10 15 ♦ 82 .12 40 ♦87 32 15 ♦87 25 10 Bow en. Bowen. Mrans ABSTRACT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL kept on BOARD Babohetkb corrected for Temperature, Neutral Point, and Capacity. A.M. s". 91'. Inches. 29.632 .506 .528 .706 .731 .534 .078 .058 .247 .423 .591 .815 .659 .552 .516 .610 .753 .704 .710 .935 30.002 29.910 .944 .910 .963 .10.433 29.901 .752 30.091 29.515 Inches. 29.689 .454 .583 .760 .664 .432 .147 .030 .313 .456 .669 .811 .632 .536 .533 .669 .768 .627 .771 .956 .988 .879 .940 .787 .969 .10.437 I 29.8S4 j .849 i 30.035 39.430 P.M. S". Inchet. 29.675 .445 .617 .8.10 .619 .284 .151 .051 .341 .516 .723 .783 .574 .542 .554 .705 .746 .606 .858 .991 .987 .896 .965 .643 30.184 .326 29.773 .973 .847 .431 9''. Mean of U hours. Inches. 29.595 .495 .675 .829 .585 .141 .116 ,167 .353 .580 .888 .741 .562 .532 .600 .731 .744 .652 .90S .10.011 29.956 .9.13 .976 .648 30.349 .083 29.746 30.045 89.608 .516 89.6899 29.6879, 29.6878 89.6898 Inches. 29.648 .475 .601 .781 .650 .348 .123 .076 .313 .494 .703 .787 .604 .540 .551 .679 .753 .647 .810 .973 .983 .904 .956 .745 30.116 .817 89.814 .904 .895 .473 DANIKLL'S HYGROMETER. 9 A.M. Temp. 26 31 89 33 32 31 30 31 31 27.5 26 19 Dew Pt. 24 22 19.5 23 17 22 27 28 83 86 87 25 20.5 32 31.5 85 27.5 39.6888, 36.43 84.84 86 31 89 S3 32 31 30 31 31 27.5 24 19 Diff. 18 88 19 19 14 16 86 24 IS 26 26 25 18.5 S3 27 84 87.5 3 P.M. Temp. 6 0.5 4 3 6 1 4 10 1 8 4.5 I o SI SI 32 SO 32 31 31 SO 31.5 39 23 20 19 21 32 20 24 19 24.5 27 88 87 86.5 31.5 80.5 85.5 34 88.5 87.5 88 Dew Pt. Diff. 1.59 86.83 PRKS8URK of the ATMOMPHRRK as obserTrd at 3 A.M. Mai. Min. Mean 30. 129 29.058 20.RH90 g A.M. 3 P.M Inchn. I InrliM. 30.437 .10..126 89.0.10 29.68:9 29.051 29.6878 9 P.M. tnctwt. ,10.349 29.116 29.6898 Dnrinnthc Munlh. InrhM. 80,437 99.030 29.6888 MoisturroflheAtmospherr. Mfan nf the Month. Temp, of the mp.ol I Air. 86.58 Dew Point. 35.08 Diff. 1.49 Mean Tempera- ture of the Sea- Water •tth* .Surface. 88.16 SI 31 38 SO 33 31 31 30 81.5 27.5 23 18 12 11 20 14 24 14 21 85 26 20 86.5 86 80.5 15 84 87 84 88 84.58 a 1.5 8 7 10 8 6 5 3.5 8 8 7 5.5 10.5 1.5 8.5 9 P.M. Temp. 3.. 10 89 31 SO SO 81 31 31 87 88 25.5 20 18 20 21 28 36.3 D« WINIW lya tt 8,W. WmI. N.W C>1» 8 1 1 9 : 4 1 riEA-WATER. Temperature of the Air in the Shade, registered Pat' .iiLiNO Winds. PREVAILING WEATHER. A.M. P.M. every two hours. Maxi- 1 mum. Mini- mum. Mean. Direction. Velocity. i S». 9''. Sh. 9h. 28 c 28 88 38 31 25 1 27! 88 S.Easterly. A..M.Mod. P.M.Str. Occasional rein. : 28 28 38 88 32 30 31.04 S.Easterly. A.M.Str. P.M. Mod. Constant snow. ; 28 28 88 28 33 88 30.35 S.Easterly. Moderate. Fog, : »8 28.5 38 28 33 35 30.04 S.Ey. N.Er. Mod. Light. Cloudy ; latter part fog. 1 28 28 38 28 38 30 31.00 S.E. Light. With sleet and rain. ! 28 28 88 28 SI 30 30.79 S.Ey A.M. Lt. P.M.Str. Constant snow. i « 28 38 38 31 .30 30.29 S.E. Strong. Mod. Hazy, with sleet. ; 28 28 38 88 31 86 29.18 N.E. S.E. Light. Thick, with constant snow. ' 28 30 .'t8 30 32 27 29.62 N.E. North. Light. Fresh. Ilnzy, constant snow. 1 31 31 89 89 89 25 27.25 North, Easterly, Mod, Light. Cloudy, with small rain. 1 «'•* 29 88 38 26 20 23.46 Westerly, Moderate. Fine. 1 28 88 38 20 18 18.96 N.Wy. Calm. Very Light. Cloudy, small snow. I28 28 8(r 88 80 19 19.77 North. N.W, Light. Cloudy. ! 28 28 88 88 84 20 21.42 W,N.W, Mod. Fresh. A.M. Fine.— P.M. Cloudy, |28 28 88 88 83 31 21.67 W.S.W. Fresh. Mod. Cloudy, with showers of snow. \ i" \ > 88 28 80 19 19.79 West, S,Wr, Light. Cloudy. 28 ' 8 28 81 19 22.11 Calm. Wosterlv. Light. Thick, small snow. 2b s .8 38 31 16 18.79 Westerly. Mod. Strong. Cloudy. 28 m 88 28 'irt 19 22.. 33 W.S.W. Fresh, Mod. Cloudy. 28 28 88 28 88 83 26.12 S.W. W.S.W. Moderate. Cloudy. : '* 28 88 88 31 84 86.96 W.S.W. Moderate. Cloudy, ■ 28 28 i8 88 37 23 85.05 S.Wy. Westerly. Mod. Light. Cloudy, small snow. 28 28 38 28 88 84 1 86.21 Easterly. Light. Fresh. Cloudy, with snow. . in 28 88 88 31.5 85 ; 88.17 E.N.E. Fresh. Cloudy, with small snow. ' 28 28 88 88 89 17 j 23.08 Wesleily. Moderate. Cloudy. l» 28 38 28 1 29 16 22 61 S.Ey. Light. Strong. A.M. Fine.— P.M. Constant snow. 28 28 88 88 31 30 32.75 S.Ey, Fresh. Mod. Cloudy; snow, sleet, and rain. 28 28 38 38 31,5 26 29.17 S,W». Easterly. Fresh. Mod. Cloudy.sleet at times. ' M 28 88 28 28 81 1 24.78 E.8.E. Fresh. Strong. Cloudy J violent s<|ualls at night. ■28 28 88 38 88 19.5 25.96 Easterly. N.Wy. Moderate. Constant snow. 28.!.'! 28.82 88.17 88.10 34 16 95.883 Renarkx . — Fr«'«h windi and muc*' i(|unlly w«ii ther prevailed throughout Septembe r. A gale that occurn-d on the 6th was indicated bv t Krodiiu full of the Haromoler on tlip prccodi nj; day, the Meieniy continuing to I all until .3''. A.M., on the 7th. at whirh time the wpalhor nio dcratrd, nnd thi! Barometer roM> .07! 1 inches in the next twelve hours; it then again descended ; and in eighteen hours 1 more iitooil OIH inche* lowfr tliun the niinimiiii I «)f the fomtur depnssion, althougl 1 the weather continued cjnitc moderate. S.-veral other cnlci wliifh ocoirrt'd wen- marked by a hi nndlaneoun depression of the Merc urial Column, which )(unerally continued to fall 1 l»pn y four louri a ller tli€' wi'atlH'r had bi Clinic nil nlerate. mi I < 'I 4 I 12 APPENDIX. Ki I If'! ■ •'i:. til* (* 1 1 . tl I ^ ABSTRACT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL kept on BOARD HIS DATE. 1894. r fometer corrected for Temperature, Neutral Point, and Capacity. Temperature of the Atmosphere registered every two hours. A.M. P.M. Mean of S4 hours. Maximum. Minimum. Mean. 8h. 9". 8h. 9^ October 1 Inches. 89.548 Incha. 89.534 Incho. 29.497 Inches. 29.448 Inches, 29.507 o ■t 18 + 13.5 + 16.87 » 2 .417 .399 .383 .409 .402 + 18 + «8 + 15.46 M 3 .438 .444 .459 .491 .457 + 15 +5 + 10.04 » 4 .509 .472 .491 .495 .492 4-25 +18 + 31.25 w 5 .49.<< .499 .495 .465 .488 +87 +85 + 26.21 »> 6 .896 .399 .438 .644 .469 + SI. 5 1 + 18 + 25.96 l» 7 .733 .606 .461 .442 .560 + 86 + 9.5 + 90.04 » 8 .624 .787 30.005 30.105 .880 +31 +13 + 14.86 »» 9 30.081 .919 29.794 29.798 .898 + 33 + 12 + 18.08 » 10 89.933 30.083 80.174 80.211 30.100 + 18.5 + 13 + 15.63 » 11 30.314 .177 .152 .103 .161 + 19 + 11 + 15.60 » 18 39.920 29.827 :l 88 .061 .045 .094 .122 .080 + 4 - 4 + 3.08 » 88 .161 .903 .811 .261 .216 + 5 - 1 + 8.96 »> 94 .868 .865 .265 .273 .268 +7.5 +4 + 5.87 » 85 .898 .806 .327 .!)31 .809 + 10 ! + 8 + 6.17 l» 86 .854 .358 .369 .880 .364 +8.5+8 + 5.17 l> 97 .879 .381 .891 .867 .378 + 8 - 1 + 1.00 w 88 .848 .814 .965 .193 .878 - 8 - 18 - 7.87 » 8» .101 .020 99.993 .011 .081 + 1 - 10.5 - 4.30 » 80 .051 .070 30.085 .095 .075 - 6 - 11 - 8.98 » 81 .068 29.998 99.932 89.901 89.973 + 1 - 8 - 1.39 Means • • 89.9685 89.9539 99.9604 29.9716 89.9623 + 81.5 - 19 + 10.85 : • PRKS8URE of the ATM08PHKRE ai ol..erTed at SAM. 9 A.M. 3 P.M. 9 P.M. During the Month. Inch... 30.391 Maiimum . . . Inchn. 80.379 Inches. 30.381 Inches. 30.391 Inches. 80.380 Minimum . . . 99.896 89.3!>9 89.383 89.409 29.. 388 Mean 99.9685 89.9539 99.9604 89.9716 89.9698 )f if ■ 'k METEOROLOGY. 13 MAJESTY'S SHIP, HECLA, at Port Bowen; during the Month of October, 1824. PsEVAtLIMO WiMOK. Direction. Velocity. N.W. NE. E.S.E. E.S.E. E.S.E. N. Easterly. N.E. Easterly. N.N.E. E.S.E. E.byN.loS.W. . S.S.W. 8.E. S. Easterly. S. Easterly. S.E. E.S.E. S.E. N.N.E. North'. Easty. NorlhT. N.W N. Westerly. S.Easterly. East. E.S.E. East. East». W.N.W. N.Westerly. N.N.W. N.N.E. Easterly. N.Westerly. N.W. S.E. Light. Light. Light, [^ight. Fresh. Strong. Fresh. Moderate. Fresh. Moderate. Moderate. Fresh. Fresh. Light. Light. Light. Light. Moderate. Moderate. Light. Light. Light. Light. Light. Light. Light. Light. Light. Moderate. Light. Moderate. Moderate. Moderate. Light. PRKVAILINO WEATHER. Cloudy ; small snow. Hazy ; small snow. Fine. Fine. Squally at night. Hazy ; drift and snow. Hazy ; snow. Fine ; occasional squalls. Heavy drift ; clear over head. Hazy J snow. Constant soow. Hazy. Hazy. Cloudy ; wind rariable. A.M. Cloudy — P.M. Clear. Fine. Cloudy, with squalls. Fine. Hazy. Fine, occasional haze. Fine. Hazy. Hazy. Hazy. Hazy. Hazy. Cloudy. Hazy. Fine. Fine. Fine ; occasional drift. Hazy. REMARKS. During the month of October, there occurred a prevalence of easterly and south-easterly winds ; which, how. ever, were generally light and unac- companied by any marked changes in the Barometer. A gale of wind also occurred (on the 6th), without producing any material depression of the Mercurial Column, the mean height of which was considerably • above that of the four preceding months. The daily observations of the Hy- grometer were discontinued, on ac* count of the difficulty and uncertainty in making them in severely cold wea- ther. An endeavour to ascertain the degree of moisture in the atmosphere was Occasionally made throughout the winter, and these are noted as they occurred. DIRKCTION of the WINDS. Nambcr of Days kt North, N.K. »i But. lOi 8.K. 6i South. 8,W, Wwt, N.W, Round the Compsu. J ,,-S'" • il 14 APPENDIX. l:i ■+ -- I" t ■ ABSTR/;CT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL kept on BOARD HIS DATE. 1824. BAROMETER corrected for TEMPKRATURE, NEUTRAL POINT, and CAPACITY. 1 No.,il4 1 lower thiin ; No. 80. i 1 \ Temperatur 3\ A.M. P.M. Mean of 34 hours. registered 4'-. 9\ lOh. 3h. 4h. 9\ 10''. Maxi- mnm. + 3 Nov. 1 Inchn. 29.889 Inchn. 29.887 Inches. 29.878 Inchm. 29.885 Inchn. 29.917 Inchn. Inclim. 89.917 29.915 Inche*. 29.915 Inches. 29.900 .Ull - M 2 .916 .931 .892 .907 .913 .899 .908 .905 .909 .011 + 5 H l> S .933 .942 .941 .939 .959 .947 .970 .978 .950 .011 + 6.5 + » 4 30.017 30.030 .SO. 060 ! 30.067 80.085 30.084 30.090 .30.077 30.064 .014 , +10 H It 5 .043 •043 .036 .029 .032 . .036 .065 .090 .047 .012 + 12 H J» 6 .206 .215 .291 .283 .343 .861 .404 .406 .814 .UW 1 ' _ I JJ 7 .420 .446 .424 .429 .467 .470 .486 .496 .455 .015 - 8 _ »J 8 .445 .465 .363 .885 .192 .208 .217 .220 .306 .005 i+ 2 _ >» 9 .841 .243 ! .168 .146 .003 29.980 29.827 29.799 .051 .005 + 8 ;> 10 29.690 29 . 690 29.662 29.636 29.611 .600 .535 .531 29.619 .012 + 10 4 W 11 .521 .522 .511 .524 .580 .585 .715 .744 .588 .Ol'J ' + 4 » 12 .807 .812 .837 .842 .850 .853 .885 .892 .847 .011 1 + 8.5 1 - » IS .926 .940 .951 .954 30.007 30.005 30.055 .30.055 .987 .GIB 1 1 : - 9 ; - >l 14 15 SO. 120 29.725 SO. lis 29.700 30.142 29.680 30.120 29.663 .079 29.638 .080 29.631 29.921 .626 29.856 .624 30.054 29.661 .010 .011 + 5 + 8 + Jt 16 .645 .654 .657 .671 .700 .740 .711 .716 .687 .011 - 5 If 17 .788 .744 .701 .689 .688 .658 .598 .558 .678 .012 - 8.5 i - )f 18 .583 .584 .510 .505 .535 .521 .504 .446 .516 .011 -n 1 - » 19 .489 .491 .544 .540 .624 .685 .692 .710 .589 .012 i -14 1 - »> »> 20 21 .796 .966 .819 .968 .880 .938 .886 .928 .966 .881 .966 .854 .972 .797 .978 .763 .908 .887 .012 .011 1 , -12.5 1 - i - 3.5 i - w 22 .713 .686 .640 .688 .653 .666 .716 .707 .675 -6 ! - » 2S .783 .801 .834 .810 .867 .850 .787 .739 .809 . - 2 f* •1 84 95 .760 .925 .753 .958 .796 .30.018 .805 SO. 028 .868 30.094 .869 .30.108 .907 30.128 .908 80.188 .838 30.048 + 1 -10 - »l 26 27 80.151 29.879 30.156 29.878 .169 29.874 .153 20.861 .067 29.812 .039 89.791 29.881 .772 89.868 .757 .060 29.828 • • + 7 +17 + 1* 28 89 SO .808 .936 .808 .814 .987 .810 .889 .94.'i .856 .852 . 866 . 860 SO. 010 29.827 .981 30.022 80.002 29.815 I 29.801 29,93a .30.085 .995 .794 30.034 .929 .851 .909 • • -H0.5 + 6 + 3 Mbani 20.8943 29.8990 29.8986 1 89.8971 29.9067 29.9087 29.8971 29.8909 { 89.8984 .0181 +17 1 VKK! WURE of the ATMOSPHERE ii. (.b».TT»a at DIRECTION of the WINDS. CSii. R14 ). w from niiflinn. three week!*' Barometer h hfci, Aci'onltn WlOl A wiBlor month of the Hiin)n weather A Sh.A.M. 4h.A.M. 9h.A.M. lOh.A.M. 3h. P.M. 4h. P.M. « h. P.M. lOh. P.M. DurinKthc Miiiilli. NumWr of Dajrn at Max. Nfin. Inrhm. 80.155 29.4H9 Inrhn. 80.465 89.491 InchM, 30.424 29.510 IncltM. .'<0.429 29.504 Inrhrt. 30.467 29.535 Inrlm. .30.170 ) 29.521 V 1 Inclm. 10.486 (9.504 InrhM. 80.496 89. 188 Inrlm. 30.496 29.488 N. N.E. K. 8.E. 8. S.W. W. N.W. lh,(Mop \ 1 i 1 Mcun 89.mMS 29. 8990 29. 8986J 89.8971 1 29.9067 29.9037 i 9.8971 29.8909 29.898. 1 2 „ «i 8 ., 8.J 1 n a.} 2 ieconi]>anie 1 •— — i' i ■Hi METEOROLOGY. 15 MAJESTY'S SHIP, HECLA, at Port Bowen, during the Month of November, 1824. wo 1 .011 )09 .011 )S0 .011 )64 .014 )47 .012 il4 .022 155 .015 t06 005 )51 005 319 012 >88 019 S47 Oil )87 016 )54 010 661 on 687 oil 678 012 516 (III 589 012 908 012 887 j Oil 675 809 H32 [)48 , BGO 828 »9 . 351 )00 J984 UUl Temperature of the Atmosphere, rfgistered e»ery two hours. Maxi- mum. Mini- mum. Mean. + 5 + 5 + 8.5 +10 1+12 - I - 8 + 2 + 8 + 10 + 4 + 8.5 - 9 + 5 + 8 - 5 - 8.5 - -14 -12.5 - 3.5 - 6 - 2 + 1 -10 + 7 +17 + 10.5 + n + s o - 4 + 1 + 4 + 4.5 +- 1 - 7 -18 -17 - 1 +■ 8 - 4 -IS -11 -14 + 8 -17.5 -14 -18.5 -81 -8S -17 -18 -19 -15.5 -28.5 -26 +• 7 - 8 - S - 8 +17 -86 - 1.17 +• 2.98 + 5.28 +- 7.08 +- 9.50 - .1.51 -1.S. 18 - fi.25 +■ 4.62 +• 5.58 + 1.18 -11.04 - 9.79 - 6.29 +■ 5.08 -1.S.21 -11.89 -l.S.Ol -18.04 -19.48 -11.96 -1.'!.54 -IS. 08 - 6.8S -16.92 -16.18 + 18.12 + 1.98 + 2.00 - 2.46 .Lil:l - 4.996 Pbxvaiuno WiNns. Direction. Velocity. East. 8.E. S.E.b.E. S.Easterly. A.M.S.Ey. P.N.S.W N.W. A.M.N.W. p.iw.Er Round the Compass S.Easterly. S.E. A.M.E.S.E. p.ni.N.N.W. N.W. N.N.W. Easterly. S.Wcsterly. N.W. N.W. N.W. Round the Compass A.M. Ey. p.M.Wy. Westerly. Easterly. E.S.E. Easterly. E.S.E. S.Easterly. E.S.e. S.Easterly. E.S.E. A.M.S.Ey. P.M.N. S. Westerly. Light. A.M.L'. P.M. Fresh. Strong. Moderate. Moderate. Moderate. Light. Moderate. A.M.L'. P.M. Fresh. Fresh. Light. Strong. Fresh. Moderate. Moderate. Moderate. Moderate. Moderate. Moderate Light. Light. Light. Light. Fresh. Light. Light. Light. Light, M(xl., with .itmni; aqualls. Moderate. Light. Moderate. PREVAILING WEATHER AND OTHER REMARKS. Overcast. Hazy ; latter part squally. Hazy; drift. Overcast; drift. Overcast; squally. Overcast. Fine. Hazy ; frequent squalls and drift. Hazy. P.M. Heavy squalls. Hazy, with drift and heavy squalls. Hazy, with snow. Much drift ; clear overhead. Clear. Clear. Hazy ; occasional squalls and small snow. Clear. r Clear; orraaional ii(|uallii. Aurora brilliant in the morning about [ 45^ aliove the horizon. Clear. Aurora faint in the W.S.W. at night. Clear. Clear. Clear ; hazy at night. Clear; occasional drift. A.M. Clear. P.M. Hazy; wind variable. Hazy. Clonr. Aurora to the Southward at night in faint arches. CiMr f hitT atiilght. Aurora fonnlnR an irT«f{uUrarrrromS.H.S.toN.W.b.N'. ; mmetiinn Ter? brllllanl. with prnrillMl rajt hhootinf towardi Ibfl ZvnlUl, wen all A.M. Hai.r, with ilrlft. At 7 A.M. Dm Auiora faint from E.S.E. to N.N.W. Clear. Hazy. Ditto. GrNKRAi. RiMAIKK. — In the monthly almtracts precnlinir Ihia. the height of the Merrnrial Column in that repsteretl liy a mitrinr Haromeler by .lones fXivfiU). which on examination in Ixmdiin hiiil t)et.n fonnil the moat aceurnte of the marine B.ironietert* aitpnlied. The ttKips lM.inn now frojen up ami free fmm iiiniion. a mountain Baronteter. by Newman ( No. HO), which Mr. Daniell had examinetl and lerommentletl hn a Mtamlard, waft employed iii,.r''ad; and three weeks' contparative obnervationH were made of this imitniment with 614, in order to aaeertain their ditferencen. Hy tbe.se it waa fountl that the marine barometer always stoo.! lower than Ni>. HO; the mean daily dilTerenee is ahewn in the foreffoinir abstract, indieatinf a mean eorrertion of -f. .012, which li«j, ni'i'iinlin^ly, l>een added to the obaerYations reeiatered in the Abitrai'la from .luiie to ItctoTxr inclusive. With a view of aseertainiUff, if ]H)Msible, the norary oscillations of the Merctirial ('oliimn, the Baninieter was more fretpiently registerftl during the winter months, aelectins^ the houra particularly rt*comnieuded for this purpose. The abstracts will best shew the result of these ol)aervalii>ns. The changes of the Barometer dif' not appear accompanied by any correspondent change either in the dejcree or direction of the wind, or in the actual stJite of the weather. A much Kreater proimrtion ol^ easterly and south-easterly » mils than is usual in the winter of Iheae latitude.,, prevailed throughout November, ■rconipanie 1 itenerally by overcast liaty weather. Thii was, perhaps, occasioneil by local circamatancrs all«de 18 .877 .895 .901 .887 .840 .840 .773 .779 .849 74.0 »J IS .853 .853 .958 .979 .TO. 067 80.066 30.189 30.185 30.005 72.2 1 #» 14 30.160 30.196 30.805 30.207 .285 .883 .882 .890 .286 7S.7 » 15 .332 .339 .395 .895 .481 .414 .400 ..395 .386 72.4 1» 16 .368 .880 .S16 .896 .253 .848 .178 .159 .875 74.7 »» 17 .089 .087 .039 .035 .084 .030 29.973 29.968 .031 71.2 1 >» 18 89-902 89.891 89.863 89.825 89.810 29.769 .711 .705 39.809 68,7 »» 19 .665 .660 .575 .587 .584 .528 .498 .491 .567 71.2 fl 80 .561 .530 .553 .556 .641 .656 .717 .757 .685 71.7 » 81 .827 .833 .818 .838 .853 .856 .917 .916 .856 67.0 ! »» 88 .941 .953 .958 .962 .943 .951 .917 .908 .948 69.7 i » its .909 .904. .909 .908 .910 908 .917 .916 .910 69,3 [ l» 84 .839 .896 .880 .881 .854 .855 .850 .843 .870 71,, 1 l» 85 .861 .851 .911 .90? .948 .977 80.018 30.016 .936 74.0 1 » 86 30.046 30.078 80.087 30.078 80.084 .TO. 089 .080 .074 80.076 68.7 1 )» .-37 .063 .062 89 978 29.975 89.907 29.889 89.884 89.800 89.938 70.3 : If 88 89.745 89.744 .676 .649 .686 .625 .603 .578 .656 69.7 ; »» 89 .568 .594 .680 .638 .788 .788 .819 .777 .685 71.2 »» 30 .791 .788 .780 .788 .788 .716 .728 .718 .741 71.« • » 31 .711 .730 .735 .736 .780 .749 .782 .780 .744 75.0 1 Mbans . 89.8726 89.8767 89.8789 89.8687 89.8693 89.8695 29.8663 89.8551 89.8689 + 72,1 PRESSIJRK of tht- ATMUSPHERE as obaerved at DIRECTION of the WINDS. | 3 A.M. 4 A.M. 9 A.M. 10 A.M. 3 P.M. 4 P.M. 9 P.M. 10 P.M. DiirlnKllie Month. Number o f Dsya at ' Mai. Mill. InchM. 30.368 89.491 Inrh 1. 30..'i80 89.481 Inchn. S0.3BS 89.S15 Iiichti. 80.3US 89.598 Inchn. 30.421 Inches, 80.414 Im-hn. 30.100 99.493 Inches. S0.3i)5 29.491 Inrhn. 30.421 89.481 N. N.E. K. S.E. s 3.W. W. v.w. Uouml thi- (:«)in)itM 89.584 89.588 ! Mean 89.8736 89.8767 89.8789 89.8687 29.8693! 89.8695 29.8663 29.R55I 89.868S 4 ' IS H n ' 4 8 1 2 1 Pf 'If 'i; m METEOROLOGY. 17 lOARD HIS lean of r hoars. nchei. 0.145 100 19.713 .599 .958 .917 .657 .570 .780 .670 .699 .849 0.005 226 386 275 .031 9.809 Mean i Terapprn. I ture of ; fhp Lower U«k. fi9.7 I 78.3 73.7 73.7 72.7 . 71. () ! 73.5 I 75.0 [ 73.7 ; 75.0 i 71.0 72.3 I 73.7 72.4 I 74.7 ! 71.2 fi8.7 ; .567 71.2 1 .625 71.7 1 .856 67.0 .943 69.7 .910 69.3 1 .870 71. S 1 .936 74.0 1 10.076 68.7 !9.938 70.3 .656 69.7 .685 71.2 ; .741 71.2 .744 75.0 i i9.8689 + 72.1 lie WINDS. lyt at W. W. U N'.W. Round tht MAJESTY'S SHIP, HECLA, at Port Bowen, during the Month of December, 1824. Temperature of the Atmosphere, Pbevaimko Winds. registered every two hours. PREVAILING WEATHER AND OTHER REMARKS. .Mssi- mum. Mini- mum. Mean. Direction. Velocity. -11 -20.5 -16.12 S.W'T. Easterly. Moderate. Clear. Aurora faintly seen in the morning. 16 21 18. .'?7 S.Easterly. Moderate. A.M. Clear. P.M. Overcast. 12 16 14.25 Northerly. Moderate. Hazy. i 16 20 18.17 Northerly. Light. Hazy. ! 20 24 21.58 : Northerly. Light. Clear. 11.5 22 18.17 E.S.E. Light. Clear. 4.5 1 12.5 9.25 N.Eabterly Very light. Clear; wind variable. ; "O 19.5 13.83 Nly. Easterly. Light. Clear. At 7 P.M. a meteor was observed in S.S.W. 1 7 31 15.25 E.S.E. Light. Clear. At 6 P.M. a meteor seen to the northward. ' 9.5 20 15.58 Round theCompass. Very light. Clear; hazy about the horizon. 6.5 14 11.13 N. Westerly. Moderate. Hazy, with snow-drift. i 5 17 10.58 Easterly. Light. Overcast. ' 12 23 20.01 S.S.W. toN.W. Light. Clear, partially overcast; wind variable. 23 26.5 25.29 N. Westerly Moderate. Clear. Between 5 and 6 A.M. several brilliant meteors seen. 26 34. 5 30.54 Westerly. Easterly. Very light. Clear. 30 35 33.81 E.S.E. Light. Clear. At 7 A.M. the aurora was visible from E.S.E. to W.S.W. 25.5 31 27.96 E.S.E. Moderate. Fresh. Overcast. 18.5 26 92.08 S.E. Strong. Hazy; heavy snow-drift. IS 17.5 14.83 S.Easterly. Strong. More Mod. Hazy; much snow-drift. 14 28 19.51 II S.Ely. Northerly. Light. Overcast. The aurora borealis was frecpicntly seen In those 25 33 29. 17 ; Round theCompass. Very light. Clear. five days; sometimes brilliant, and forming well- 25 SO 86.67 ; N.E. to S.E. Light. Clear. ' defined ares, wit' rays shooting tawards the 25 33 30.04 ! Easterly. Light. Clear. zenith, and at other times appearing as a lu- 11 30 17.88 i i:asterly. S.W'J. Light. Overcast. J minous blotch or cloi.d. 14 26 20.58 '1 S.Easterly. Light. Clear. 1 22.5 27 25.71 Easterly. Moderate. Clear. 12 32 16.93 E.S.E. Fresh. Overcast; much snow-drift. 8 11 9.31 E.S.E. Fresh. Overcast; heavy squalls, with much drift. 8.5 16.5 11.79 E.S.E. Fresh. Moderate. A.M. Heavy squalls. P.M.Clear. 9.5 16 13.39 E.S.E. Moderate. Overcast. 11 22 11.21 E.S.E. Light. Overcast. - 4.5 -35 -19.05 1 General Rrnark.s. — Much flue weather, with light and moderate breezes, occurred in December. The general prevalence of easterly and soulh-eastrrly winds continued, and was probably to be attributed to some local moditlcation of their true direction. Two experiments to ascertain if any moisture existed in the atmosphere were made in the course of this month, with Mr. Oaniell's hydrometer ; but none could be detected. On the 2 1st, the wind beini; light from the northward, with a perfectly clear sky, llie iiislrumi-nt was exposed until both thermometers indicated the temperature of the atmosphere, which was — 30"; and the freezing mixture (muriate of lime and snow) being then applied to the covered ball, tiie ether soon became fro/en, and the thermometer immersed in it indicated — 46°, without the sliglitcsl appearance of deposit. Mr. Foster repealed this experiment on the 85lh with very similar results, the temperature of the atmosphere being then -25°.5, with calm and clear __ weather. c 4' 1 '■^% \C>\ 18 APPENDIX. ii 'K ABSTRACT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL kept on BOARD HIS 1 DATE. 1825. MOIJ STAIN BARC A. )METER, No 80, corrected for TEMPERATURE, NEUTRAL POINT, and CAPACITY. Moan M. P. M. Mean of 34 hoars. TcrnpiTv 1 ttire of 31'. w 9K lOh. S". 4^ 9\ lOh. the Ijiwft 1 January 1 Incha. 39.835 lacha. 39.833 Incbn. 39.854 InchM. 2^.861 Inchn. 89.889 InchM. 29.893 InchM. 89.984 InchM. 89.988 Inchn. 89,875 + 70 •1 2 .971 .973 .975 .969 .965 .958 .985 .927 ,959 69 1 ij a .917 .931 .934 .915 .920 .919 .90S .900 ,916 71.5 II 4 .853 .960 .763 .742 .638 .604 .510 .489 ,694 68.5 ji 5 .455 .446 .438 .419 .453 .449 .458 .450 ,415 1 72 II 6 .431 .438 .404 .384 .367 .871 .486 .449 ,409 69 j 11 7 .501 .548 .598 .996 .634 .636 .641 .605 ,691 1 68 7 1 II 8 .548 .533 .480 .479 .488 .484 .470 .4.S9 ,490 6C.7 i» 9 ,400 .385 .469 .481 .581 .614 .755 .781 .559 67.,'» 1 II 10 .913 .932 30.030 30.017 .30.073 30.086 30.156 30. 169 30.041 71 1 II II 30.833 30.837 .882 .874 .350 .353 .282 .190 .841 : 69.7 II 13 .142 .111 .180 .100 .078 .074 .014 .007 .085 G7.5 II IS 39.911 89.917 29.798 89.796 29.705 29.680 29.576 .569 29,718 71.5 >i 14 .534 .530 .486 .477 .490 .484 .630 .580 ,536 j 70 : II IS .618 .638 .691 .701 .786 .803 .830 .824 .737 ; 69.2 It 16 .843 .811 .636 .887 .845 .810 .811 .827 ,838 70.7 1 II 17 .806 .808 .760 .738 .735 .719 .698 .691 ,71.1 69.5 ! II 18 .668 .669 .675 .657 .661 .654 .618 .643 ,660 63 ' II 19 .674 .660 .676 .707 .782 .725 .741 .739 .700 , 69 II 30 .703 .703 .687 .601 .583 .496 .411 .403 .533 66 1 II 31 .311 .310 .330 .331 .338 .337 .385 .835 .333 68.5 ! II 33 .334 .353 .358 .878 .444 .451 .489 .490 .413 f8 JI 83 .575 .576 .620 .618 .711 .733 ,757 .769 .672 70.2 ■ »i 24 .831 .833 .882 .877 .910 .913 .986 .934 .889 66.7 i II 25 .948 .933 .918 .908 .891 .888 .863 .854 .899 ei.'i : II 26 .836 .838 .809 .807 .791 .798 .831 .835 .818 65. y II 27 .658 .859 .861 .854 .938 .981 .937 .934 ,895 69.5 ; ♦1 28 .960 .958 .911 .939 .868 .851 .890 .886 .911 69.2 : ,, 29 .905 .903 .898 .896 .913 .91! .943 .968 .916 70 II 30 30.017 30.025 30.060 30.069 30.098 30.096 30.074 30.060 30.063 ej.2 •1 31 .035 .039 29.918 29.9,39 29.936 29.938 29.910 89.940 89.989 67 Mb A MS . 89.7010 29.7660 29.7580 29.7511 29.7614 39.7599 89.7677 89.7617 89.7613 + r9.l3 PRES SURE of the ATMOSPHEP LE as obaerred at DIRECTION of the WINDS. 3 A.M. 4 A.M. 9 A.M. 10 A.M. 3 P.M. 4 P.M. 9 P.M. 10 P.M. DnrinK the Month. Number of Days at Mat. Min. InchM. 30.333 89.331 Inclm. 30.837 39.310 Inch*. 30.883 8l\S30 Inches. 30.274 89.881 InchM. 30.250 39.328 Inehn. .W.853 39.337 Inchn. 30.328 S9.335 InchM. 30.190 29.SS5 InchM. 80.388 89.331 N. N.E. E, S.E. s. S.W. W. I Kond <.\V. U» Mean 39.7610 89.7660 89.7580 39.7541 29.761 1 89.7599 39.7677 29.7617 89.7618 3 Si 18 u 3 3 .' It' METEOROLOGY. 19 BOARD HIS VIean of 14 hoars . Inchps. 9.875 .959 .916 .694 .415 .409 .691 .490 .559 10.0 1 i 241 085 fc9.7J8 .520 .737 .838 .743 .600 .706 .533 .333 .412 .672 .889 .899 .818 .895 .911 .910 i0.062 !9.989 (9.7612 h« WINDS. Mean \ Tnii|»tv I ture of : the Ldwpr ' Ued. I 1 + 76 69 71.5 68.5 72 6a 68 7 6C.7 67. » 71 69.7 67.5 71.5 7U 69.2 7U.7 69.5 69 69 66 68.5 r» 70.2 66.7 67.2 65.9 69.5 69.2 70 I 6J.2 ' 67 , + r9.i3' ijraat w. w. N.W. Itdonl 3 1 3 MA.JESTY'S SHIP HECLA, at Poet Bowen; during the Month of January, 1825. Temperature of the Atmosphere rfjfistered every two hours. Pbivailino Wihoi. PREVAILINO WKATHER, AND OTIIKIl IlKMARKS. ' M««i- 1 maui. Mini- rattm. Mean. Direction. Velocity. ' . -22 -2T -24°. 17 Easterly. Light. Clear. 25 28 26.62 E.S.E. Light. Clear. 26 S2 28.62 ■ Easterly. Moderate. Clear. Aurora faint to the Southward. 27 .32.5 29.58 Round the Compass. Light. Clear ; wind variable. 31.5 36 83.54 Easterly. Light. Clear. 27 ' 32.5 i 21.5 34 35 32 31.92 33.87 28.46 Round the Compass. Easterly. E.S.E. Light. Light. Moderate. Fresh. Clear ; hazy in horizon. I Clear. Aurora brilliant in the W.N.W. al G I'.M.; seen taiiitlj- [ hU the evening. Cloudy J latter part squally, with much snow-drift. ! 20.5 24.5 82.42 E.S.E. Strong. Hazy J heavy snow-drift. , 25.5 36 31.54 E.S.E. Moderate. Clear. 35 38 86.87 N.Easterly. Light. Clear. Aurora forming an arc from S.l'.. to N.W. 87.5 39 38.08 Easterly. Light. Clear. Aurora rather Hright in the iiioming. IS 38 21.04 Round the C^ompass. Light. Overcast. 15 SO 18.08 S.Easterly. Fresh. Overcast; small snow falling. 1 20.5 27 25 20 28 31 S3 25 25.67 29.58 28.29 21.92 Easterly. E.S.E. E.S.E. E.S.E. Light. Moderate. Fresh. Strong. Clear. Clear. Overcast. Clear. The Aurora seen fre()uenlly iluring these days, having a tendency to form arcli'cs ; (jcncrally from S.E. lo • S.W. : it was sometimes observetl to shoot out brilliant pencilled ray>, and sometimes vivid co- ruscations towards the leuilh. 11.5 19.5 17.67 N.Eost». S.Eostr. Strong. Light. Overcast. 20 27.5 24.17 Easterly. Light. Clear ; wind variable. 25 31 28.50 Northerly. Fresh. Overcast and scjually ; dense fog from half-past 2 till t P.M. 2.1 31 27.58 Northerly. Moderate. Hazy. ; 23 82. 5 27.83 Northerly. Moderate. Hazy, and squally. i 31 88 ■36.21 E.S.E. Light. Clear. 1 " I 25.5 i 24 42.5 42.5 29 40. IS 38.00 26.50 Easterly. Easterly. N.Westerly. Light. Light. Moderate. Clear. f Clear; a breeie from the W.S.W. at H P.M. brought a denw fog. \ whiih cleared away on the wind changing -.ooii after. Clear. 22 37 30.37 N.Westerly. Light. Cloudy. Aurora faintly seen. 1 " 31 38.25 N.W. Moderate. Hazv. i 25 32 26., 37 N.Easterly. Light. Hazy. ' SO St 31.50 E.S.E. Fresh. Hazy, with snow drift. j -M.5 -42.5 -28.914 Grneral Remarks.— Clear and fine weather prevailed during the greater part of the month of January. A preralence of easterly winds was alto observable as in the preceding; months, and seems to leave no doubt of their having been influenced by local causes. A very slight depression of the Mercurial Column was observable on each occasion that the wind became fre&li ; but several of the changes uf ihe Barometer occurred without any material alteration in the state of the atmosphere, Mr. Daniell's Ilyifromeler was twice tried during the month. On the 8d, the temperature being —30°, and the instrument subjected lo the saiii. processus before, the ether froze without producing any deposit; the wind at this time was light from the eastward, ihe sk\ perfectly clear, eiceptinsj lo the westward, where n dense hiize indicated the vapour arising from open water in that direction On the 2tlh, the temperature of the atmosphere — 3.^°, the sky clear, with the exception of a few thin clouds near the horizon to the eastward, and the wind light from the north, the Experiment was repeated, and when the ether became froaen, the ther- mometer immersed in it, indicated —50', without the slightest appearance of deposit on the coloured ball. ''$i:H ^-1 .1 c a r ' ;: li i^ 1 1 '' J! =' •' i' !i Pi-- - ii 11 • fiii „ I ■ i" ■ ( ■ f if [ I* \ % 90 APPENDFX. ABSTRACT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL kept on BOARD HIS DATE. 1895. MOUNTAIN BARO.METKR No. 80, corrected for TEMPKRATLRK, NKUTHAL POINT, and CAPACITY. | A.M. P.M. Me»nof' 34 honn. • Inches. 4". Inches. 5''. ?''. 101'. llh. 3h. 4''. 5''. 9h. 10^ llh. Inches. Inches. Inches. Inrhes. Inches. Inches. Inches, Inches. Inches. Inches. Inchss, ! Feb. I 29.952 29.956 ; 29.954 29/941 29.938 29.9^1 29.952 29.945 29.950 29.968 29.956 29.968 29.350 i „ 2 .SO. 030 80.037 ' 80.048 30.089 30.119 30.137 30.227 30.289 80.268 30.386 30.340 30.351 30.185 „ 3 . Sii.'J .426 .409 .460 .410 .451 .452 .468 .482 .441 .411 .489 .4S8 1 . 152 .453 .417 .360 .341 .840 .256 .224 .204 .076 .069 .038 .269! 5 29.982 29.900 29.882 29.792 29.760 29.751 29.681 29.674 29.645 29.595 29.567 29.568 29.729 ., 6 .517 .509 .515 .528 .488 .448 .473 .470 .473 .509 .•502 .507 .491 ; „ 7 ..533 .535 .580 .562 .577 .591 .635 .648 .662 .725 .782 .7.83 .622 .. 8 .771 .783 .779 .796 .802 .809 .822 .815 .821 .854 .865 .874 .816 9 .926 .945 .910 .973 .964 .983 .80.045 .80.039 ,80.057 30.116 30.111 30.118 30.0!» „ 10 30.l8i 80.188 .80.189 SO. 211 30.200 30.216 .228 .230 .287 .281 .225 .224 .214 ,. 11 .289 .246 .215 .211 .217 .251 .259 .260 .256 .250 .231 .230 .216 ,. 12 .210 .198 .197 .1.5 .118 .121 .07 4 .037 .023 29.962 29.916 29.915 .07fi ,. IS 29.871 29.850 29.829 29.759 29.718 29.708 29.660 29.644 29.6.83 .606 .594 .587 29.705 « 11 .58 J .fOI .602 636 .644 .655 .708 .709 .747 .746 .749 .740 .677 ., 15 .7.53 .760 .758 .757 .755 .752 .756 .771 .786 .790 .792 .797 ,769 i „ 16 .825 .888 .887 .826 .822 .824 .831 .886 .826 .811 .796 .787 .821 , ,. 17 .784 .717 .710 .659 .643 .630 .618 ..597 .597 .586 .580 ..586 .638 „ 18 .602 .609 .608 .608 .608 .618 .645 .660 .666 .700 .706 .712 .645 „ 19 .728 .717 .737 .743 .758 .756 .7.52 .759 .765 .799 .797 .787 .760: „ 20 .798 .796 .801 .790 .786 .779 .751 .757 .746 .721 .717 .708 .763: „ 21 .692 .692 .fi8.S .688 1 .685 .691 .727 .784 .750 .770 .760 .753 .719 „ 22 .7fiO .777 .772 .791 1 .798 .813 .883 .898 .90 4 .920 .921 .913 .816 „ 2S .910 .896 .895 .891 .883 .811 .768 .760 .761 .647 .733 .731 .80S „ 2» .735 .730 .718 .789 ! .791 .790 .828 .8.80 .837 .856 .858 .858 .801 „ 25 .980 .941 .951 ,996 1 80.006 30.014 80.004 30.085 80.095 30.105 30.115 80.100 30.029 „ 26 80.096 .•<0.075 30.049 .997 j 29.967 29.926 29.899 29.902 29.880 29.827 29.808 29.804 29.9.?5 » 27 29.856 29.856 29.852 .853 1 .819 .867 .861 .869 .877 .888 1 .896 .834 .868 ,. 28 .951 .971 .984 30.006 30.001 30.005 .80.029 30.031 80.019 29.990 1 .966 .957 .993 Means 29.8921 29.8988 29.88.10 1 29.8889! 1 29.8788 29.8811 29.8864 29.8890 29.8899 1 29.886.5 29.8835 1 29.8S12 23.8867 PRESSURK of the ATMOSPHERE as observed Bt 1 3 A.M. 4 A.M. 5 A.M. 9 A.M. 10 A.M. 11 A.M. 3 P.M. •1 P.M. 5 P.M. 9 P.M. 10 P.M. U P.M. .Monlh. , Max. . Inchn. SO. -152 Inches. •80.153 Inehet. 30.417 Inches. 30.460 Inches. 30.440 Inches, 80.451 Inches. 30.452 Inches. 30.468 Inrhes. 80.4.82 Inches, 30.441 Inches. 30.441 Invhea. 30 . 489 Imhn. '■ 8').I68| Min. . 29.517 29.. 509 29.515 29.528 29.438 29.448 29.473 29.470 29.478 29.509 29.502 29.507 29,438, Mean . 1 29.8921 29.89S8 29.8890 29.8880 29.8788 29.8811 29.8864 29.8890 29.8899 29.886.5 29.8835 29.8812 29.8867' - H 4 f METEOrtOLOGY. 91 \ I BOARD HIS CITY. 11''. Mean of 24 honrt. I Inchei, InclM. 29.9R8 21). 350 j 30.351 SO.IM' .139 .4S8 .038 .269 29.563 29.789 .507 .491 .733 .622 .871 .816 30.118 SO.OJs .224 .2M .230 .216 29.915 .076 .587 29.705 : .710 .677: .797 ,769 .787 .821. .586 .638 .712 .645 .787 .760 .708 .763; .753 .719 .913 .816 .731 .80S' .858 .801 80.100 30.029 29.801 29.935 .8DI .868 .937 .'J93 29.8S12 29.8867^ 11 P.M. lliirinjthf .Monlb. ^ 1 liichM. 30 . 439 In.litt S').I68; J 29.507 29.4S«i )5 29.8812 29.88(;T^ MAJESTY'S SHIP, HECLA, at Port Bowen ; during the Month of February, 1825. Mean Tnnpe- ratare of Temperature of the Atnio-phere, regiatered every two houri. PBEVAILlXa WlllDt. PREVAILING WEATHER AND OTHER REMARKS. i the lower deck. Maxi- mum. Mini- mum. .Mean. Direction. Velocity. +68.3 -81 -36 -32.87 E.S.E. Fresh. Overcast ; drift. 66.5 35 40 38.29 , E.S.E. Light. Clear. Sun seen from the hills for the first time. 66.5 25 39.5 33.12 E.S.E. Fresh. A.M. Clear. P.M. Hazy. 67.7 18 27 22.83 . E.S.E. E.N.E. Fresh and siiually. Hazy; clear at times. A meteor S3en N.E. at 7 P.M. 1 68 21 25 22.96 Northerly. M >derate8(|ually. Overcast. 71.7 13 20 15.83 1 N. Westerly. Fresh. St|ually. Hazy; snow drift. 68 16 29 21.50 Northerly. Light. Clear. A meteor seen N.W. at 1.40 A.M. I 70.7 28 89 38.54 Easterly. Lip'it. Clear. i 70 37.5 SJ .18.17 Easterly. Lig.t. Clear. 1 70.3 31 38 35.96 N.E. Lifiit. Clear. 68.7 85 34 30.00 Easterly . Light. Clear; occasional haze. Aurora seen at night. 67.5 8 20 12.54 E.S.E. Fresh. Ovei ast. 70.3 10 22.5 14.00 Easterly. N.W'x. Moderate BO, tially. O rcast. 69.7 22 3i.5 25.79 N.W'J. Easterly. Moderate. Occasional lu j 66.5 29 31 31.12 N.Easterly. Light. Overcast. Aurora borealis faintly visible on 1 67.7 22 37 32.50 Easterly. N.W'y. Light. Clear. ec--: h morning of these days. 1 69.7 1 15 23 18.25 W.N.W. ■ Light. <->V; -. • ast. 1 67.7 26 34 28.96 Easterly. Light. Cleat. 68.3 27 40 33.25 Calm. Light. Clear. 68.2 37 42 89.42 1 N.N.E. Light. Clear. 65.0 85 45 40.35 Easterly. Light. CItir. 66.5 66 69.7 29 25 25 86 2S 28.5 31.92 26.46 26.71 E.S.E. Easterly. E.S.E. Light. Freshand squally. Strong. Occas'. Hdze. CJear. Overcast. .\uroni aeen faintlr on each night, anil on the momini of the g3il it presented a brilliant and wellHletined arch with uumen>U!* bright spots ur nebulee. froui which vivid corusca- tioni shot towards the lenith 70.2 27 82 ,10.37 Easterly. Moderate. Clear. 69.5 8.5 26 17.17 Easterly. Fresh. Overcast. 66.5 8 IS 10.17 Easterly. Light. Hazy ; small snow. 65.7 9 32 20.92 Easterly. Light. Hazy. +68.25 - 8 —45 -27.32 DIRECTION of the WINDS. G; ' isKAL Remarks. — In the Meteorological Abstracts for the three months pre- 1 cf.i^- ig this, it may be observed that ahhough the horary oscillations of the Barometer 1 jic ■xtremely minute, the Maximum and Minimum pressure appear to incline rather to t^e hours of 4 and 10 than to those of 3 and 9. With a view, therefore, of pur- 1 suing this investigation further, the Barometer was also registered at the hours of 1 5 and 11, during this and the two following months; the abstracts themselves will Number of Days at N N.E. K. S.E s. s.w W. N.W. Calm. S 2 18.1 1 2i 1 best shen during th { without a the result. Mr. L is month, at the t ny deposit being o taniell's Hygrom emperature of — iservable. eter 390 was again tried on two occasions and — 28°.S, and the ether frozen llii ■ I -4 H n u , r! 4 ■ 22 APPENDIX. Il»: 9.i's I!; lis" ,!|f l|i Hi ' if If i ABSTRACT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL kept on BOARD HIS DATK. 1825. MOUNTAIN BAROMETER, No. 80, corrected for TEMPERATURE. NEUTRAL POINT, and CAPACITY. »>. A.M. P.M. Mem of 24 hoiin irpste jjuuanin. 1". Sh. 9h. lOh. 11". 3". 4". 51'. 9". 10". 11''. Min Mnic li 1 Incbc 2U.9IS InclM. 89.988 Incha. 89.910 Inchn. 29.945 Inchn. 89.951 Inches. 29.975 Inrhe*. .10.053 Inchei. 30.081 Inchn. 30.181 InchM. 30.157 Inches. 80.177 Inchet. 30.181 Incbn. 31). OSS i -ii — . ., 2 ."JO. 889 30.310 30.383 SO., 178 80.373 30.378 .397 .398 .393 .363 .358 .351 .35J t« „ ,S .304 .884 .867 .134 .119 .080 89.935 89.931 89.910 29.857 29.850 29.850 ,014 i$ „ 1 21). 861 89.877 29.865 29.895 89.891 89.894 .932 .932 .985 .903 .895 .886 i 29.81)6 J7 n S .871 .886 .899 .949 .953 .960 30.089 30.030 SO. 0.15 .10.041 30.033 30.023 .971; «C >» 6 .981) .981 .964 .981 .909 .913 .019 .078 .lis .889 .2.19 .249 SO, 053 JO it 7 S0.S09 30.382 30.326 30.319 30.296 30.886 .849 .831 .886 .173 .157 .142 , .25 J S2 tl 8 .108 .109 .095 .098 .093 .080 .103 .102 .106 .121 .137 .12J .lUfi 21 >l 9 .159 .174 .174 .807 .207 .805 .843 .241 .256 .288 .882 .290 .111 il f* 10 .321 .382 .329 ..158 .346 .358 .401 .406 .409 .441 .441 .I3J .S81 22 If II .161 .472 .475 .508 .491 490 .434 .473 .166 .443 .117 .11 1 .162 23 If 12 .S75 .354 .136 .263 .212 .221 .151 .135 .109 .077 .055 .038 ,11)6 il If 13 J9.9fifi 29.972 29.9.'59 89.9:12 29.919 29.918 29.901 89.896 89.897 29.81)8 89.886 29.886 23,91;) 21 »l It .889 .888 .8!:>a .865 .861 .848 .852 .851 .860 .885 .836 .90.5 ,H74 2! II 15 .972 .983 .988 30.034 30.033 .10.083 30.069 30.077 .10.088 30.100 30.099 30.108 31) 019 18 II in .w.isg SO.ISI .10.1,50 .139 .138 .141 .096 .083 .1)81 .039 .033 .022 ,101 iS II 17 .011 .019 .087 39.999 29.984 29.989 29.980 89,978 89.988 89.961 29.961 20.968 29.98.' 21 II 18 29.961 89.966 89 . 960 .983 .977 .067 .967 .969 .970 .933 .919 .900 ,956 II l» I'J .881 .890 .883 .813 .797 .767 .774 .754 .717 .725 .710 .709 .781* IS.S II SI) .r96 .703 ,710 .709 .708 .723 .708 .711 .703 .658 .635 .624 .fiJI 20 It 21 . (i.0 If 27 .265 .867 .217 .803 .199 .192 .176 .166 .163 .120 .182 .122 .187 9 „ 28 .122 .135 .125 .138 .186 .188 .10, .105 1 .090 .079 .077 .051. ,107 IS ff 29 .069 . 1)67 .071 ,081 .078 .076 .106 .098 1 . 108 .113 .112 .108 ,091 18 II Si) .115 .114 .119 .105 .094 .082 .066 .043 .035 .085 .085 .031 ,071 16 H .11 .0,37 .056 .066 .084 .083 .083 .093 .092 .090 .068 .069 30.1019 .066 .1)71 21 Mbans . .30.1011 .10.1103 ,1I),|0irm(t)t' ^1 ; ■ Intlm. , ^H 10,. -11)8 ^ Muiimtim Inehrl. 30.175 tnckw. .10 . SU8 Inrhm, .H).I9I tttchft. 30, lUO Imhf.. ,io.iro Imhi,. 30.4 11 Ntrtk. 1 If.l. Minimum 29.636 89,651 20.618 2',).709 89.708 89.723 29,708 89.711 89.701 29 . 658 29 , 615 8J.62i { 29,(194 I Mean 30.1011 .10.1103 30.1088 .10.1101 30,1011 30.1088 Ml). 1095 30.1105 .10.1070 .10. 1080 SO. 1019 1 30.1025 9U.I07I) 1 « k ; I METEOROLOGY. Hi BOARD HIS CITY. Mean o( U". a* ben Inchea. 80,181 .SSI 89.850 .886 30.02S .949 .U2 .|2J .I'M) .J3J .tn .038 29.886 .90.5 30.108 .032 29.068 .900 .709 .an .98,1 30.SI9 .324 .37 J .387 .2J1 .122 .0M> .108 .031 .066 fnchn. S0.U3S ' .33J : .014 89.8%' • 9761 so.oss! ■ Hi . .m< ■m\ ■m I ■ 162 I .196 j 29.91i(| .«4| 30.048 j .101 I »9.98,'> I .956 j .788 .6.'1 .7m SO.IW .3101 .3761 ( .391 I .snj .167! .107! .091 ! .071' .071' 19 .3O.I02.'» .1(1.107' II p M I''!""!'''! " '■"■ I \l..tiih Imhn. I InthM. , .1l).43;» t .W.JUfl 8J.n2l ' 29,624 I 30.l02.t Su.l07'i MAJESTY'S SHIP, HECLA, at Port Bowen; duriug the Month of Mabch, 1885. Tempersture of the Atmoapliere, rrfislered everjr two hours. Mmn Teiniirra- ture of 1 thr I^nrer Deck. I'SCVAILINa WlRDK. PREVAILING WEATHER AND OTHER KE.MARKS, jluinim. Minimum. Mesn. Direction. Velocity. -« e -44 -81°. 46 + 66 Round the Comp. Light. llaiy. IS 47. .5 42.96 66.7 E.isterly. Light. Clear. ts 40 89.89 65.7 Easterly. Fresh, Ilury ; drift. 17 35 »\.?.d 66.7 Easterly. Light. Clear. »G 33.5 29.33 68.7 Westerly. Light. Occasional haze, and small snow. JO 39 89.58 64.3 S.Westerly. Fresh. Hazy; snow-dril't. a 89 35.29 65.8 N.Weilcrly. Light. Hazy. n 33 88. 3T 67 Easterly. Light. Hazy. u S3. 5 87.92 67 Easterly. Moderate. Clear. Aurora bright in the S.W. at night it 36.5 .30.08 64.4 Easterly. Light. Clear. a 38.5 81.01 66.8 Easterly. Light. Clear. ii it 87 86 38 38.81 80.46 88.29 66 61.5 69.7 Easterly. Easterly. Easterly. Light. Light. Light. Clear. Clear. Clear. Aurora in the morning forming > bsnd of bright light ps- . niliel to the horiznn, and about 46° alwrc it, betwreo W.N.W. nnd S.W. 18 88 27.62 64.8 N.We»terly. Light. Clear, occasionol hnzp. !S 28 85.50 67 N. Westerly. Fn>sh. .Squally and orercint. i\ 27.5 81. .18 69 N.W. Strong. Uvercast, and much drift. II 29.5 83.01 67.8 N.W. Moderate. Occasional haze. 15.5 85.5 81.50 68 S.Westerly. Light. Hazy; wind variable. 20 27 82.89 69 W.N.W. Fresh. Hazy, with drift. 90 29 82.33 69.8 N.W. Light. Hazy. 16 37.5 89.17 67 Easterly. Light. Clear; wind variable. io 38 80.46 68.7 Easterly. Light. Clear. 23 40 88.50 65.6 Easterly, Light. Clear. it 48 88.54 65.2 Easterly. Light. Clear, occasional hoze. 20 29 93.92 64.7 N.W. Fresh. Overrasl.nnd s<|iinlly. 9 27 18.00 67 N.Wr. N.E>. Mod. Light. Hazy ; clear. 13 :<2 98.75 67 Easterly. Light. i;iear. 18 so 83.12 68.7 Easterly, Light. Clear, occasional haze. 16 38 84,98 67.9 Easterly. Light. Clear. 21 35 88.71 67.7 Easterly. Light. Clear. 1^ -47.5 -88.175 + 66.43 1 1 JlUKCnoN of Ih* W1N!«. (ItKtSiti. RuMAKiis.—'nM- minimum temperiiiuri-iif thi> winlir ( - 47, 5)umurr«iliia thi* SI (»f M.'in-h ; nnd ftif nieiit triuppmliiri' nf Ihr month i. 4-t wistst. 1; " t ii i ^i . I' ^ i iSli II' 24 APPENDIX. ABSTRACT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL kept on BOARD HIS DATK. 1834. MOUNTAIN BAROMETER, No. 80, rorreoted For TKMPERATURE, NEUTRAL POINT, and CAPACITY. Mean of iiUour,. Inchn. ■■50.009 t Temperatiir A.M. P.M. reguKreJ ^ 4\ 5h. 9h. lOh, 11". 3". 4''. 51'. 9''. lOh. 11''. 1 1 mam. 1 April 1 Inchrt. .30.049 Incho. ,10.047 Inche*. .10.0.15 InchM. 30.039 InchM. 30.084 Inchn. .10.015 Inchn. 30.010 Inches. 99.998 Inchc*. 39.988 Inchn. 29.966 'nche». itf.967 Inches. 29.957 ■ 1-30 „ 2 29.941 29.943 29.9.18 29.907 39.901 29.889 39.881 .879 .875 .853 .812 .838 39.891 i -17 _ .. H .826 .838 .812 .708 .754 .749 .73i .730 .729 .726 .709 .703 .755| -11 _ „ 4 .710 .728 .730 .782 .788 .731 .763 .771 .776 .812 .814 .820 .739! -11.5 _ ,, 5 .849 .857 1 .867 .907 .903 .908 .965 .973 .986 30.081 80.031 .10.031 .943; _17.5 _ tf 6 .10.068 .10.085 30.087 SO. 085 30.092 .10.090 30.101 80.104 30.096 .081 .072 .062 3O.0S5[ -19 _ „ 7 .048 .053 1 .040 .030 .029 .033 .033 .038 .038 .053 .056 .058 .0)21 _1« - ,, 8 .101 .117 .137 .174 .106 .177 .209 .213 .323 .213 .213 .345 .l»? -11 - „ 9 .347 .366 .363 .848 .349 .348 .336 .331 .837 .237 .830 .338 .240 -9.5 - ,, 10 .340 .341 .314 .845 .313 .3tt .337 .316 .815 .163 .133 .119 .211: 1 - 6 _ II .130 .119 ; .140 .184 .177 .187 .833 .237 .318 .260 .851 .353 .JOI \ + 8 _ „ 13 .333 .210 .214 .185 .165 ■r .014 .151 .101 .088 .081 .071 .065 .ORO .!.« + 19 ■\ If 13 .0,10 .039 .010 .027 .030 .013 .054 .066 .068 .060 .035 .011 + 4.5 - ,. 14 .083 .095 .101 .106 .100 .111 .153 .150 .157 .159 .154 .150 .I!?. - 6 _ ., 15 .143 .116' .1.17 .110 .101 .133 .103 .089 .081 .066 .053 .013 .100! . 5 _ 10 .055 .063 .051 .064 .066 .063 .096 .106 .107 .186 .132 .130 .m +11 H 17 .138 .112 .1.15 .III .133 .136 .1,10 .138 .157 .166 .151 .161 XA +11 - 18 .197 .198 j .195 .198 .199 .191 .190 .180 .187 .155 .143 .140 .181 + 9 - 19 .ISO .141 .131 .088 .074 .063 .010 .038 035 .009 39.999 39.983 .05 J + 4 - 30 39.980 89.991 39.9HI .003 .003 .011 .041 .058 .060 .113 30.118 30.117 .OW + 1S - 31 .10.1^5 80.187 .111.183 .334 .388 .356 .391 .896 .,108 .356 .346 .317 .sc 1 +?0 + 33 .sr3 .368 ' ..176 .348 .353 .373 .371 .366 ..161 .316 ..104 .386 M ! +80 - 31 .318 .809 .100 .075 .040 .004 39. U7^ 39.961 89.958 39.913 89.91S 39.907 .(IJ! Ifll H 34 39.885 39.887 39.883 39.87'J 39.867 39.876 .870 .873 .881 .886 .879 .887 ■ti.m 1 + 7 H 35 .896 .896 .900 .910 .914 .931 .9,17 .934 .9.19 .951 .945 .950 m +14 - 30 .938 1 .968 .976 .995 .991 .998 SO. 1130 30.0.15 30.011 ! 30.0«9 30.065 .10.079 ;tii,iii; + 9 - 87 30.097 30.110 3.1.113 30.133 ,10.117 .'.'0.115 .135 . 130 .117 .111 .105 . Wi .IIS +l» . 88 .103 .III! .091) .077 .076 .077 .079 .066 .067 .063 .053 .0.51 .0'! +11 - 39 Mil .080 1 .0118 89.980 89.974 39.971 89.963 89.963 89.971 89.994 .008 .006 i^m 1 +14 80 Mkans . .088 .035 .050 .10.067(1 .10.100 30.097 .10.096 3(1.161 SO. 156 80.174 .10.179 .178 .187 .1(1. i» + 7 - Si). 06.19' 30.0697 1 ,10.0653 1 .11.0591 1 80.0010 1 30.0698 .10.0681 80.07131 30.07.19 30.0065 80.0619 Kl.ltMT +»0 ■ 1 illvaHURK ur U.. A i'.\IO SI>HKRK».ol».rrv»U 1 11 P..\l SA.M. 4 A.M. BA.M. SA.M. 1 19AM. Iiiihn. 30 . .153 II A.M. 3 P.M. IlKhn so.;i7l 4 I'.M. Imhr.. S0..n:6 ft I'.M 9 I'M lui'.M. ii,.i». H . ■ Ma« . Inchn. 30.. 163 litrhrt. IihIii>« .10.168 ;tll..-<76 liiilm so . .1 IN llHhM. ,10.. 'i7! lit! Im"i 30.361 hit hv*. .10.. 156 In.hn. .10.^46 Inrhr.. S0.3»7 M. Mm. • 39.710 V9.738 89.73C 39.7.13 89.738 89.7.11 39.738 99.730 39.739 39.780 30.709 89.708 < 39.T(i< H M.an . .10.0639 .10.0697 .10.0670 .10.0653 80.0594 SO.OAIO 80.0698 30.0681 1 30.0718 $0.07.19 80.0665 .10.0619 ,1(»,"'V 1 >i METEOROLOGY. 25 m\ n BOARD HIS ?AcrrY. 67 12 09 14 SI 72 56 ts 30 39 51 i6S 100 54 SS 122 51 I4S »9(»7 09 29.702 2!».70r )6r.s so. OR 19 9D.v"r. MAJESTY'S SHIP, HECLA, at Port Bo wen ; during the Month of April, 1885. 1eta\i6T»uiTe of the Atmosphere r(ji»t*red every two houM. Mean 'IVinpt'- T-Mve of tht, jwer deck. PlCV.VIMNO WlNIIII. PREVAILING WEATHER AND OTHER REMARKS. .M»ii- 1 main. 1 Mini- mam. Mean. Direction. Velocity. l-«o o -37 -29.58 . +66.2 E.S.E. Moderate. Clear. -17 -36 -27.75 70 1 li.S.K. Moderate. Clear. j-11 -.■41 -23.08 65.5 1 r.astcrly. Light. Ila/y. ,-11.5 -3» -23.67 65 2 Easterly. Light. Hazy. |-I7.5 -36 -28. Jl 66 Euatt'rly. Light. Clear. j-19 -36 -28.25 66.5 E.S.E. Light. Clear. j-12 -.35 -25.01 66.6 ICast. Light. Clear. ;-ii -29 -20. 8S P6.2 East. Fresh. Clear. 1-9.5 -26 -16.79 67.7 East. Moderate. Overcast. 1 - 6 -19 -10.67 61.5 E.S.E. Slroiiif. Hazy; iimth drift. !+« - 5 + 2.46 65 E.S.E. Strong. Hazy; heavy s(|ualls and much drift snow. 1+19 + 5 + 12.99 66.7 E.S.E. Moderate. Hazy and stjually, with drift. 1 + 4.5 -11 - 1.19 65.7 Easttrlv. N'>. Moderate. Frpsh. Hazy ; latter part si|ually, with drift. - 6 -14 - 9.5J 65.2 N. Westerly. Fresh. Hazy and squally. - $ -14 -10.12 68 Norlhcrly. Light. Hazy. +11 -17 - 1.83 64 Wosterly. Light. Clear; wind variable. +11 -14 - 8.99 66.7 Round tlieComp. Light. Clear. !+9 -14.5 - 2.71 65.2 I'kslorlv. Light. Clear. + 4 -12 - 1.71 66 E.SE. Moderate. Clear ; hazy at times. + IS - 1.5 + 6.(57 67 E.S.E. Fresh. Hazy and M{tially, with snow and drift. +20 + 3 + 10.87 67.9 E.S.E. Fresh. Light. Cloudy, with snow and drift. +20 - 9 + 8.08 68 E.S.E. Light. Hazy. 1+11 + 8 + 6.87 69.2 NorlluTlv. Moderate. Hazy, with snow. 1+7 + 1.5 + 3.17 6r..5 Westerly. Moderate. Hazy. 1+14 + 1.5 + 6.92 65.2 N. Westerly. Light. Hazy. 1 + 9 - 6 + 9.91 61 Westerly. Light. Hazy; small snow. + 19 - 9 + 8.54 63 8. Easterly. liight. Hazy; small snow. +11 - H 3.67 . . S.Easterly. Light. Hazy, with snow. + 14 - 9 + 0.96 . . E.S.E. N.W. Light. Clear. + 7 - 9.5 + 2.91 • • Westerly. Light. Clear ; occasional haze. +W -37 - 0.496 +66 UIRKCTION ..f the WINDS. Namber of 0»ji •! N. NK. K. 8R. 8 8.W. W. N.W. Rniinil the Compsu. »J 18 9 4 »* 1 • d 1: iii, ■;i^ . 1 1 26 APPENDIX. w !'• ;' 1 1 n^ 1 'u 1 til • It I i s \ ; \. ABSTRACT. The mean result of six months' observations, in whicli the barometer was registered at the hours of 3, 4, 9, and 10, are here collected into one table; and in a second table is given a comparative view of three months' observations, in which it was registered at the additional hours of 5 and 11. On reference to these tables, it will be seen that the geneial tendency seems to indicate high barometer at four o'clock, and low at ten in the morning. The evening tide, though less regular, is also highest at four, but lowest at eleven o'clock. The changes, however, are in themselves so extremely minute (amounting only to the hundredth part of an inch), that a sudden alteration in the atmosphere causing the barometer to rise or fall I'apidly on any one day, is sufficient to introduce an anomaly sensibly affecting the mean result of a whole month. COMPARATIVE VIEW of the MEA\ PRESSURE of the ATMOSPHERE at the Hours of 3, 4, 9, and 10 a.m. uiitl p.m., during six successive Months, \Hi\-'it^. DciINO Tils MOKTII .MKAN 1'RES:*IMIK of the ATMOSI'lIKHK at ISSt. November December 1825. Jiinuary . February March . April Means 3 A.M. InchM. 2U.891S 29.8720 29.7GI0 29.8921 30.I0C1 30.0fi.S9 39.9817 4 A..M. 9 A.M. Iiichet. 20.8990 29.8707 29.7608 29.89S8 30.1103 SO. U 697 Inchn, 29.8986 29.8729 29.7580 I 23.8889 30.1101 so.on.vi 10 A..M. 3 P.M. 99.9359 1 lie ties- 29.8971 29.8687 29.7511 29.8788 30.1011 30.0591 Inchefl. 29.90C7 2 J. 8693 29.7614 29.8864 30.1095 30.0698 29.9383 29.9270 29.9338 4 P.M. 9 I'.M. !• P.M. Irchei. 29.9037 29.8695 29.7yJ9 29.8890 30.1105 .30.0681 29. 9 33 1 Iiirhei. 29 . 8',I7 1 39.8663 29.7677 39.8865 30.1080 .30.07.S9 39.9.338 liichM. 29.8909 89.8551 29.7617 39.8635 30.1049 30.0665 29.98T1 COMPARATIVE VIEW of the MEV\ PRESSURE of the ATMOSPHERE at the Hours of 3, 4, 5, 0, JO, and 11 a.m. and p.m., during three successive Months, ls2j. Dt'RINO nil Month or I'ch. Mar. April MKA\ rnK."*SURK of Ihn ATMOSPHKRK m oh.prved Rt 3 A.M. InchM. 29.8921 .30.1064 .30.0639 4 A.M. InrhM. 39.8038 30.110.i .30.0697 5 AM. Inrhn. 89 . 8H;)0 30 . I08H .30.0670 9 A.M. 10 A .M. Inrhn, 2i 1.8889 .30.1101 .30.0653 II A.M. Inclwt. InchM. 29.8788 29.8811 311.1011 30.1028 30.0594 30.0610 3 P.M. InrhM. 29.8864 30.1095 30.0698 4 P.M. 5 P.M . InchM. fnchn. InchM 89 . 8890 . 89 . 8899 , 29 . 8865 9 P.M. 10 P.M. U P.M. .30.1105 30.0681 30.1079 .30.1080 30.07121 30.0739 Ini'hvt, 29.88.35 SO. 1049 30.0665 InchM. 29.8818 .30.1085 30.0049 -^ m\ METEOROLOGY. 27 ABSTRACT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL kept on Board His Majesty's Ship, liECLA. at Port Bowen ; during the Month of May, iKti.). DATE. 1825. May 1 . 2 Mi)l|NTAlN lUUDMKTKK, No. 80. Corrt'i'tei tor 'I'lMiip.. NiMUr:il Point, an. fvvry two hour». TiMnppriitiire of the ^!<»all AtIuo^plll'r^', rHi;i>tered ln',,inpo. rilnre oftlie Moan. '■•"'■•''■ .M:i\i- muin. Inchtr*. 30.145 I 29.900 j .744 ! 30.. 51 5 .653 .402 .227 .062 29.856 .825 .30.039 .039 .COS .059 29.970 .865 .697 .536 .971 30.416 .258 .112 29.953 30.017 29.719 .959 S0.S96 . 10.5 29 . 895 .815 .833 Inchet. o 30.191 i-t-11 29.972 ,; .727 ! 30.201 i .659 ,, .507 '■'■ .295 .107 ': 29.945 '1 .849 , 30.007 I .055 ij .058 i .112 29.988 li .932 I .717 ' ..78 I .777 li 30.983 ! .S63 I . 1 .55 29.970 ' 30.018 29.862 .807 30.225 ' .110 I .108 : 29.838 .826 i 11 8 IS II 36 25 28 SO 21 Mm.. Min . 1 Mmii ;i A.M. litchM. so. 62 1 99.583 .30.0590 9 AM ,30.675 29.S9S 30.0511 30.683 99 . 5 17 » P.M InchM. .30.053 29.SS0 ll»riii(lh« .Munlk. iKhn. ,30,683 2,) , 536 30.0528 .30.01 12, 30.0508 Mini- lint III. PmivAii.i.vu WiNon. - S + 2,5 + 3 - 3 - 7.5 + 1.5 f 6 l+Il 1+13.5 + 3 9.5 + I 17 17 2S.5 33 23.5 20 25 23.5 SI S6 91 22.5 2,S 27 SS S7.5 sg 26 SI. 5 SI + I + + 1.5 + 15 + 11.5 + 17 + 17 + 17 + 16 + 1S.5 + 17 + 16.5 + 7 + IS +21 + 22 + 23 f2i +2t + 96 Meanii .30.0520 SO. 0511 «0.U528 ,30,0112 30,0.5081 39 PRK88IIRI; of thr ATMOSPMKHK •< obMrvpJ m :i P.M ■I r + S°.I9 4 6S.3 5.88 i 58.7 5.58 '\ . . 4.81 . . 3. 10 13. S3 16.04 19.25 22.29 11.00 6.29 8.25 I 1 . 02 17.75 23.27 18.50 21.96 21.17 20.21 20.08 22.33 21.01 20.. 50 10.87 2 1 . 50 27.25 26.75 31.87 23. 8S 28.71 SO. 23 01 58.8 57 57.3 58.7 59.7 58.2 .59 55.7 58.2 58.7 58.3 58.7 56.5 60 CS.' Direction. N.Wr LCnstprly. ESK. SW. s.s.w. N.Wj. UoundComp li). Wi. Vclmity. I.«. Fi'. Frrsll. I.i-ht. Light. Lisht. (.i^'hl. Light. PRKVAILINO WEATllKlt r'louily. (,'lei»r, overcast, & »nu!illy, lluzy, wit!) ilrin. Cloudy. i:Uur. I Hazy. ; (Moiiily. i lla/,y ; donsf dr.' ovvv land. : llnzv.andcoiiiitunt anuw. E'. N.W>. 1.'. r''. I IIuzy,sniallsno« .fnpiallN. - 7.5 ' + 17.65 ,1+59 NE>. NW>. I'-. L'. N.W). N.WJ. N.Wr. ii.r. N.W> N.\V». EX. NT. N\ N,EJ, N.E>. N>, Eaiterly. E.S.E. E». N». N.Euslcrly. I'rt'sli. Modcrutc. Modi'ratc. l.ichl. Light. Light. Fresh. Moderate. Moilcratc. ModtTale. Light. I'lfsh. Orercasl and s. iViT) light.' Clear. North, rly. Mod rate. : Cloudy. N'. W». : Light, j llazy.und .hhiuII miow. Southerly. I Light. Ovetrust. Southerly.] Li^lit. Overcast, with »now. I !*.F.asti'rly.' Slmng. 1 11 i/jr. with muih unuw ilnft. l'..S.i;. ' Sir. Mod. 1 lluzy ; latter |)art fine. Easterly. Llj(lil. Cloudy. nillKl HON of lh« WINDS NumlxTorDsysal N. N,K, K, 8R. 8. A.vt w. N.W.I S S H 1 s > 9 u (IKNUIAI. HKMAKKS. Miicli OTprrs.l wrstlier, willi f.illinj fhow. orrMrrr' '.lno'iichaut lh» innnih of Mn». 'Mif lliromrtrr, whifh row* mpMlly on Ihr 4lh. ittliiinril on Ik* Aih «nut>iiniiiii kpi||ht of Ull.(M,'tiiirhr», bring highri Ihsn ■! »nj farmrr ptriod of thin voyn(c. _ ^i. "n s<'i 28 APPENDIX. i , l> ABSTRACT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL kept on Board His Majesty's Ship, HECLA, at Port BowEN ; during the Month of June, 1825. datk. MARINK BARUMETKR, No. 514, Corrected and reduced to Mouulaiii Barometer, No. 80. Toiniierntiire of the AtHio»iihere, rp({i^tered every two ho«r». PbEVAILINO WlHDS. PREVAILING WEATHER. A. M. )'. M. .Me.%n or 24 hours. Maxi- OMUI). Mini- mum. .Mean, Direction. Velocity. 182.1. Sh. 9". 3^ 9". JlllU- 1 Inchm. 29.828 Inchei. 29.798 Inctief. 29.786 Inrhes, 29.791 IncliM. 29.801 o + 42 o + 26 + 32.46 N>. Wx. Light. Overcast. 'i .828 .881 .899 .978 .895 39 25 39.92 N.W. Moderate. Cloudy. ;< .'?0.02fi .10.116 .10.121 10. US .10.(196 12.5 23.5 33.46 N.W». Light. Fine and clear. ' .097 .117 .117 .091 .106 36 25 81.83 E.S.E. Moderate. Fine. 5 .091 .IIS .170 .191 .150 15 25 35.20 Easterly. Light. Very fine. .116 .08o' .000 29.918 .037 18 27 36. (!7 E». N.Wr. Liglit. Fine and clear. ., 7 29.850 29.8.'.7 29.8S3 .782 29.8.10 15 32 36.29 Easterly. Moderate. Overcast; rain in the afternoon. 8 .750 .781 .766 .8JU .771 47 33 .16.86 Eusterly. Moderate. Cloudy, occasional rain. 9 .805 .801 .76.5 .761 .781 41.5 S2.5 36.42 E.SE. Light. Cloudy. ., 10 .757 .751 .77,1 .792 .769 37 31 33.79 S.Eastcrly, Moderate. Overcast, occasional snow. .. II .801 .715 .652 .665 .716 35 30 .12.50 E,S.E. Fresh. Constant enow. ,. 1« .751 .819 .89.) .879 .813 43 81.5 85.35 S.Wcsterly. Moderate. Hazy ; with snow. .. IJf .910 .909 .911 .952 .928 38 30.5 33.06 8.W. Light. Hazy ; with snow. ,. II .965 .999 SO. 027 .10.016 ,10.002 41.5 27.5 35.21 Southerly. Light. Cloudy. „ 14 30.0J2 SO. 03 3 29.965 29.960 29.998 40 23 S!.92 Easterly. Moderate. Fine and clear. ., 16 29.918 39.913 .971 .966 .957 12 31 ,17,96 E.S.E, Moderate. Overcast and cloudy. ,. 17 .971 .970 .982 .10.000 .981 47 .11.5 38.83 Easterly, Light. Cloudy. „ 18 .996 SO. 057 SO. 083 .082 ,10.051 45 32 38.35 Easterly. Light. Fine. „ 19 SO. 01.1 29.987 29.310 29.1)21 29.073 11 32.5 37.58 S.EV, S.Wy. Light. Fine. ., 21) 29.909 .926 .929 .937 .925 40.5 33 35.92 Easterly. Light. Variable winds, and cloudy. ., 21 .902 .8fiS .876 .956 .809 ■ 41 SI ,16.51 N.Easterly. Moderate. Mn/.y, thick fog in the ofBng .. 22 .855 .890 .H81 .861 .872 44 35 38.17 .19.50 S,Wpsterly. [,ight. Cloudy, with fog. ., 23 .86.1 .86S .922 .978 .905 4 1 1 36 Northerly. Moderate. Clear. .. 21 922 SO. Oil .10.06:) 80.050 30.036 11 : .14 .18.25 K.Wi. Light. I'lcar itnd flne. „ an SO. 060 .057 .010 29.998 .010 1 42 32.5 S7.99 Westerly. F-ight. Fine. ., 2r> 20. 950 29.907 29. 8 -.2 .81,9 29.878 43 32 37.12 Westerly, j r-iRlit. Fine, .. 27 .761 .787 .796 .768 .779 45 88 41.50 S.Easterly. Moderate. Cloudy, urnall rain in the afternoon. ., 28 .757 .7,10 .711 .609 .721 41 86 S9,'»5 E.S.E. Moderate, (Moudy. „ 2!l .651 . 58 1 . -02 . 101 .511 42 35 37,, S7 S.WeMeily. Moilernte. Villi illi', niihorcasional fog and rain. „ 30 .SIS .S57 .406 29 . M886 .110 29 . 88 10 . 870 99.8889 42 ■M7 35 + 28 .16,42 + S6.13 Southerlv. ■ Light Overcast, Mranh 29 . H890 29.8910 rilKSSIiIlK of the ATMi ."iPHKHK » .ihiierve.1 nl UIUKCTION uf the WINU8. j OKNKRAL REMARIU. The Khips heinj aitain fitted for nea, the preMHure of the atmosphere wsh rei(i«teretl bjr the Marine HHnmielrr(614), and a rur- rm'tu>n of UK ailded, to make the obverva liomi eomiiaifative with lho»e refinteml liy No. m. The Hnl rain full on the after uiMin of (he 7th of June, after which the •now ili»ap|>eareteri*U •-•very two liours. PRKVA!L1Ni> \ViK''». PRKVAII.INO WINDS an.l OTHKR KK.MAUKS. A..M. P.M. .Mean of 34 hours. North Latitude. West I.ongitU(le. ' Direction. Velocity. s.i:y. r.i-hi.'l s.i:>. Mod. Sh. 9". .1^ 9\ .Max. Min. Mefin. July 1 » 2 Inches. 29..S97 .364 29.386 .358 I nche*. 29.887 .170 Inchei. 29., 19 2 .Oil Inihe«. 29 . 390 .45.1 , 1 o 42 41.5 31 \- 37.58 87 Cloudy, with occaitionul snow and rain. S(iiully,\vith ruin and sleet. „ s .644 .083 707 .717 .088 43 38 37.75 w». r.ighi. ('loudy; occasional fog. .. 4 .707 .710 .720 .738 .719 1 87 34 31.92 W>. F.>iKlit. Cloudy; min iind fo);. « 5 .751 .770 .709 .821 .787 38 32 83.29 W?. f.i(;lu. Cloudy; occasional foi;. ., 7 ,. 8 .850 .819 .881 .836 .851 .907 .857 .819 .913 .852 .839 .910 .819 .817 .1)01 40.5 48 41 31 .16.25 82 37.07 38 85.58 Wj. Liplit. 1 Ovii'.foKnt'urtlu'lioiiz". U » 1 i;...|.ii! '■' occasional ilouiUiml fog «.. I'lslll.-; hamtinn over the hilU. w'y. ! r.ight. t'K'Hi-. ., 9 „ 10 • In Port Bowen. . .754 .882 .805 .880 .798 . 890 .788 .889 .766 .88'. 41 41 31 30.50 83 .17.92 s.\v>. Wy. Light. Clear and flne. , . , j < 'loar and tine ; occasional '''"'"•V thin clouds. ,. II » 12 ,. IS .906 .0.10 .834 .922 .877 .851 .9.19 .915 .810 .928 .901 .810 .921 .900 .843 11 41 47.5 85 38.12 87 1 10.08 .17 i 41.17 Wy. Light.' \V». I.iglit.[ N.W. LiK'ht. Clear and line. ('tear and line; occasional haze to the westward. I'ine. „ 14 .851 .874 .887 .870 .878 40.5 32 1 87.08 \V». Light. Fog, with showers of rain. „ 15 .808 .831 .817 .819 .840 41 .13 ' 30.12 Vs. Li','ht. Fine. „ 16 ,. 17 ,, 18 .781 .791 .811 .776 . 823 . S.-iO .7M .838 .818 .785 .812 .843 .781 .822 .815 41 IS 41 36 1 88.. 17 .16 40.50 3^ 87.58 Wy. N.Wr. Light. Lighl..( Light. Fog. Occasional fog and haze ; clear in zenith. Occasional fog and rain. „ 19 I .868 1 .875 .910 .955 .902 37 32 1 .13.92 N.M'r. Mod. Kine ; dense fog near hiiriion. » 20 7S 17 20 89 18 20 1 .9.10 .9,V.t .9.11 .891 .931 87 82.'. 15 N.M'. Light. Clear ; occasional log. .. 21 *7S 18 30 *89 10 15 i .880 .803 .919 .825 .879 39 30 35.. 50 N». Very L>. Fine; occa'.fogand haze. » 82 ♦ 7S 47 .SO *89 18 00 1 . 822 .782 .703 .CC8 .7j9 42 33.5 87.88 s.i:>. Mod. Il'uy; fog and rain at liiiie... „ 2S *73 40 .SO ♦ 88 1,'. SO .000 .0.1'^ .74» .091 .007 50 36 41.. 58 S.E Fresh. Cloudy. » 81 .. 85 *73 48 10 7» 27 15 ♦90 09 00 90 47 .■<5 .915 .900 .778 .917 .723 .970 .732 .977 .787 .951 40.5 35 .SI .16.79 85. H6 s.s.w. Light. I.i«:hi.{ Hazy; occa'. thick fog. Cloudy ; occasional fog ; latter part Hne. Cloudy ; constant rain. Overcast; rain occasion- ally ; wind variul.le. Kine; o ., 87 ,. 28 7S 08 40 7S 06 15 72 51 51 ♦91 15 SO 91 19 52 91 40 19 .9M1» .822 80.000 .910 .810 30.053 .870 .807 30.081 .811 .928 81.084 .911 .801 .10 051 39 I'J 44 .12.5 31 31 86.17 .19.. 17 .19.46 S.E>. s.w». Veiy L'. r.is'hi.< Ijiiht. ., 29 72 52 35 91 S8 45 .071 .070 .007 29.9'.I9 .051 40 32.5 .19.17 S.Wy. I.itchl. A.M. Cloudy. P.M. Fine. „ SOi ♦72 51 40 *91 42 0o{ 29.89.'i .719 29.8105 29.7^0 .717 iO.O.yy .088 .00 .59' 1 15 29. 7 .(9 .087 29.8170 .18.5 10.5 32.5 31 81.29 85.42 Ny. N.F». 1.'. V'<. Mod.] Ilaiy; heavy rain and sicel. Sipially; cloudy: occuional snow and sleet Mbani • • • 29.8140 29.82.10 29.81 50 80 37.29 I>RK.SSURK of the ATMOSHHKRK it> iibnerrnl at ifthe 1th. DIRKCTION of tl,c WINIW. (iKNKRAi. Ili:*iARKi.— Wetteily winds were more prevalent in July, prcvioui to our leaving Port liowen, than ut any fonner |k>- riod of our atay there; and the weather wai 3 AM. 9A.M 3 P.M. 9 P..M. l)n>in .Mo Nuinberur Day* at Max. Min. SO. 071 29. sot Ini'hn. SO. 070 29.S58 Inchci. SO. 081 29,387 Inrh«4. .10.081 29.892 Im .10. 29. J8I 158 N. N.K. K. S.K. S. a.w. W. N.W. Monn 20.8105 2'J.8U0 29.8230 29.8145 29. 8170 4 1 5 2 3 12 4 generally flne throughout the montli. \ '■'f1 80 APPENDIX. ABSTRACT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOLRNAL kept on BOARD HIS DATE. 1895. NOON. 11AR().\IETKR, Correeten[;irii(te, North. West. Mea. of 24 hours. 1 .sh. gii. 4 9". jTlMlipo' , tlte/\ir. ^. "'^ Temp.of thi'Air. Dew Poiul. Dill. Auff. 1 O t II ♦ 72 .50 ,5.5 9°l 43 24 Inctlet. 99.530 Jncliei. 29.564 Inchef. 29.610 Inclin. 29.651 Inchcf. |l 99,591 jl 38 31 7 88°. 5 80 8.5 2 1 ♦91 48 15< .663 .657 .660 .676 .661 : .37 34 3 .39 S3 6 3 j- 72 47 .13 J .689 ] .713 .743 .772 .729 ; SI .801 " .39 33 1 40 SS 7 4 I .788 .776 .811 .828 35 4 37,3 35 2.5 5 [• .804 .781 .725 .661 .743 , . . . . . , • • , .. 6 .6.39 .666 .696 .719 .680 . . , . . , , . . . „ 7 .7.JS .780 .776 .778 .769 37 36 1 35 31 1 .. « .7 50 .763 .777 ,807 .774 1 43 36 7 38 87 , 1 „ 9 .82 J i .798 .711 ,683 .762 : 41 33 8 . , . . 1 1 „ 10 .611 .010 .622 .661 .627 46 38 8 , . ,. 11 .680 .707 .719 .697 .701 41 38 3 38 36 2 ,. 12 .693 .715 .744 ,773 .731 37 34 3 40.3 32 8.S „ IS W2 46 ;i0 01 50 0.5^ .797 .8.39 ,869 .862 .812 . . , . . , , . . . » 1« .818 .818 .848 .834 .844 45 40 5 48 42 6 „ IS .805 .78. .752 .727 .767 . , . . . , 50 42 8 ' „ 16 .680 .662 .580 .518 .610 39 37 2 38 36 2 .. 17 .570 .703 .733 ,717 .681 .39 32 7 37 32 5 „ 18 .621 .569 .564 .604 .590 S4 34 .36,5 29 7.5 „ 19 .622 .595 .621 .614 .613 , , . . , . . . „ 80 .619 .575 ,527 .478 .518 . . • . . . . , . . • • „ 21 ,483 .4.11 .412 ,.387 .428 . . . . . . . . „ 22 72 4.5 19 ♦91 24 15 .381 .391 .132 . 153 .415 31.5 .30 \.f 34 31 1 3 ,. 2S ♦ 72 .i7 00 ♦91 52 00 1 .180 .535 .555 ..589 .539 ; 33 32 ' . . ,. 2« 72 .14 57 ♦91 .S8 00 1 .663 .681 .698 ,679 .681 1 33 32 1 34 32 1 » „ 25 ♦ 72 .« 00 1 ♦gi 19 SO .761 .831 .880 .900 .845 3.-! S2 1 31.5 31 1 0.5 „ 20 72 55 \:i ♦91 O'J 20 . 900 .90 1 .908 ,928 .910 35 28 7 , . .... .. 27 ♦7.1 10 SO ♦89 IS 00 .883 .787 .718 .668 .701 .32 31 1 34 SI . s „ 28 „ 29 j Neiir« I 7S 09 08 1 llArlHiiir. [ 8;t01 20.8J .613 .655 .6.30 .676 .650 .710 .641 ,735 .641 1; 85 .691 i . . 32 3 • • • ■ 1 • * „ SO * .7,35 .738 .712 ,697 .720 96. S 93 3.5 29.5 99.5 1 ,. SI 7S 10 15 ♦89 09 40 .611 .527 .429 .335 ,476 S.I 39 ' 30 ,1 > 1 (1 Mbans 20.6833 1 99.6854 99.6853 99.6795 29.6833 se.6 33.9 ,.< ST. 8 3.4 3.9 I'RK> StlllK of the AT ^lOSPHKRK a . 3 P. M. 9 obMrred at 1 Moiaturi of 111* Atmosphere. Mean Tempe- rature of theSea- W.ter. DI RECTIO Nof th . WINDS. 3 A M 9A.M P.M. 1 nrlng ilw Month. DanieU'a Hygntme er. Diir. Number of Da y. at Mai. Min. lni-hc«, 2J.U00 2'J.1«I InclMt. 29. S.I i 29..S9i vswos 29.113 Inrhn. 99.928 99.SS5 Inclm. 29.928 99.335 'IVmp.o (lie Air. o Dew Puinl. o 1 N, N,K, E, 8.E. !) .S.W. W. N.W. Calm. HoiMl llir Mean VJ.PiHS.i 29.fiH5l 29.fi85S 29.0795 9J.68S3 .36.95 31.3 3.65 ' 3 1.. 36 1 9 H I ■i 2* li •; I ! +0 |S9 141 '44 I 42 i" '38.5 1 37 !40 44.5 37 43 40 44 31. 40.5 34 44 37 48 38 51 39 48 35 38 30 36.5 28 36 30 3S 30 36 31 85 30 33 ! 31 34 i 32 33 29 42 29 34 < 28 30 S2 34 1 32 » 1 25 31 ' 29 51 , 25 Theo it did n than 11 ti reari, a METEOROLOGY. 31 MAJESTY'S SHIP HECLA, at Sea, during the Month of August, I82i • mOMKTKR. TEMPERATURE regintcred every TWO HOURS. Atmosphere. Uii. Mia. I +0 Ui I 17 + o 31 3t 34 84 S5 Mean. !38.5 i 34 :« U.i 43 44 40.S 44 48 51 48 38 86.5 36 36 36 .15 3.1 34 33 42 34 36 34 89 34 3.1 3S 37 40 31.5 34 37 38 39 85 SO 88 30 30.5 31 30 I 3\.S : S2 j »9 ' 28 I 3. I 38 ; 25 I 29 25 + 35.68 36.50 38.62 38.50 41.83 36.17 34.46 35.50 40.83 41.7,S 37.42 37.46 40.54 42.50 44.79 39.67 34.67 32.58 33.00 32.92 32.95 31.92 32.29 32.96 31.75 33.37 33.54 33.83 32.58 27.50 30.79 Sea-w»ter at Surface. Max. 35.77 + 31 31 31 32 S2 32.5 S3 32 S3 33 31 St 31 82 32.5 32.5 32 32 32 SI. 5 32 32 33 S3 3S 32.5 32 32 33 29 SI 34 Min. + 30 30 80 30 Sr, Si 30 SO 31 31 31. S 31 SI 31 31.5 31 31 SI 31 31 31 30. S 31.5 32 31 30 31 31 30 88.5 29 Mean. 30.45 30.58 30.67 31.04 30.96 31.79 31.25 31.17 .■<2.17 31.69 32.41 32.33 32.62 31.62 31.92 31.83 8 1.. 50 31.40 31.21 31.20 3 1. SO 31. SS .32.20 32.33 31.79 31 31.42 31.33 31.21 28.80 29.83 PaevAiLiNa Windi. Direction. 88.5 31.36 N.E. South. N, Easterly. N.N.E. N. Easterly. N.N.E. Northerly. N. Easterly. N.N.E. Northerly. N. Westerly. Northerly. Northerly. N.Wosterly. N.Westerly. W.N.W. S.Westerly. N.Westerly. N.Westerly. N.W. N.N.E. N.N.E. N. Easterly. S.WesiPily. s.s.w. S.Westerly. Westr. N.EastJ, N. Easterly. E.N.E. N.Easteily. N.E. N.Westerly. Velocity. Fresh. Mod, Light. Moderate. Fresh. Moderate. Moderate. Fresh. LiBhI. I.iglit. I.i4hl. Light. Light. Moderate. Moderate. Fresh. Moderate. Fresh. Strong. Fresh. Light. Fresh. Light. Moderate. Moderate. Moclerate. Light. Fresh. Moderate. Fresh. Moderate. Moderate. PREVAIMNO WKATIIKR, AND OTI "V RK.MARKS. A.M. Fine. — P.M. Hazy, with snow. Fine and clear. Cloudy. Clear. Clear. (Moudy ; ocrasional rain. Cloudy, with small rain* Cloudy. Fine and clear. Fine and clear. (.'loudy ; fug at times. Fine. Cloudy. Cloudy. Cloudy. Cloudy. Cloudy, snow, and sleet. Squally, with snow and gleet. Clear and line. Cloudy. Cloudy. Fine. Hazy. Cloudy. Cloudy. Variahic winds, fine. Cloudy. Cloudy. Cloudy, with squalls. Cloudy, and very squally. Cloudy, smnll snow. 'H>\ GENERAL REMARKS. The oscillations of the mercurial column were very small throughout this month; the only one, during the voyage, in which it did not reach the heiifht of SO inches. The mean tcmjierature of the atmosphere (35^77), is full two degrees higher than any foimer August in these latitudes; and a comparative view of the last three months, with the same months of former /ears, seeius to indicate a more than usually high temperature during the summer of 1825. APPENDIX. V^ if* I . it t ill MA ABSTRACT of the METEOROLOGICAL JOURNAL kept on B o.\ :r. RD DATK. 182 A. NOON. H\HIIM»TKH rorrei'tiHl fur ToinjwrHtiire, Neutral Point, nnil Capacity. UANIKLL-8 HYGROMETt A.M. P.M. .Mi'iin of 34 hnura. » A.M. 3 P..V. I^tituili*. North. UinKiniilp, Wet S'-. 9^ 3''. 9''. Temp. Dew Pt. Diff. Temp. o DewPt. Diir. Sept . 1 r'» o'l il) 1 o < /« 85 13 00 Inches. 29.297 IncliM. 29.183 Inrllat. 29.816 Inches, 29.211 Ini-tiet. 29.231 .11 88 8 2 73 5S !.'. 82 18 06 .292 .297 .320 .279 .297 33 3S S3 33 <) :i 7.t an i;: 82 .IS 00 .160 .160 : .151 .231 .175 31 31 S4 ,10 1 i 73 r,n 19 71 16 nr, .321 .131 1 .160 .522 .135 SI. 5 33 1.5 37.5 33 1.,^ 5 73 to OS 1 71 IS 38 .597 .623 .031 .689 .680 .19.5 33 6.S S8.S 33 S.5 6 72 '.r. OS j 65 31 31 .615 .633 .7.50 .851 .712 33 SS i 2 35 33 ■i T 72 27 5(. 60 1U OH .905 1 .028 .916 .973 .9.18 32.5 .985 ! 32 31 I.S 33.5 33 ».5 8 71 .58 IS 60 55 IS .959 .071 .987 SO. 031 S3 83.5 33 0.4 9 71 H6 II 60 05 '^8 30.023 .099 . 953 29.819 .956 .. 38.3 38 0.5 10 70 25 32 60 09 10 29.758 .ras . .568 .555 .686 36 88 II 70 IS 20 58 81 S8 .591 .759 .796 .821 .712 37 37 j 89 39 12 1 70 01 38 58 81 10 .781 .625 .17S .168 .586 38 38 : 13 70 IK 02 57 10 00 .789 30.011 30.107 30.138 30.011 88 38 ; 38 38 1) U 71 07 0.'. 38 86 10 ,'?0.216 .285 .129 .362 .298 38 35 3 38 35 3 IS 70 18 22 r,8 88 17 .355 .309 .252 .211 .-'89 37 35 8 S4.5 83 1.5 16 68 11 27 58 37 8H .265 .311 .325 .298 .898 82 32 S3 38 17 66 21 19 56 05 18 .811 .101 .151 .160 .187 38.5 33 0.5 35 35 18 66 08 OS 55 25 51 .186 .216 .188 .111 .171 85.5 35.5 .. 19 63 59 SI 55 11 05 .059 .060 .038 .068 .056 38 38 1 30.5 39.5 20 62 59 52 56 58 15 .060 .119 .120 .119 .112 41.5 41.5 48 37.5 4.5 31 61 19 16 56 OS 18 .071 .051 .033 .026 .015 1 .39 S8 1 39.5 S8 1.5 82 60 39 11 53 81 .50 29.988 29.958 29.853 89.778 29.890 1 87 36 1 38 S8 2S 59 18 44 19 06 18 .687 .633 . 150 .173 ..561 , 39 36 3 41.5 39 2.5 31 58 88 08 1 1 45 01 .526 . 195 .600 .699 .580 12 39.5 8.5 . . . 25 57 .58 32 11 21 19 .788 .671 ..565 .106 .593 .. . 26 57 26 20 13 58 19 .196 .053 88.840 38.913 .008 13 4S 48 42 87 58 28 16 18 50 23 28.959 .095 29.060 89.315 .082 jl 40.5 40.5 " 44 41 iA 57 06 87 .38 SI 10 29.862 .358 .130 .559 ..19H !! 43 4S 41 44 39 57 55 11 33 58 IS .661 .719 .717 .71.1 .711 . 47 S8 9 30 58 17 18 SI 40 48 .710 .695 .738 .691 .707 47 SO \ 8 48 40 8 Mbani . . . . 99.7188 89.7187 89.7338 8J.7198 29.713,5| 1 37.16 33.85 l.SI 1 38.81 86.3.1 1.98 PRESjS'IRK of Ihi ATMOSI'IIKRE u olm ervrd at Oaniell'i lljrgrumetcr. 1 .Mean Tfin|*rv turo nf the SeaWat«r at the Surface. DIRECTION of the WIND.^. Max. Min. 3 A.M. Inrh«i. SU.SSS 38. 9,^9 9 AM. Inchvi. .10.311 29.053 3 P.M. 9 P.M. UiiriDftthr Muiiili. .Mniotiirr of t .Vtllnl^|»;u•re. li« Number of Dayi at Inchva. 30.320 28.810 Imlm. 30.. 162 88.918 IncllM. .10.368 88.810 Teiiiji. of Air DewPt i>iir. N. N.K. K s.w .s. H.K. W. N .W.C»l.t Ihf lomp. o Mrnn 39.7123 89.7187 89.7338 89.7198 89.74S5 S7.18 S6.09 I.S9 S9.S8 u S SJ 1 5i 3 4* 8 num. • m I It ir.5 i.0.5 '31 I ; .M,5 JJ 1 1 10.5 >S6 i" ,n '» i" •iJ II. 5 28 38 .10 33 S5 33.5 38.5 12 32.5 .16 87 S7 35 31 32 33 as SI .17.5 10.5 38 JS.5 87 U 38 ii.i 39 U.i 11 a 11 a 10 a 43 " 13 50 42..' a 28 % ■■ METEOROLOGY. 33 pt on BOARD HIS MAJESTY'S SHIP IIECLA, at Sea, during the Month of September, 1885. ORUMKTKH. 3 P.V. Temp. DewPt. Diff. J 1.5 5.5 V ".5 0.5 0.5 S 1.5 4.5 1,5 9.S o 38 33 34 SO 3T.!i 33 !i8.5 S3 Hi S3 as. 5 33 S3. 5 33 32. S S8 SJ 39 38 38 ."iS 35 34.. 5 SS 32 32 85 35 39.5 39.5 ii 37.5 33.5 S8 38 88 41.5 39 49 44 41 47 48 38.31 48 It 44 38 40 36. 3S 1.9S be WINIXS. <»jt at w. N.W.'ciilm ihf 4i 8 TfoipiTSliir* of th« .Miiio-liliiT''. re(fi»tfrnl frrrv tuu hiium. I Us»- ■num- Mini- liium. 15 W « 5 I 32 , 1.1 j SO jjl.s] .33 j.1il.5 i S5 ,15 I :iS.5 SI 1 .S2.5 ' .M.S [ '« J5 I l.» 10 ;i8 jw.5 1 36 1 .11 !». ill 13 11.5 8S.5 \i ii.i U.i 11 15 45 j ,T^.5 an I S7 ■ 37 I 3.'. .SI Hi 32 as St .37.5 10.5 SK ."(7 .S8 ;i9 II II w 4.S 43 42.5 52 28 Mean. Tfinpcratiirc of Ihi- .SeaWntfr at .Siirfait. Maxi- nitiin. Mini- Ultllll. .30.92 32.87 31.67 34.90 87.50 31.60 83.80 33.50 .iS.50 36.07 38.01 .38.42 37.08 35.62 34.17 32.35 34.71 36.25 .39.04 41.29 39.25 37.71 10.21 11.50 41.58 11.92 12.62 44.08 45.04 46.04 38.5 81 36 38 3J.5 38 j 3H.5 :i7 37.5 37 .S» SH S9 43 43 48 4,'? 45 46 45.5 47 49 .',1 58 58 37.54 I 58 .SO 32 33 S4 31 34 38 87.5 35.5 86 3.* 32 36 37.5 38 41.5 42 42 48 44 41 45 46 48 19.5 50.5 Mi-an. r*ivAii.i>o WiKnu. Direction. 31.7 33.1 33.7 35.7 38 81.8 31.5 33 35.8 38.8 87.9 36.8 .36.9 84.6 32.8 37.1 .38.1 40.8 48.1 43.5 48.9 44.8 45.3 45.1 4fi 47.4 49.6 50.7 51.4 80 .39.58 Westerly. N.Easterly. Nly. Wly. N.W. s.w. S.Weiterly. Southerly. Southerly. A.M.S. P.M. K S.Easterly. S.b.E. S.Easterly. Southerly. Southerly. N.N.W. N.W.b.N. North. Easterly. E.N.E. i-Uksterly. N. Westerly. N.Westerly. N.N.W. N.N.W. N.E. N.l'-.. N.W. Westerly. West. Westerly. Velocity. Moderate. Moderate. Moderate. Moderate. Light. Moderate. Moderate. Fresh. Light. Mod. Strong. Fresh. Strong. Strong. liight. Moderate. Moderate. Fresh. Light. Moderate. Light. Moderate. Fresh. Fresh. Fresh. Light, Strong. Strong. Fresh . Fresh. Moderate. Light. PRKVAIUNO WKaTHKR AND OTHKR REMARK.'^. Cloudy. Hazy, occasional squalls and snow. I lazy ; snow. Clear. Clear and flne. Cloudy. Overcast and hazy. Overcast. Thick foggy weather. Thick, hazy, and rain. Hazy; heavy »i|uallt. ilazy, with rain. Hazy. Fine. Fine. Clear. Hazy. Cloudy, with rain. Constant rain. Cloudy. (Moudy. Cloudy ; rain at tiuies. Cloudy. Cloudy. Hazy. Thick, hazy. Constant rain. Cloudy, with ihowert of rain. Cloudy. Fine. Genbral IIbmarks. — ^The changes of position occurring throughout the month of September preclude any comparison with tbeohaervutions of former months, in a gale of wind which occurred on the a5lh and 26lh, the barometer fell rapidly as the wind incteaacit ; and b,' ,3*> A.M., on the 26th, stood at 29. 196 inches. The wind still continuing violent, the Barometer lM>gan to rise, but m u lew hours again fell considerably, and continued to fall till S** I'.M., when it had reached a minimum of 28.840 inches. Shortly after this, the gale began lo abate ; and the mercury, slowly ascending, reached 39 inches by eight A.M., on the 87th. Ftom liiis time, the weather gradually moderated, and the Barometer rose more rapidly. ' I n I mB;W i: wHjj ( s^^K ' ; - jMHv^f 1 ^ i^B' ^ k • H[;f II, .;' . I fl"' ACCOUNT OF THE CHRONOMETERS EMBARKED ON BOARD HIS MAJESTY'S SHIP, HECLA. Eleven chronometers were embarked on board the Hecla, of which seven were box, and four pocket, watches. Four of the box, and two of the pocket Chronometers were the property of Government, the others belonged to private individuals, viz. : Murray No. 816 Box beloni ;ing to Government. Lancaster >> 558 „ »i 11 Lancaster )» 566 „ »» » 11 Parkinson and Frodsham »> 888 „ n »» Parkinson and Frodsham n 483 Pocket » i» Arnold *» 8109 „ t) 11 Murray «l 618 Box (eight day) »i the maker. Henry Frodsham ■ •> 1 » (t »t Parkinson and Frodsham «• 859 „ »» Capt. Parry. Parkinson and Frodsham »» 510 Pocket ♦♦, Lieut. Wynn Arnold »1 8 „ - ' ' n the maker. The Chronometers were received on board on the Gth of May ; the error of each on mean Greenwich time having been carefully noted that day at noon, and annexed to a memorandum of their respective mean rates. They were suspended from the beams of the deck in canvass cots lined with green- baize ; the pocket watches, with the exception of 510, being occasionally taken on shore, or upon the ice, for making observations. Each day at noon they were wound up and compared, by Lieutenant Foster and Mr. Hooper. The ships having reached the Whale-fish Islands, in Davis' Strait, about the end of June, 1824, the rates of the Chronometers were then determined by four days' observations. No other opportunity of determining their rates !! ;:;N e 2 36 APPENDIX. Tl 1- 5* ' ' occurred until the arrival of the Expedition at Port Bowen, when observa- tions were immediately obtained, which were afterwards transferred by trigo- nometrical measurement to the meridian of the observatory ; and the mean daily rate of each Chronometer determined by further observations after a three weeks' interval. In Table I. is exhibited the mean daily rate of each Chronometer when first embarked ; the mean daily rate found at the Whale-fish Islands ; and also the mean daily rate of each, for three weeks after the Expedition reached Port Bowen. In Table II. is shewn the weekly errors and mean daily rate of each Chro- npmeter upon 816, which was employed as a standard or comparing watch* ; from which the actual daily rate, averaged in weeks, of each Chronometer upon every one of the others may easily be deduced. While the daily comparisons of the Chronometers served to shew any aberrations that occurred in the going of either, they also furnished the means of selecting those which had gone most steadily and uniformly, to be used in the determination of the longitudes. No8. 816, 228, 510, 1, 566, and 2, observed such uniform rates, that a mean between the rate sent with each, and the rate found at the Whale-fish Islands, was employed from the time of sailing until the 1st of July ; and a mean between the Whale-fish Island rates and those ascertained at Port Bowen, were assigned from the Ist of July until the Expedition reached winter- quarters. Nos. 518, 259, and 552 changed their rates so considerably, as to render a more frequent correction of them necessary ; and in order to effect this, a mean Greenwich time was deduced from the foregoing six Chronometers, and from thence the daily rate of each of these three, for the first week in each month, determined as follows, viz. : Chron. Daily rate when vinbarked. Daisy Ratr oii Ihr lir>l Wtrk m Knil)- Rate at I'urt Bowrn. IllDH. July. Auguit. HopUmber. No. 818 ,. 558 1. /. 0.5 t. 8.0 ff.8.98 «. /. . 838 g.S.OW y. 7.848 1, /. IS.4IU g. S.bu9 g. 7.J8T /. IS. 681 g. 7.88S !f 9.085 /. 18.680 g. 7.587 g. 9.880 1. /. IS.I7U g. 8. ion .9,10.868 * Thi» Chmnometer had gained the priie given by Government for the best-going Chronometer, oil twelvemonths' trial at the Royal Observatory, Ureenwich. CHRONOMETERS. 37 No. 518'8 acceleration of rate being principally betwec. the 12th and 18th of June, a mean rate between that found the first week in June and that with whic'i it was embarked, was employed until the 15th of June ; and a mean of those shewn the first week in July, August, and September, and that found at Port Bo wen, was its assigned rate from the 15th of June, until the end of the navigable season. The accelerations of 259 and 552 were more gradual, and their rates have accordingly been increased on the 1st of each month ; assigning to them fo? May a mean between the rate sent with them and the rate shewn the first week in June ; for June, a mean of the rates shewn the first week in June and the first week in July, and s*) on to the end of the season. Nos. 42^3 and "ilOy did not go with suffic-^nt steadiness to be used for the determination of the longitudes. In Table 111. is exhibited the weekly error of each watch employed in the determinaticvi of the longitudes upon mean Greenwich time, beginning witli the errors noted on the (Uh uf May, and allowing the rates deduced as above- mentioned, up to the 30th of September. The error of each watch upon mean time at the observatory at Port Bowen is also given for that duy, ;ind consequently the longitude of Port Bowen observatory by each chronometer respectively. The mean longitude thus deduced (hh° .55' OH'. I) is so near the longitude afterwards determined by celestial observations, as not only to render further correction unnecessary, but also to furnish unequivfjcal testimony to the excellence of these chronometers. On the 10th of December, 423 was accidentally let fall, by which its rate was so much inert ised as to render it v.ii.-erviceable as a chronometer for the remainder of the v>jyage. In consequence of this accident, and on account of 2109*8 rate continuing too irregular to be depended upon for making observations, an exchange was effected of this latter chronometer for C) 49, a pocket watch by Parkinson and Frodsham, also the property of government, and embarked on board the Fury. Numbers 2 and <)49 were employed at the observatory during the whole winter in making observations, exposed to the external atmosphere frccpiently for hours together, without any material alteration in their rates being produced by the vicidsitudes of temperature to which they were thus subjected. Table IV. shews the weekly error and mean daily rate of each chronometer upon mean time at Port Bowen, from the end of September, 1824, until the m '9 .1 Pis ^'. 38 APPENDIX. :i 14th of July, 1825, a few days previous to the expedition leaving winter- quarters. The stoppage of 552 during the months of May and June, was owing to a defective part in the chain, eventually preventing its going alto- gether. The other stoppages, including the letting down of nearly the whole of the chronometers on the 6th of June, were accidental ; but as there was nothing at this time dependent upon them, and no ill consequences followed, it is unnecessary further to detail the cause. The error of each chronometer respectively on Greenwich mean time, on the 14th of July, was determined by assuming S*" 55"' 39'. 24 (being the mean result of all the observations) as the absolute longitude of Port Bowen; and again on the 28th of August by observations at Neill Harbour, whose differ- ence of meridian from Port Bowen was ascertained very accurately by trigo- nometrical survey as well as observation. These errors, with the mean daily rate of each chronometer during the interval, are exhibited in Table V. Previously to Captain Parry's landing at Peterhead on the 12th of October, comparisons of all the chronometers with each other were made; and No. 2, as well as a remarkably steady-going pocket-watch belonging to Mr. Foster, were conveyed to London for the sake of comparison at Greenwich. This was obtained on the IGth, and by allowing the respective rates of these watches buck for the four chiys, the jictiinl error of each chronometer on Greenwich mean time on the 12th of October was deduced, and is also shewn in Table V. Table VI. shews the weekly error and mean daily rate of each chronometer upon Hl<') (the comparing watclO during the navigation of 1825; by which, as well as by the changes in the respective mean rates shewn in the first and second intervals of Table V., it will be observed that several of the chrono- meters deviated very considerably in the latter period of the season ; but as no part of the survey depended on this interval, and the maximum error up to the 12th of October amounted only to 58 seconds, it has not been consi- dered necessary to add any further correction CHRONOMETERS. It L I I fir I 39 < 9t d 9> »; e d O d PQ < 2 s 00 U3 CO r-l 00 o <0 d 31 12 e d S •4! s ■■ i' I I i J a iJ I # I* If: \'l 40 APPENDIX. mi- Table II.— Exhibiting the WEEKLY ERRORS and MEAN DAILY RATES of the Season of k, I, r %,l WKKK eadiDg 1834. May 13 „ ao „ 8T June S „ 10 ., IT ,, 81 ,. 98 July 3 „ 8 „ 15 .. S> ,. S9 Aug. 5 „ 18 „ IB ,, 96 Sept. 9 ., U ,. Ifl ,. 9S ., 80 MURRAY 518. Kut. II. M. S 18.5 98.8 n 4S.9 56.7 I 03 9S.9 Maw. U 55 1 36.5 8 17 3 80 4 33.5 5 47 7 09 8 17. S 9 33.5 10 48 18 04 18 16 14 95 IS 49 17 09.5 18 90.5 PARKINSON and FRODSHAM. a28. Kut. 8. I7.8.SS „9.06 „ 1.93 {| „ 0.93 II /. 5.69 I ,,11.17 „ 9.19 ^ ,,10.185 ,,10.50 ,,10.50 j| ,,10.50 II ,.10.71 jl ,,10.71 'I „ 10. 8C ' ,,10.64 I ,,10.86 ' ,,10.89 ., 9.86 ,,11.00 I „II.SO ,,19.18 H. M. ». 45.5 1 00.5 I 16.5 I 84 I 51.5 9 10 8 94.5 9 37 9 50 8 08 8 30.5 3 54 4 17. S 4 41 5 03.5 i 5 b6 , 3 59 « 17 I I 6 49.5 I 7 07.9 7 84 7 S8.S fi. y.iAi „ 9.99 ,,9.50 „ 9.50 ,,9.64 „9.07 „8.I9 „ 3.35 „ 3.00 „ 3.91 „ 3.86 „ 3.36 „ 8.86 ., 3.81 „ 8.91 „ 8.71 „ 8.57 „ 8.64 „ S.5S ,,8.88 „ 8. 50 259. Kut. II. M. 8. 5H I 16 1 46.5 8 87 3 17.5 4 11.5 5 06.5 5 38.7 6 11.8 7 OS 8 08.5 9 17 10 25.5 II 36 13 44.5 13 57 IS 11.5 16 87.5 17 46 19 05 90 30 Kl 37 8. g. S.89 „ l.8fi „ 5.79 „ 7..<1 „ 7.71 „ 7.80 „ 8.05 „ 8.375 „ 8.5.S „ 9.36 „ 9.79 „ 9.79 .,10.07 „ 9.79 ,. lO.Sfi ,,10.61 ,,10.86 „II.9I ,,11.89 ,.10.71 ,.11.00 423. 510. Ka>t. Kut. II. M. H. I (14.8 1 S3 8 30.8 3 55.8 S 39.5 I 31 5 09.5 1 5 36 n 07.5 U 6 56 7 51 N II 9 87 I U 10 31.5 I II 86.8 13 H 18 58.5 IS 44 14 45.5 n 15 51 16 45 17 35 g.i.Oft „ 6.74 „ 5.09 „ 6.34 „ 5.93 „ 6.93 ,. »?.63 „ 7.875 „ 8.08 .. 8.99 „ 6.71 „ 8.00 „ 7.79 „ 7.81 .. 6.83 „ 6.36 „ 6.50 „ 8.79 „ 9.36 „T.7I .. M4 II. M. 8. I 15.5 I 83.8 1 83.3 I 35.7 I 33 I 48 3 00 3 06.5 8 15.5 3 37.5 3 40 3 58.3 3 IS. 5 3 SI 4 01 4 37.5 4 56 5 33.8 5 51.8 6 16 ^ 88 6 57.8 8. y. 1.19 /. 0.09 I 9.0.36 „ 1.04 ., 3.14 « 1.71 „ 1.68 „ 3.85 1 .. 3.00 I „ 1.70 i „ 9.60 ,. 3.19 I „ 8.98 ! „ 1.86 .. 3.79 ., 4.07 „ 3.89 j t ., 4.00 „ 8.. 14 ,. 3.11 I „ 9.83 * No. 366 wai accic entally let down on the IStti of July ; by n careful compariion with the other Clironomeien. ri CHRONOMETERS. 41 1 of the eason of n( ). 5 n. If. 1.19 8 /. O.Olt t 9.0.36 T „ 1.0» ., i.W .. 1.71 „ 1.69 S ,. 9.3i .s .. ».00 .5 .. 1.79 ,,9.60 .9 ,. 9.IU .9 ,. 9.9S „ ".86 „ 3.7;> .5 .. 4.07 .. S.89 .9 ., 4.00 .» ,. .1.11 ,. 9.8S .8 onomcirn. HECLA'S CHRONOMETERS, upon No. 816, the Comparing-Watch, during the Navigation, 1884. HENRY KRODSHAM. Fut. II. M. 8. I 91 I 51 9 19. S 9 46.8 3 19.9 3 33 S 46.5 3 38 4 10 4 38 4 50 5 15 5 .18.9 09 fi 37 6 !>'* '» 7 18 i) 7 45.3 8 Mtn»«>n j UiiT. of Meri(1iiins,i or Ix)ni(. in Time) Slov, II. M. H. S3.4 55 I Ifi.O I 38.1 I S9.T •/ 2t.S w. I 04.9 Fail. 5 54 40.7 H. Frodbiiam. 1. 5 !i'> 41.9 Fait. H. M. H. 19 16.6 91.9 95.8 30.4 35 39.6 4'..^ 48.8 50.6 52.4 S4.2 56 57.8 59.6 1 01.4 1 0S,9 1 05 1 06.9 1 08.7 Lancastib. 552. F H. M. f*. I 01.3 1 37.1 2 12.0 2 48.6 3 .10.8 4 21.4 5 12.1 6 02.7 6 5! ? 7 51.2 8 48.1 9 45 10 41.9 II 44.2 12 48.7 13 53. 1 14 57.6 16 03.8 17 14.7 18 25 6 566. ABROl.ti. 2. I 10.5 19 .16.1 FaM. I 1 19.3; Fait. { 5 57 13.4 Fail. 2(1 47.,1 FaM 6 16 20.4 5 50 01.1 5 55 42.1 Hlow. H. M. H. 05.4 Fau. 00.6 06.7 12.8 1H.9 24.9 31 .17.1 43.1 52 I 00.9 Klow. 4 17 04.2 4 16 55.3 4 16 46.3 4 16 37.4 4 16 28.5 4 16 19.6 4 16 10.7 4 16 01.8 4 15 .52.9 4 15 44 Hlra. 4 15 3.VI Fail. 1 40 20.9 5 55 56 Mloa. H. M. S. 1 .14.2 I 50.2 2 06.,1 2 22.3 9 .,8.8 2 ;i.,i 3 lO.t 3 26.4 3 42.1 3 57.5 I 12.5 4 27.6 4 42.fi 4 57.7 5 12.7 5 27.H 5 40.8 5 57.9 6 12. It 6 2N 6 43 lilow. 6 58.1 Fau. 5 47 48.1 5 54 40.5 llWMMTUI.vnON OF TIIK LONOITtJUES. No. 816 5!8 298 2.59 510 I SSI 56« 2 5 56 00.7 S 55 06.9 S 55 .12.4 5 56 14.3 5 55 41.9 ^ Mpan 5 50 1 . I S 55 42 . 1 5 55 50 55 40.54 X 88 55 08. I W. il tn TERS 1821 ; ARUor.ti, 2. H. Moa. M. S. I SI.2 1 50.3 2 06.3 ■i 32.3 9 .8.8 2 11.3 3 10.1 TABLE IV. •It .Kt: SHEWING THE WEEKLY ERROR AND MEAN DAILY RATE OF THE HECLA'S CHRONOMETERS, FROM THE 30th SEPTEMBER, 1824, TO 14th JULY, 182.5. f S %^ M ':^ ^1.'' f V: 5- !.i!; ',■ * J I- 1: ."' ■ It , w H'i 44 APPENDIX. WEEKLY ERROR and MEAN DAILY WKKK MURRAY. PARKINSON AND FRODSHAM. 1 - ■ — . 816 . 618. SS8 • 269. 1 649 . KNDINO. 1 Kast. Fut. Fast. FMt. Fait. \Hi'\ 1. II. M. S. H. M. S. H. N. 8. II. N. S. II. N. 8. Sept. .10 .'. 17 19.88 8. 5 99 IS. .18 ■ 1 5 55 41.38 8. 6 09 19.88 8. . . H, Slnl)p» 16 93 09.91 9.681 11 93.41 11.610 5 57 01.41 1.819 90 99.41 6 9.947 21 15.91 + i.:i:i tf 93 99 44.14 9.877 10 09.14 10.949 .7.14 9.051 91 3l.lt 10.3.17 21 49.14 i.JMi ^ HO 99 97.5 08 45.5 31.5 99 46.. 15 25 91 1 ' 182 J . 9.953 10.167 1.819 10.. 190 l.fiTCi Tan. n 99 11.73 9.390 07 .19.93 10.886 , 41.93 1.700 93 51). 93 10.600 25 53.73 1 I.TOoi »t I.S 91 55.41 9.065 06 16.03 1 10.515 56.13 1.899 95 13.43 10.717 96 -icria 1 s.m ' •f 91 91 38.91 9.100 Ul 51.91 10.767 S 98 10.71 I.9SS 90 .11). 41 10.650 97 08.91 5.18) 1 •• 27 91 96.31 9.943 03 17.31 10.957 99.31 9.043 97 43.31 10.543 27 41.81 I.O'J'J F.b. s 91 111.61 9.980 09 30.61 10.137 36,61 9.006 9H 57.11 11.077 28 10.5 .I.'JJT' *• 10 90 51.65 9.191 01 I9.f.5 9.179 50.65 9.307 30 14.65 11.936 98 37. 9i) 5,IISI •• IT 90 39.80 V.r.86 Ofl IS. 3 10 199 5 .59 06.8 9.057 31 83.3 11.t»7l 99 11.91 . . . 1 • « 91 90 91 9 . 580 4 .'.it 00. S 11 . 703 „.. 9.596 .12 50.8 1 1 . .140 • • • t • ■ ■ 1 MHrili .1 91) 09. K8 9..W9 57 59,38 9.771 .18.86 9.471 31 10.18 11.643 .'!0 31.08 t.iiu; " lU 111 I'.IH 9.191 ,Vi 43.98 10.539 .;6.I8 1 9.117 3^ 31.68 11.904 ■11 09.18 (i.m •• 17 19 98.91 9.193 5.^ 30.91 !>.8.17 6 00 11 .91 9.106 36 SS.Ol 19.11)1 31 18.8 f<.W ' •• 94 19 18.35 9.166 .M 91.35 10.907 97., 35 9.. 190 38 90.35 19.963 32 39.79 'i.m' ■' 11 18 58.18 ».9'.l 53 09.9 9.781 43.59 9.485 31) 16.19 18.034 i .12 51.5 1 ' K'i CHRONOMETERS. 45 HEAN DAILY 4.UMJ .^1 (19.18 (t.m: ^1 IH.H t fi.jsr ^i S».79 ».WS! •la 31.5 I 2.IJ.1I RATE of the CHRONOMETERS. '" HKNRY FRODSHAA; L\NCA8TKR. ARNULO. 1 TlHrilATUBI. 610. 1. KR9 666. s. »fl Maxi mum. Mini- mom. Fiul. Fut. Fut. Fut Slow. H.tl. i- II. M. 8. II. M. 8. 11. N. 8. II. M. 8. |5 5t 40.68 8. +0.010 5 57 13.38 8. + 0.654 6 16 29.3 8. + 10.151 1 40 90.88 8. +0.940 5 47 4H.,i8 8. —9.131 57 36 40. OG' -0.194 17.90 0.734 17 10.16 11.231 97.46 + 1.520 33. 10 -1.266 61 88 39.60 -O.IIS 23.10 0.710 18 59.10 11.216 .38.10 Lrt (Uiwh. 94.6 -2.427 59 34 38.61 -1.596 28. 1 0.260 20 17.61 11.381 9 10 .32.11 +2.260 07.61 -0.740 55 39 27.93 1 -1.790 90.93 0.139 21 .36.93 1 12.. 353 47.93 +2.710 9.43 -0.290 58.5 SS 15.40 -1.717 30.90 0.497 1 28 03.40 n.426 9 11 06.9 +2.069 0.10 -0..160 53 29 OS. 38 -1.08S 34. SS 0.946 24 2S.38 11.560 21. .18 + 1.989 46 57.88 -0.511 61 33 , 53 55.80 +0.470 41.00 1.727 95 41.30 10.084 35.30 + 1.541 51.8 -0.SI6 60 39 59.09 -f0..361 SS.09 2.647 26 58.09 11.147 46.09 + 1.290 42.09 Stoppfil. 66 47 54 01.62 +0.693 5 58 11.69 2.479 28 16.12 11.121 55.19 +0.907 5 55 .17.12 — 1.286 66 51 0.47 1 +0.991 28.97 9.706 29 SS.97 11.491 9 12 01.47 +0.063 28.47 -9.22'' 68 51 IS. 41 1 +0.038 47.91 2..190 30 .VI. 41 1 11.104 UI.'.M +0.083 12.91 -1.967 66 A,'. 1 IS. 04 +0.480 5 59 04.64 2.8S7 82 19.14 .S.109 i.li -0.377 5 ,?l 59.14 -0.734 66 37 I n + 1.147 94.5 9.961 s;« 40 12.319 9 11 59.5 -0..3S9 54 -8.253 70 40.5 ' 95.03 +0.914 45.93 2.857 1 85 12.23 19.600 57. IS -0.786 31.23 -9.114 67 49 31.43 + 1.185 6 00 05.28 3.122 86 40.48 13.222 51.63 +0.160 10.48 Stoppi'd. 68 49 1 40.91 1 + 1.483 .10.21 3.350 88 20.21 13.767 59.91 + 0.183 5 10 811.91 -6.017 67.5 49 49.81 +0.071 50.31 2.971 ,39 18.81 13.686 51.81 +0.599 09 54.81 l.«t down. 66 to 50.61 + 1.149 01 11.11 3.291 41 24.61 IS. 577 48.11 +0.566 1 4 57 08.66 -5.780 63 51 55 04.05 +9.593 34. IS 3.950 42 59.65 14.093 44.15 + 1.121 56 28.2 -t4.271 69 42 . 5 23.8 + 1.886 02 01.8 S.171 41 88.3 IS.. 529 36.8 -0.471 1 55 58.8 1 -4.643 70 54.5 M +9.607 02 21 8. 383 46 13 13.697 38 -1.760 18.8 1 -6.560 67 58 59.88 +2.471 17.68 l4ft iltnvii. 17 4S.88 13.399 20.68 -1..357 51 82.88 1 -8.168 70 64 56 10.18 +9.919 9 00 4.1.18 2.933 49 22.18 13.719 11.18 - 1 . 85.1 • 58 85.78 -7.761 71 56 95.71 1 4 9.091 ! 10 03.71 3.963 50 58.21 IS. .591 9 10 58.21 -0.409 1 42 41.41 -6.966 66.5 53.,', 40. SS +9.406 26.55 3.490 52 38.35 13.977 55.35 Stoppwl . 51 52.65 -7.280 79.5 53.5 57. 19 I +9.320 .10.19 3.849 51 11.19 14.219 9 06 07.19 + 1.577 01.69 -6.180 66 51 ! r % 11: r f ijl I. Ji? il ^ I** :» 4, * : 1 ; 1 r * .i. ■ 46 APPENDIX. WEEKLY ERROR and MEAN DAILY RATE WKKK MURRAY. PARKINSON ■ml KROUSHA.M 816. 518. ass. 259. 649. { rniliDi; I Kut. Put. FHt. II. N. 8. Kmi. j Tut. 1 1885. II. M. S. M. M. S. 1 II. M. a. II. M. 8. April 7 U lb 'iV.13 s. -9.619 . 59 01.48 1. - 9.904 6 01 01.13 a. +9.939 r> 41 10.43 8. + 19.096 G 33 06.48 + 2.2V1 II 16 81.10 9.489 SO 59.1 9.414 16.8 +9.557 42 35.1 12.186 99.] •i.lVJ „ 21 18 Ofi.7 2.951 49 46.9 9.114 01 34.7 +9.748 44 00.4 19.148 41.2 •i.lim ,, 88 IT SO. 94 8.983 18 49.4 9.749 53.9 +9. 509 45 25.4 12.904 84 00.1 \.m Mo> 5 17 81.90 2. 951 47 34. IB 9.966 09 11.46 +2.863 46 51.46 12.319 34 11.86 12 17 19. 2 2.943 46 91.4 10.057 09 98 +9.248 48 17.9 12.886 .... 2. .Ill ., 19 17 08.5 9.171 45 l> 10.100 09 48.7 +9.157 49 48.1 13.029 31 44.68 „ 26 16 48.8 8. Its 4» 08. S 0.786 09 56.8 + 1.1 IS 51 19.3 13.214 June 9 10 .rtil(m'i). Slow 49 S4.S 11.000 08 1.1.8 Let ilown. 52 51.6 I.ft ilou'tl. S.'S 02 . • ! 6 1 57 36.1 1.95 49 10.8 0.9S0 9 18 07.6 +2.600 5 51 30.6 13,975 .... 10 58 01 8.00 41 31 10.833 18 18 +9.167 52 96.5 13.US0 .... „ 16 58 IS 1.695 40 96 11.875 18 .11 -0.195 53 50.9 14.075 36 01.8 ■\.lii 20 .58 lU.S 1.567 39 40.5 11.667 18 30.5 -9.000 51 46.5 14.100 36 90.7 i.m „ as 5S ui.a I.SOO .19 05.5 11.850 18 94.5 +2.900 55 96.8 13.825 36 85.8 5.875 .. 2T M iS.-l J 1K,S 38 2«J.l 11.588 18 33.3 +9.950 56 94.1 13.C50 86 .16.9 l.'JJU 80 56 88.05 I.S7i< 37 45 35 10.859 18 40.05 +9.498 57 05.05 13.848 .17 11.75 .'..(','j7 July ) 58 38.46 1.097 Sr 0(.54 10.897 18 50.04 +9.770 58 00.44 14.403 37 31.54 i.ii: 7 58 49.15 1.61S 36 28.85 11.187 18 56.35 + 9.369 58 48.65 18.6.17 .17 il 0.725 » 11 58 48.61 1.597 35 44.1 11.500 19 07.8 +2.707 59 38.9 13.967 .17 43.0 D.Wl „ M 58 58.4 35 09.6 10 16.1 6 00 90.1 37 46.8 P. Bowra Slow of Or«»nwich, HrrononOncn- wich M. Tiiiiv on the Ulh of |3 55 89. ii * ' • 5 55 39.94 .... 5 55 89.24 5 55 30.94 • • * * 5 S5 39.91 . . . ) Slow \l 54 39.64 Slow 1 90 99.64 Slow .*? sr. 93. 14 Kut 01 40.81 Kut 49 07.50 luly. ISilft. J I) I (HRONOMETfclUS. 47 DAILY RATE of the CHRONOMETERS— ro;j//««ed. >l KRODSHA.M H^ HKNRY KR()I)SHA.\I IJiNCASTKK. ARNOLD. ■ 649. ■ TmriBjiTcai. 610 . 1. 552. 666 . 2. Ksat ^1 Mali- maoi. M.r... mflni. 1 FmI. rut. Kut. Kiul. 81u». 1. S. 1 ! 111.". «• II. M. 8. II. M. 8. II. M. 8. II. M. 8. .J 3 00. J9 1. 1 5 57 1.1.43 8. + a.484 8 11 17.43 a. + 3.353 6 55 50.93 H. + 14.053 9 06 18.23 8. +0.624 4 .50 18.43 1. -4.761 67 5t ii.\ •i.m 1 .'W.4 2.430 40.09 3.757 57 89.3 14.829 29.6 +0.543 19 45.01 5.05T 70. S .52.5 41. a i.7(tii 47.4 2.857 12 07.2 .1.057 59 08.9 13.8^7 26.4 -0.648 40 09.7 4.800 71 57 t 00.1 l.fiSO 58 07.4 8..V17 34.9 3.791 7 00 45.0 11.080 21.0 -0.563 48 86. 1 5.191 73 55 4 11.86 ; 85.16 1.577 13 01.46 3.534 08 84.46 13.820 17.96 —0.609 17 59.76 5.801 78.5 99.5 ■ . . ! sn.2 26.8 04 nt.a 13.7 47 82.7 69 54 2..1II 1.729 3 443 13.943 -0.171 5.171 1 44.r>8 48.3 1 1.300 50.3 3.457 .8 si..,,.a. 13.5 +0.657 46 46.5 5.743 69 62 • • • 1 58.8 1.743 14 14.5 S.48!» 1 06 25.9 14.199 17.1 -0.757 46 06.9 5.000 70 55 s oa. 1 M II . . . ! Ut .! ivii. 1 n7 S5.4 ... 1 i ...i 1 '" 1.775 1.700 38.5 46.8 SS.6 2.075 2.200 1.7.13 1 OJ 47 I*t clown. 48 36 .... 11. H I.ff ilown. 6 44 21.1 91.5 -0.650 -0.214 45 91.9 I.^t ilown. 5 51 .17.1 4.710 60.5 67 69 59.5 47.5 55 01.8 1 ss-' 15 06 . . • . 90 50 50 73 53 ■1.7« ■ ' I.9I0 2.375 , , , , -1. 000 7.075 1 fi SO. 7 5.U33 ■ i iH 00.5 1.239 15 5 8.189 .... 16 +0.333 50 21.7 7.199 65.5 54 6 35.8 5.iT5' 1 01.3 1.775 38.5 2.817 .... 17 +0.275 50 00.9 6.740 68 1 .%S 6 aa.o I.U5U ■ . 1.817 90.02 49 84.9 13.417 18.1 -0.253 49 33.3 6.317 I 64 53 7 ll.?.'5 ■ 1 1(1.75 1.6U8 .18.25 44 04.55 13.122 17.35 0.0 49 14.35 6.058 65.5 59 7 S4.54 ■ 1 K3.5I . . . . 44 57.04 17.31 48 50.14 68.5 51 •i.li7 ■ 1.U37 t • » 13.037 + 0.193 2.830 1 7 il 0.78S ■ 1 99. .IS 1.697 54.89 2.625 45 38.85 13.069 18.01 +0..'575 48 41.65 3.312 61 55 7 43.9 0.967 1 35.9 ■ 1 1.567 2 16 05.39 3.2,17 46 31. I 13.100 20.4 + 0..1.13 48 88.4 8.933 64.5 59.5 7 46.8 ■ i 40.6 15.1 47 10. 1 21.1 46 19.6 64 5f. 5 .■JD.2I . . . 1 5 45 39.24 8 55 99.24 5 5.^ .19.81 .... S 55 30.84 • • • 5 55 89.24 • • • • Kj»t ; Sli.w Slow .Slow Slow Slow t 07.56 ... ■ 'MI6 58.64 1' ... 9 39 84.14 • • * 3 08 88.84 .... 48 42.16 07 19.04 ... * r ^rf $th IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) k A r/. r/. 1.0 ill I.I 11.25 ■ 2.2 Z 1^ ^m |25 r 122 1 2.0 " fa Utah Photographic ^Sciences Corporation '^ ^^ j^ ^\ ^. 33 WIST MAIN STMIT WIUTIR.N.Y. MStO (7U)I73-4S03 O^ ir ihi^ k- & «5 r-if= 1 " ?i «- »: Ms 0< •M ij «' ■^ • 00 03 03 1 1 i i^o^ m -f ■«■ ■* i ri + • • g|l 00 00 1 a ^ Sh * " M 9t ■• ^ 1 ':i ■ g 00 - i ^ ««g SB W M fl! ■Si • P B 0) ^ i» + 93 X 04 s g JO e X 3 • g:f§ ^- « ^ 00 1-^ IS X III S *5 •3 OQ *5 NH O ■^ 1 C3 S.-aJi ri + o X CO 0« o •5* PQ a 1 OS PC g < * IN OS 1 Q S5 •< S5 «a ■B » 00 «3 • « ■'• 03 o i w|| 00 ■ o 03 2 ■A , a o s^5 «- + o< •- 00 d .1 1 gti i " s 00 o 03 (» ^ rM§ '1 « s s •>> 00 «ij "a BB *> •3 oo ' J Cm O Ui « 1 00 1— 1 « 1 c5 S| f^l f Ill, LONGITUDE BY CHRONOMETERS FOR DETERMINING THE POSITION OF LANDS, &c. 18124 AND 1825. 1 1, Note.— The initials in the column of " Observer" in these or any other Tables of ih(- Appendix, are as follows: p Captain Parry. p Lieut. Foster. g Lieut. Sherer. U Lieut. Uoss. |{ Mr. Hooper. H denotes Observation by Artificial Horiron, lower limb tr » » upper limb ^ „ » both limbs. ^i I? •■!: ml' 5, y"; I 1 ■■■ 50 APPENDIX. H . ■^^^ "Sd i 1 09 z ,S U °»l P 3 J i5 P ^ «{ o o o 1 i a < 1 ^ ^ j^l' o 'S s^ ■•I H 1 ■s lii « ^ 5 a O X "2 t- l» 05 ^ 5 ^ - o« s M si S o • « e 10 « 2! M 2 mm s ^6 5 lO •^ — . 00 _!_ ■«• o» to *5 o -" O « r- 3 d 35 CO ■"f »< X 00* 05 ot J m o» 00 (N ■«)■ oo o 00 oo 00 0< •o o« •O o .m k^ u? lO 10 xj •o 10 'f M IO •* >?• » »- ^^ .M m^ «- ^^ ^^ ^^ f^ ^- IO 10 IO IO ■o o o o n*5 »5 »5 00 oo CO 90 00 »- »- ^ „ -H t-M mm 05 s s °«o »C lO to lO "i lO IO IO •O X 00 00 so X X 90 F-< u «2 «9> (Tl IO r- I'S 1? ■a o 0» m^ 00 00 00 = c 3^ *« oo » ^m oS 05 ■«»• 90 CO t- »- lO « « 00 oo r- 0« IN « X) O « 00 oo 0» ot « o> V ^ •o t s s • W3 •5 d o* oo •r »- o t- oo to 00 00 90 t d (>» co" C& J3 lO 00 — •>* ot c lO e» o •«r ■fl" •o Z -^ s s s _• M 1" »- 00 IN o CO »- mm ■v 00 o IO t- (M ^<« oo NO] ring J 0> 0« 0> O) 05 05 9) •0 0> O O 0» J» 9< 0» O 0« o 90 o « 0» 0* 91 §' 'J>AJ3SflO b B Cb o: X b X b eu cu b eu s B b! bl EU b =' M • • • • • • 00 00 no •o 90 • • • • • • • H 1 X ^ 4t> ^ (ft) <^ J nJ >J 4t> no 01 00 HO IIO ^ 01 11 X-5 )«0 lA 0> OS CO CO M »• «0 o o>- » oo »- 00 ^ r- 00 g % mm «f ^ •0 90 ^ ^ IO CO °10 >o IO •O lO lO « IO 00 90 00 oo 90 •^ Mi ■J'r «0 to CO 00 2 S 00 2 2 X5 05 0* 00 M 85" 9< 00 00 to s IO 05 05 r-' 05 05 0> * ■* mm «(« « « oo •» 00 •- 00 s; IO « 00 U) w CO 05 "O- ^ •» ^^ g U •5 00 3 R s IO s 5 o> 1- « 8 s 00 o s X 0« 5 •is? •O l» n CO >0 00 (n •0 t- o ^«, f ^ ot ? ^m M ,^ >■ t= •t ew 0« 9> oo oo 00 r- 1* 1- t- t» « CO ce s g o» M (M M . •s ^ u fl ^j* ^ .2 X 4 X 'Z eg z as 41 = X CO a s U 5 < 'A O O g pa 1 o o tti 1 i t "o u tn « ^ ta — 00 lO '— X — ■ X »o X 05 to ■n". t o «* « o» o> u> tN o •* o cc 0) z. s 04 00 •fl' to e Ot 0» ■V T c J3 K o fy* 05 o o X 05 eo ■>?• w ss o •o « 'T >o ^" o o o cs js !-.!: n Oi ts =1 _ ^^ .M 0» 05 lO ni 05 S5 C CQu 00 , ..5„ __, ^^.-, , — . 05 , 05 , _SL_ , 05 X X X r- S5 — «c a> 05 M 05 >o lO Ui •O 00 to to »rj lo 05 1- 00 10 to •o in DETERM 25. s ^ 5t- ■^ o ot 1» ot lO — Tf •-■ ■^ ot — m ot lO o •«' eo £- ,~ o rtt o o o ot — o o o o ^s s ,^ CI o o o ^M ^, ^^ ^^ ^ r— ^ •— • ^« ». ot C5 05 »0 lO IM (M m 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 05 o> 05 X X X X CD X t- «- «S 2 m t m O O t- t- •o ^^ Ol 0* 01 Ot 05 05 O X X o o = o o o .g m — « e<5 - 00 eo 1- r- eo CO 1- tn u? in lO lO ^m rn Ol to ■* o o Ol V O lO o ot ■w •^ to OO ot 10 OO ot on U V i 1 ee t- 05 O "1 10 •- t- OO f- O) CO to ot 00 X eo tc ^ 05 — X ot a t" ^" ot ot 00 TT 00 01 ■0 iO to o 00 o — ot ot CO lO — O g ■£ - 05 c X X X 05 lO 10 s OO M 05 00 0« «0 OO ■^ RONO during O* ^" ^^ ' ' ' ■ ^ """ "■ , , , •jaAiasqo « es [fa B. b. b. 0. b. h A. eu Efa U. U. h b s b. h h u. a. b. e. b. C J a 5-5 2 OCX o i • • • • • • ' ' • • > . t • " t • • 5 § — 10 ■» 10 o § - • • • • • • • • • • • • ■ • • • « • • 00 ^ 00 OO •w ■* # <}^ ai di oiiiiaiiiai id diiidi di di ic ip dindindi »^ p di -i ^ U .J ^ nJ H lO >o >o OO "2 4> Q ? ^ • W5 ^ — «o t- ^ t- tc v> O ■* 05 X „ ••• >• 05 05 O to O) 1- in H ■* — o ■" ot '- ot Ui T •^ o -r o ot lO o •fli •o — eo — — o •o -T ^s s or i* 00 « ot n oo o «c to t- X t- ^ ^M 05 C 05 r- t- X X »- »- o CL' tD cc ■* -r n 00 lO lO 00 00 OO 05 00 CO r" no ■" i ^ ■>• f *! ^ m ot ot ot ot Ol m s § 05 f- CO 0) •* ^ ■* rf 05 to 95 05 •w 1- t- i> r- ^^ to 10 o O 05 o 05 ^ to £ w r~ o *f t f •* "^ or X X (V 05 05 05 05 g o ^^ ot ot 05 e Ot — f* 00 O N U) « Ui Ui •o lO >o o Ot ot ?t ot OO lO o o e — -^ ^ • o> -I- I" -f •t *f *^ t .« f" ir Ui »0 in 10 ■n »o in to to to to cc tc to cc «M >»•:«) •o ■O lO Ui to Ui 10 lO X X 00 ^ o o ot 00 0« •f X — m OO lo s Si ^ s 2 C s s 5 00 •0 ^ JO 00 _ 2! •* Ui o 0« 1- ^ 10 o 00 to 05 00 01 O) o> "• — 0> — 01 »- ^ p " * © o ff! « oc ■» >0 lO to 'J' lO lO — Ol OO t ot 00 s s S *) *5 i2 •0 t- X t- t- r- 1- 00 00 X - - - - o o o o GO CO o 1 s c Of tc ot « s X ot - t r R <«i R §5 s • - - 01 t. •0 • exi !■ — 3 S -1 ") r r •s J. t r t r r 9 •< i I s " ■ : : I 5 s ■'v?| g« 52 N°. ? W a OBSERVATIONS for DETERMINING the LONGITUDE of the OBSERVATORY at Port The OccuUations of the Fixed Stars, and the eclipses of Jupiter's Satellites, were observed with an achromatic telescope, by Dollond, The times of observation were deduced from the transits of stars passing the meridian as near the occultation as possible. To to exclude the whole of the Moon's disk, except that near which the occultation took place. Some of the Stars, whose occultaticns Le Caille, Zach, and Mayer, besides a selection of Stars lying near the Moon's path, extracted from the observations of Mr. Pond. the Stars observed (.c Aquarii) being found in most of the above catalogues with a ditferent place in each, that furnished by Dr. Bradle\ IFotlailon's Fa^ciniliu, or from the tables in the Journal above referred to. in the computation of the Moon's parallaxes at the time the Ellipticities ^o^ and ttsiS^ ^s well as the Moon's Equatorial parallax, and a mean of the two employed in the computation. A favourable for that determination than those which occur near the north and south extremities. DATE. Star's 1 rtmsit, from whence Mean Time is deduced. Rate of Chrono- meter on Mean Time. Star OBSCBVEn. Time shewn by Chronometer. Mean Time at Port Bowen. Assumed App. Time at Green- wich. STARS 1 PLACE Stars. Time shewn by Chronometer. Name. Mag- ni- tude. Im. i or 1 Em. Right Ascension. North Polar Distance. Lat 1824. r Dec.25-| 1 H. M. .S. aAndromeda; 12 06 40.75 sArietis. . 14 04 20.26 1 s. • xXfi 5 1 Im. i 1 I H. M. S. IS 01 51 H. M. 8. 6 36 59.41 H. M. 8. 19 39 81 H. M. 8. 98 28 41.89 ' /. 95 07 SS 65 4 4 07 i aArietis. . 13 29 41 Im. 19 40 06 6 14 23.26 19 05 00 1825. 1 z n 4 '6 04 91.62 67 27 03.91 54 Jan. 3 Rigel . . 16 87 58.57 '-2.9 Cm. 13 36 54.8 7 11 12.17 13 01 43 a Orionis 17 17 26.35 li. a 3 Im. 16 07 38.2 9 41 55.82 15 39 10 6 12 34.08 67 24 20.99 50 Feb. J Pollux . . Regulus . 17 14 24.33 19 38 27.84 ., Unknown. #in 23 5.6 im. 18 13 03.5 11 44 58.26 • ■ Mar.iS- ^Leonis . . Spica Virg. 18 07 07.20 19 42 42.45 > + 2.25 Unknown. *in cy} 5 Im. 17 07 11 10 34 39.74 .... « Hydree . . 15 42 28 \x 8 5 Im. 18 28 12 11 55 S8.84 17 44 48 4 14 57.51 68 06 42.03 36 ,, 2<' /3J.«onis . . 18 OS 13.34 • + 3.95 1 ] 1 Spica Virg. 19 38 48.68 1 5 Im. 18 43 to 12 10 36.39 IT 59 54 4 IS 01.52 68 12 23.47 SO TORY at Port lescope, by Dollond, ttion as possible. To 8, whose occultations rvations of Mr. Pond. nished by Dr. Bradley parallaxes at the time the computation. A 67 24 20,99 • • • 57.51 68 06 HM 01.52 68 12 ii.il 53 - IV. BowEN, by Occultations of Fixed Stars by the Moon, IS24-25. By Lieut. Henry Foster. ot 46 inches focal distance, and S\ inches aperture ; a power of 68 was always used. obviate any error arising from the glare of light, a diaphragm cut out of card-paper was placed in the focus of the object-glass, so as were observed, are not inserted in any of the ciitalogups with which wo were furnished; the latter consisting: of those of Bradley, and published in the nineteenth Number of the Journal of the Royal iHstifution. It may be proper to remark, however, that one of has been employed in the computation. The apparent places of the Stars have been deduced by general tables for that purpose in of occultation, the method of the Nonagesimal has been used, and the latitude of the Observatory reduced to the Earth's centre for preference may be given to the longitude resulting from the occultations which took place near the Moon's centre, as being more PLACE. 1 JIOON'S ! 1 Mean Time at Ureenwich by Observation. Longitude in Time. Latitude. Longitude. True Latitude. True Semi- diameter, Horizontal Par. reduced. Parallax in Latitude. ParaUax inLonitilucle. Correc-tion ; ill lonji;. from limb to centre. < " 8. r /, « tt * <» t It / /* 1 , . 1 H. M. .S. H. M. s. 4 07 18.8 N 11 06 58 56.5 4 51 45.88 N 14 46 54 01.28 45 28.96 28 08.02 14 47.09 1 12 33 10.24 5 56 17.83 3 01 00 24.7y 00 tl.ll S 16 04.03 58 46.66 50 02.36 16 47.31 15 85.82 ' 13 10 11.18 5 55 47.92 54 S5 S ''i 0.1 4.1.48 S 16 04.48 58 48.25 48 34.7 15 08.58 IS 54.95 1 13 OG 47.11 5 55 34.94 50 14.4 S 8 08 51 44.7 ; 11 54.88 S 16 05.47 58 .12.40 15 51.75 7 59.1 14 13.27 15 37 19.37 5 55 28.55 36 S8.9N 8 05 45 81.5 1 35 48.07 N 15 11.4 35 32.2 48 46.46 28 15.57 1 11 10.44 17 51 01.87 5 55 83.53 80 54 N 2 05 45 86.6 1 35 08.73 N \^ 11.5 55 33.6 49 13.88 22 48.65 2 48.23 18 06 05.51 5 55 89.19 t ** MEAN LONGITUDE by Six Occi'tTATioNs of FixEn Stars 88 54 58.4 W. = 5 85 89.49 M:' "Mm M ii '< J «4 N°. B ' OBSERVATIONS for DEl'ERMINING the LONGITUDE of the OBSERVATORY at P( These Longitudes were obtained by observing the Transit of the Moon, and that of certain well known fixed Stars, having Meridian. The accordance of the results thus furnished, in an observation requiring very net rai DATE. TiMK shewn 1)/ Ciibonohetib at Tbamsit of Daily Rate Chronometer employed. Intebval. Co for Moon. Star. Mean Solar. Sidereal, 182-1. II. M. s. H. M. 8. 8. II. M. 8. 11. M. S. November 7 2d Limb. 7 03 40.83 Aldebaran . 7 24 11.85 9-0 41 20 31.02 20 34.38 13 2d Limb. 24 33 02.6 ; Pollux . . I a Hydree . . 20 09 07.65 "1 28 53 13.38 J „ 2.9 j 2 28 54.70 10 39 49.19 2 24 18.83 \ 39 55.73 / December 1 1st Limb. 14 23 58.12 a Arietis . . 15 22 52.54 „ 1.72 58 54.35 59 04.02 2 1st Limb. 14 09 38.87 a Arietis . . 15 18 58.34 ,, 2.83 09 19.45 09 20.48 4 1st Limb. 16 51 45.14 ee Arietis . . 15 11 15.53 ,, 4.0 1 40 29.33 1 40 45.84 a 1st Limb. 17 47 59.18 a Arietis . . 15 07 93.54 „ 3.92 2 40 35.20 2 41 01.57 G 2d Limb. 18 48 45.53 Pollux . . 20 39 51.55 „ S.90 1 51 05.72 1 51 28.97 10 2d Limb. 22 13 02.47 Regulus . 22 29 42 I. 6.0 16 39.60 16 42.84 „ 28 1st Limb. 12 33 07.55 f « Andromeda; (. « Arietis . . 11 55 07.36 \ 13 52 46.91 J r 38 00.19 I 1 19 39.36 88 06.48 \ 1 19 52.44 J „ 29 1st Limb. 13 16 48.20 / « Andromedae I a Arietis . . 11 51 15.45 \ IS 48 55.13 J g. 4.1 r 1 25 32.51 I 32 06.81 1 25 46.56 \ 32 12.12 J 1825. January 1 lat Limb. 15 48 20.56 r « Ceti . . . L Aldebaran . 14 33 03.82 \ 16 05 33.70 J „ 5.2 / 1 15 16.47 ) 17 13.08 1 15 28.88 \ 17 15.91 J 2 Ist Limb. 16 45 58.88 |3 Tauri . . . 16 50 25.5 „ 4.6 04 55.66 04 56.48 3 1st Limb. 17 45 28.41 a Orionis . . 17 17 26.35 I. 2.9 28 02 . 1 1 28 06.71 4 2d Limb. IS 47 20.98 Pollux . . 19 02 11.65 g. 3.8 14 50.63 14 53.07 ., 84 Ist Limb. 10 31 09.1 a Andromedee 10 11 09.56 „ 3.87 19 59.49 20 on, 77 „ 85 1st Limb. 11 13 22.35 f a Pegasi . . \ a Arietis . . 9 04 11.47 1 12 05 00.32 / „ 5.5 r 2 09 I0.S.1 10 51 37.77 2 09 31.61 \ 51 46.94 / „ 8C 1st Limb. 11 57 48.05 a Pegasi . . 9 00 19.82 ,, 4.5 2 57 27.68 2 57 56.82 „ 27 1st Limb. 12 45 20.17 f a Arietis . . I Aldebaran . 11 57 19.53 \ 14 25 80.12 / „ 6.2 ; 48 00.44 \ 1 40 09.52 48 08.82 \ 1 40 25.97 J February 1 1st Limb. 17 26 37.67 r Pollux . . I Regulus. . 17 14 24. .38 1 19 88 27.84 J „ 7 r 12 13.28 12 11 49.52 18 15.29 \ 3 12 11.19 / 2 Ist Limb. 18 24 09.72 Regulus. . 19 34 35.77 „ 8.84 1 10 25.86 1 10 37.43 March 4 2d Limb. 18 85 20.76 Regulus. . 17 83 13.40 „ 6.74 1 16 07 1 16 19.51 91 Ist Limb. 16 87 57.02 Regulus. . 15 55 11.45 42 45.57 42 52.60 April 1 1st Limb. 17 81 37.33 Regulus. . 15 51 15.95 1 40 21.88 1 40 87.87 — 1- — ih ' i N°. V. 53 ■ ITORY at Port Bowen, by TRANSITS of the MOON, 1824.-25. By Lieutenant Foster. nearly the same declination with the Moon, for the purpose of thence deducing her right Ascension at the time of passing the | ' Stars, having minute accuracy, may serve to shew the degree of dependence to be placed in them. requiring very Correction of AR. Moon's observed AR. Mean Time of Moon's Mean Greenwich AL. for Moon's Apparent !4tf mini Anipfpr tkt TvAnait Transitat PortBowen. Time by observed AR. of Moon. Longitude in Time. REMARKS. Sidereal. i3cuiiui(tiiicicr> HI xraosii. / " t 1* H. M. S. II. M. 8. H. M. S. II. M. S. 16 53.7 61 03 20.70 12 55 43.95 18 51 51.40 5 56 07.45 «> » 20 34.38 2 24 18.33 \ 39 55. T3 / 16 32.2 149 37 34.43 18 24 45.86 24 20 32.06 5 55 46.70 J» >»■ 15 25.36 14 49 50.41 8 14 49.71 14 10 58.99 5 56 09.28 .«> » 59 04.02 15 53.08 37 16 03.73 9 00 28.46 14 56 35.47 5 56 07.01 '> » 09 20.48 16 52.65 54 48 45.45 10 42 35.43 16 ,38 22.58 5 55 57.16 ,, » 1 40 45.84 17 18.0 69 53 06.60 11 38 35.34 17 33 55.06 5 55 19.72 >» » 2 41 01.57 17 38.27 85 31 04.28 12 39 19.65 18 35 10.75 5 55 51.10 ,j » 1 51 23.97 16 28.38 145 18 59.97 16 28 04.55 22 17 44.72 5 55 40.17 JJ >• 16 43.34 38 06.48 \ 1 19 52.44 J 15 10.6 9 37 36.87 6 07 54.71 18 04 02.56 5 56 07.85 )) »> 1 25 46.56 \ 32 12.12 J 15 34.52 81 33 54.03 6 51 31.02 18 47 25.98 5 55 54.96 J> n 1 15 28.83 \ 17 15.91 J 17 09.2 62 27 02.52 9 33 46.86 15 18 27.55 5 55 40.69 .•» u 17 29.5 77 53 38.65 10 20 21.88 16 16 18.90 5 55 57.02 ».» » 04 56.48 17 36 93 45 25.8 11 19 46.28 17 15 35.57 5 55 49.34 1» » 28 06.71 17 28.1 109 38 57.85 12 21 35.66 18 17 18.33 5 55 42.67 t> » 14 53.07 14 58.30 5 06 14.65 4 08 43.97 9 58 55.94 5 55 11.97 J1 n 20 02.77 2 09 31. CI \ 51 46.24 / 15 17.55 16 .39 02.55 4 45 50.38 10 42 15.89 ". 50 24.96 >t » 15 43.00 28 45 43 5 30 11.11 11 86 13.43 5 n 08.31 J* u 2 57 56.82 48 08.82 \ 1 40 25.97 J 16 13.83 41 .38 36.88 6 17 36.65 12 18 18.8 5 55 41.65 - n 13 15.39 1 8 13 11.19 / 17 26.37 117 01 01.24 10 58 32.64 16 54 22.64 5 55 SO )» u 17 08.64 132 24 10.14 11 55 58.89 17 51 84.46 5 55 36.07 » w 1 10 37.43 16 48.69 168 84 80.21 19 94 36.35 18 20 03.83 5 55 27.07 !> » 1 16 19.51 16 43.46 160 46 16.76 10 05 05.85 16 00 58.56 5 55 47.81 )l u 42 52.60 16 48.08 175 18 40.98 10 88 45.18 16 54 44.18 5 55 59.06 I> »> 1 40 37.87 MEAN LONGITUDE by 88 Observations of Moon's Transit 5 55 50.066 = 88 57 30.99 W. !V'' t EJSUU >l| I 4i > M VI. OBSERVATIONS FOR DETERMINING THE LONGITUDE OF THE OBSERVATORY AT PORT BOWEN, BY THE ECLIPSES OF JUPITER'S SATELLITES, 1824— :^5. BY LIEUTENANT FOSTER. m I n II ^ ? .11 This method of determining the longitude, which, at the best, is perhaps more convenient than accurate, was in the present instance rendered more than usually uncertain, on account of Jupiter being very near his opposition. This, was, however, in some degree compensated by observing Immersions and Emersions of the same Satellite, and taking an Arithmetical Mean of each. The observations were made with DoUond's telescope already described, a power of 68 being employed ; and recourse was also had to a diaphragm, to prevent the light of the planet from distracting the eye. An asterisk, in the column of Longitude, is preflsed to the Eclipses observable at Greenwich. ''\\ LONGITUDE. 57 that ary, 7ih. 1 •^ " =7 1 3 pJS « «-5 a S i rn SI 1! 0-55 > a. .a 1 f^ M & ■0 => >. h- ^ o 5 £.— U ^ T! 2 ^ < i s :; " H « Q g o n't: a. M.2 — ■5 p-2 »o X !X H •l i^ 'S O g. i E - £ -2 g a- s II k4 0) §g3'2 00 CO "^ t) 00 y ■n" o> ♦* 09 o cm' 01 x' in CO 0: OT 00 x' &£ ^" ■" « 00 01 Tf OJ E3 S 8 (O 10 10 10 ir> 10 10 it> 10 «n 1.0 10 S " ^- , _ ■" •0 . ^ 10 » 10 u> .^ »o A. tn •* _ •^ 80 o TT ^ 02 H 0* 05 S iO 10 •o U5 K5 lO lO 10 10 10 10 10 10 in 10 10 >o 10 10 10 10 10 •0 10 10 HO 10 10 •0 10 »0 lO • ^ - 5 'T _ •t CO Ol •T 00 — 10 00 to 10 CO e^ 'A OS " 2 04 o r— ^V-. r-^-, ^-^-, r— *^— * r-~^ . ^^-. r— ^— , r-^-. S oc w O "5 t- in CO M- r- 00 ^ m Ol to 1- f 10 1- 01 « 10 CO X ■C l~ 10 X o» 00 0« O) •- 0< CO 0: — 10 o« 05 oo_ 1- cc 10 10 ■w t- 10 05 00 01 — ■* X a H •-s Id 09 P4 S o en 0* ^ os" on lo' t~ ec o» 03 10' »" eo — CM — — 01 — 01 ^ 0(> 05 ■w X 10 «- oo 05 o» o 00 Tf C^ 00 -^ 1" 10 00 — 01 — «- 00 10 lO ■* 01 05 — so > — 10 X 05 01 t- 10 ^ Cm 1-2 a X o ^^ — — 00 10 T). — 01 CM 10 tM 01 00 01 00 ■* — »0 T- O H 05 05 X TW 2 80 — OJ 05 CO 10 X CO 05 10 to eo 01 10 a 01 01 CM X — 01 •0 CO ^ CO o a ■ ■ « ■ to r" tl) 61) u I^H c § 1 ■ • • ' ' • • ■ "S • * * • ■ • ' • ' • S' £ Ni4 e.2 11 a. to Tn .2 _3 4) . . e c m go •5 • ,*, .Si •= -5 g 5) .a 1 S.I .2 0) 1- X _2 > IS .2 "a IS to .0 .J 73 ^o ;3« tf < O < i- OJ a E ^ ^ <3 < ^< <'a; ^ IS 00. < 01 0) t) M « tl tl H 8 8 8 ta 8 8 8 8 8 ^ '— Y-^ •— V — ' *— V — ' ' — v'~' v.. -. ^■v-^ v_Y_^ ■ Cm a «D 01 10 « Q O S§ ,^ 05 (n O lO _ 10 00 X t- CD — « »o « 00 10 r^ ^m CC 01 t- IS K (» ■* « lO 1— < 10 IN 00 00 00 10 !■-• m p>« 10 •* no CO „0 " o • TO 00 in « eo (N (S r- 10 — 05 — 05 ^^ CO X _ (-1 00 SS O o E !; ^ E s K ; s R R S E R R R E E R ^ E U R R >5 tf H r^ < . o -^ -" r- Ol >o ^ ■♦ CO 1- •* — 00 »* — 01 C •<»' cc in t- 05 — ►- ■ M m 01 01 00 1 TT , S? . ~ CM • 10 ^ 10 01 . CM — • -a > o i K 'ii a R l-l '' A £ X V X C IS —> •< « a. S < :f:t|. 1 Vll. ABSTRACT of LUNAR OBSERVATIONS for DETERMINING the LONGITUDE of the Observatory at Port Bowen, 1824-5. DATE. Star. 9i > % 5 Mi It Is West Longitude. REMARKS. ■ DATE. Star. c £ 1 West Longitude. REMARKS. 1824. t II 1825. O # M Dec . 5 Pollux P. 10 89 03 95.5 *E.of ([ 's remote limb. Dec. 5 Arietis P. 10 88 54 01.5 ♦ W. of ([ '« ni'«r limb. V ji a » P. 10 89 02 31.5 >> j> tt •> P. 10 89 01 27 »' jj t> 19 P. 10 89 06 31.5 tt tt It tt P. 10 88 46 51 J J »i » »> P. 10 89 07 45 )» t» 11 »j P. 10 89 02 37. S t> jj » » P. 10 88 42 43.5 >• » jj tt P. 10 88 42 27 ff »» >i » P. 10 89 04 49.5 » » >. )> P. 10 88 54 12 JJ »j M « P. 10 89 05 16.5 „ 6 II tt c. 10 88 51 18 Do. Do. J» St » J> C. 10 88 23 42 » It J* It C. 10 88 43 34 »-• if 11 » C; 10 88 24 48 tt tt It » c. 10 89 05 09 »J tf » » C. 10 88 40 10 ') » " c. 10 89 02 00 J? >• J> >J C. 10 88 23 45 » » tt tt c. 10 89 03 01 •» 8 Regulus P. 10 89 07 18 *E.of ^'snesrlimb. tt tt ). » c. 10 88 46 06 » » » » P. 10 88 59 00 tt 31 t> it R. 10 89 06 19.5 J» ft » » P. 10 88 45 33 » tt it » R. 10 89 08 49.5 M i> » ij P. 10 89 07 52.5 » » » » R. 10 89 04 21 J> f» »» )> P. 10 89 03 04.5 " JJ » » R. 10 89 16 31. 5 « >' if »» >' P. 10 89 04 57 )> » j> >» R. 10 89 12 30 J.' 29 Aldebaran C. 10 88 52 34 *E.of ([ It W » « R. 10 89 07 10.5 i> » » » C. 10 88 54 07 tt tt i> » R. 10 89 07 19.5 )-• j> » >> C. 10 88 52 25 " tt j> a R. 10 89 07 10.5 J> » » » C. 10 88 52 24 » » » " R. 10 88 56 39 JJ jj )i » C. 10 88 45 40 » » j> » R. 10 89 03 18 if j> *» *> C. 10 88 22 30 tt tt tt n R. 10 88 59 24 >f 1* »i )» c. 10 88 30 00 tt tt tt it P. 10 89 13 57 » if >» n c. 10 88 44 49 it tt 't »i P. 10 89 15 58.5 )» if » J» c. 10 88 43 51 n t> n >i P. 10 89 19 54 » J» i> » c. 10 88 44 57 » It It it P. 10 89 13 09 >» f> » i> s. 10 88 54 00 „ 8 Aldebaran C. 10 88 33 21 * W. of ([ 9f >i » » s. 10 88 43 25 >» » » u C. 10 88 37 16 >t f> » » s. 10 88 44 45 >» » a >» C. 10 88 34 56 ,^ » if it ft s. 10 88 43 IS >• n >» » C. 10 88 38 26 Longituc e by 310 Lunar Distances, Star East of Moon . . 8°8 49 44.3SS : »» by 310 „ „ Star West of Moon . . 88 59 00.488 Mean Long tude by 620 Lunar D Stances, S tar East ani Wes t . . . 88 54 22.421 West. -A ■*8 LONGITUDE. 59 ABSTRACT OF OBSERVATIONS FOR DETERMINING THE LONGITUDE OF THE OBSERVATORY AT FORT BOW^EN. MEAN LONGITUDE By 6 Occultations of Fixed Stars 88 54 62.4 By 88 Observations of Moon's Transit 88 57 30.99 By 21 Eclipses of Jupiter's Satellites 88 52 08.85 By 620 Lunar Distances, Star East and West of C 88 54 22.42 By 9 Chronometers 88 55 08.1 Received LoNOiTtJDB, being the Mean of all the above . 88 54 48.55W. ■l1 if; 3 .;'V; h2 ; .it':-. VIII. OBSERVATIONS FOR DETERMINING THE LATITUDE OF THE OBSERVATORY AT PORT BOWEN, A.D. 1824—25. The following observations of Polaris were obtained by Troughton's Repeating-Circle employed on the former voyages, such improvements having been made in that instrument as the climate rendered necessary. Polaris was selected for determining the latitude, as well on account of its slow motion giving time for the settling of the level, as to avoid, by its high altitude, any effect of unequal refraction. The observations in Table I. are com- puted by the formula and tables published in the Philosophical Magazine for June, 1822, by Francis Baily, Esq., to whom we are much indebted for his kindness in furnishing Lieutenant Foster with a copy of them. The correctness and facility with whicli t.\it^ method may be adopted at any hour of the four-and-twenty, when the star is visible, rendered it an invaluable acquisition to us, under the unfavourable circumstances of climate in which we were placed. The observations in Table II. are computed by the method of Versed Sines. , The refractions employed in the computation, as well as their correction for the temperature and pressure of the atmosphere, are taken from the tables published at the end of the Nautical Almanac for 1824—25. An antprisk, in the column miirkcd " Index,'* denotes the instriimpnt not having been re-net to 360 ni lUc commencement of tliat observation, In such cases, the mean reading of the preceding observation \* taken as the Indes-Lrror. i i m\ •ft LATITL.^E. 61 2 o 00 s e» «5 g U5 90 OO CO •* S? OO OO 05 © m m 04 V) § 00 in ?? © X - © Ol X fl '?! O cc iS © m 05 00 < b: o H M m n O Cm o oj. t- 1- 80 00 0<5 1- 00 •- 00 00 «0 1- 00 00 1- 00 OO 00 1- OO «- 00 •- CO OO 00 CO t^ GO 00 E 2-1 g? ■* o 00 CO so OO 0* © 30 © 00 o Ol Ol 2 CO © 1- Ol 95 » • 1- 1- CD 9< CC x' •- 0« X X 35 X cc in 00 O ^ r* ^ »* © X X 35 « cc © X © 00 © X lO © + + o © 1 o 1 O 1 1 • in 1 • • T 7 • , , 7 00 at 1 , CI 1 , !; S c «i ■ : U5 © 00 CD 05 (N cc 05 c U5 o> CM * 5r CC C5 • • X 05 CM * cc 05 \ © 35 0» in o ■ • •joAiasqo h Cb b Cb' Cu b h b. b.' a.' ol Qu' a.' b b ^ b cL eu CL b oL CU ol Cu cl ■SU01I1PAJ.IS -"10 J" 'O.V cc v> ■* © TC CO CO CO CO X X X X X X X X X X X V 00 X X X X £ U5 lO in in in in in m in o a *- t- CO - ^ 00 (N lO o» X o c CM - CM IN © CM — c 2 CM o o o o C£ o 5 00 U5 •I* c 04 CM 00 CM CM in (N 5i CM CM CO CM 2 in 9) eo 00 00 OJ cc m 10 o< X 00 CO Ol o» © Ol- CD J5 Ol in 05 CO ot X Ol © Ol .■5 00 35 05 CO W5 in 05 110 © OJ © T in m cc O X in OO Ol CM in 00 00 o CM 05 si rr © Ol 00 Ol o> i m o» X CO OO Ol X o X 10 CO SK 1/5 00 00 Ui g o — © 35 © © O cc •n 00 o m t» 00 s o o» -f OO © CM X o 2 OO o »5 o :: *o o — — - © © © « © o — s» O — © — — 00 V o e m M 00 © m 5^1 T 0) 05 X in «t 05 0« m 2 en 1, Si 1- 00 X «o in to in 1- © X • « CD 00 •n CO CD CO © in CD © 1- • in *• CO 50 C5 X 0« 00 o CM 00 m © O (/> QQ O 0« + • • W (J « CH + • • ■si S e M in CO e m ■ 10 t- m 2 • • ^1 O £ © * ^_ »- 05 X ^ *f in cc •) 91 « 95 cc t; X in »s K s « s 05 05 W5 cc in o o CM •0 § m s s 5? 1- m o< 8 § 00 Z c »- ■^ , 9*° o> © J? o © ■o "0 0( X in in 00 $ m s s Kl s o s§ 00 t- ^ ?i X o* § H n 1- 00 X 05 05 04 CO »* X 05 o - in cc X 05 © 2; Ol m "t in i 2 t CO mm i 1! 2 r £ s K t t t M t t t '• 1 1 '&• I mi Kl 62 APPENDIX. 05 O ■5* 1- 00 CO m s OS oo CO >o OO 03 « o oo o s 00 O X CO CO ■* »- - 00 ^ n 9 00 OS ^ u 3 00 CO 0» ss s 1- CO 00 ss 00 OO 5 5 CO ■* •* CO 00 ■"Oi IS sg iS ^ 00 00 in n 00 ■■ « >. s • M IM 00 « 95 00 « oo 00 oo 1-^ 00 00 oo F-l oo 00 oo 00 00 oo 00 oo 00 00 «0 oo 00 2 2 K oo 1 1 2 °?: V. 00 00 00 oo 1- oo CO 00 00 00 00 1- 00 00 I- 00 00 p 00 00 00 00 p 00 00 95 •- t- 3 90 « «- 1 l.» 00 on S o> CO 00 o CO OS X o» co o s IN *- s 00 03 o« s X 00 CO o 1^ o 3 J O H P? O a- IN o o 90 1 o 1 us 1 . CO T . 7 . X I CO 1 s? 1 . . . 00 1 W3 00 1 . CO •0 1 oo 1 1 . . . M • 1 i; • CO oi • • oo OS • 00 0>' 0< • s 'f us ai OS • • • o CO o ' X o o • • • ■ • ■ C o CO (/2 pq O o g •ja.iissqo cu • 0. Ok bJ b b b. eu eu a. CL,' b al h' ».' PU b b.' Cb b' b a^ ».' B^ b a: - M b b *SlIOI]nAJ9S 00 00 CD CO 00 00 00 X X X X 00 X X X X X X CO ■^f X X X X X X X » t ou o .2 § 1 t V W5 <0 sg « in 00 •A • •O 14 X 5 OS x' OS lO t— eo 00 Tf X ^ W3 «3 o< si 10 — ci jl ►S + o 1 + T o + o 1 7 o + o 1 + o + + + + o + + e 1 o 1 + o 1 o + o 1 O 1 + o 1 o + O 1 1 +_ 1 T H 3 i «* o + IK * + * + * + lO 41 K5 + * * * XJ + * * * 14 + ■o + * * * * * * t * "3 + ■5 e s 1 > Ifl « lO lO X Tf « •0 ;2 iO 0* lO >Q •o w to n :( u^ ,1 •s o o TC 00 oo oo lO O o o ■o X o s; CO o o « s m CO 00 oc § CM OS 0* f - 00 - I 00 M 00 ■<» V 0« 03 o o o o ;; ■<)• CO 0« »»• s ? ss ^ ^ fo »» a ^ ? s s 0» 0« 0» ■«(■ 0« X «5 t 2 ^ °B H 9) s; o» CO r- 9) 0< M 0« S5 CO X 0* § s 00 2 oo 03 s 2 m M (X 91 2 2 I — 0^ m 1 2 ** -^ S OS 30 « OO CO 00 o 3 X j'i ss s CO o 0< Ui 00 s X o 3 s V ^N § s 03 s •0 n C 9 P 8 Km «s o> f «0 0> 00 OP s§ o o ^ X 3g CO z X o s X X 00 >* o ? o s S - Z^ s; s g CO 0« s Q 02 e o «li ^g ■n If go »- » X X 9« 0» 2 V •0 o CO 00 X 00 f X o s s; «3 2 S n g 2 3 7; a/« lO o — M 00 oo o o o o o w 00 ■* TC o 0« m 00 •V -" o o o t^ 01 » 1^ V c III ij» 00 •J in « eo 00 IS • (N o 00 •o oo »- "O" 00 CO* « X X o o m 00 01 e 03 00 0« o 0« o • • 00 o CO M o 0« o s o 10 e o e J! 3 10 o 8 *A •0 KJ iO wt 10 •Q ■n CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO CO u ce 5 °a « 1 00 + • • CO W3 + • . ^i CO M • • § 2 • • u 9 • C a If 01 • 9 OS •^1 s s •5 ^ W) M s M CO •o s •0 e * M 00 X CO t" >o ■0 « «o ■Q X ,^ ,^ 00 » > -s s s 00 o 5 s CO o o o « •- ^ •0 s s K « 2 s ? CO o 8» S : a 1 P 1 1" s CO <3 ? s o X M s o X t; X M •^ s X »• s « t~ s s 00 o 00 5 s tf «i2 91 * CO CO 1- oe •) * •9 ~ w * •o s - 00 00 •0 « •3 00 00 00 2 •5 00 00 00 o « *^ m ■<)< m o X ** s> ¥ 'i* UJ oo *" 01 CO m »^ n to 00 oo « « ^^ ■^ '™' -" c X ■* ot (ti oo o « i~ !N « X X 00 '^ '"' ^" • • • • . . . - — 0^ eu 0^ Q^ i» 00 X X 00 « m lO « 0* o« t: ^ w ^^ ^^ oo '^ o o o o + 1 + 1 1 1 * 4c * * * lO « tc ?l o o> o> f _ > ■«• 0> 00 ■ X 10 — — *J M o O ai

i R ! « s s n oo ?? X s s s, s CO CO 0» CO § 0« OS i2 S; •^ rf X g or OO X lO oo CO rs OS C5 o IN 00 cs o oo IO n 00 oo 5f 90 % CO •0 TC •0 CO iO 05 00 Si TC ^ 00 TT 5 00 r- oo oo V CO X eo 00 o *S oo o 03 00 T»« 00 oo •9 00 00 00 OQ oo oo 00 00 00 oo 00 oo 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 CO 00 CO 00 OO 00 eo oo eo «0 1- oo 1- 60 »- 00 »- 00 oo oo 00 oo oo 00 >- oo 1- 00 p oo oo oo 1- oo 00 00 oo 00 00 00 »- oo 1- oo 00 00 00 oo S 3 s oo s 0« s oo CO 00 00 o g o - ID oo ■n 0^ o> o o OS 2 T IO oo 1- cc 00 IO s s 3S 00 IO CO M 00 o CO 00 0» — I — MOO OS o — 00 o o oo 00 OS "• IN 0« CO o oo IO *^ CO oo t- X T — CO IO oo 50 CO CO — CO oo CO o 7 "^ "" + "■ o ^ *" ^ ^^ '" ^ "" ^ ■" ^ ^^ + 7 •^ ^^ ■"• ^" **" ■^ '~^ X 0* eo CO ^^ s CO IO CO TC 3 o o 5 s X g 00 OS IO s •- X X o OS OJ 00 X t- s 00 IO lO s s CO CS 2 s X OS OS o< o» o> « ei (N « 0« o3 s tN i~ 9t e» 0« e» ffi Ot c* O) l?l 91 CM oo 00 « IN •o (N n CO X ?* 9> O 0) OO OC vC I I I Qb 00 t« 0*5 00 30 I I I I X I f- -* IO I I I I I I • O • 00 o •c OS • •- OS X IO • ■ s 1.5 0- • ■ ■ 00 1- 2 Tf CO s 1- lO 04 OO • ■ • • X § • eo • S • g s • cs OS • • • OS os • • • OS IN gj OS OS M OS OS 0« • • • • cs IN CN • TS i, ei. u fa fa' fa' fa' fa' fa fa' fa fa' fa a.' fa fa fa fa fa' fa fa fa fa fa eu fa' • fa fa fa' fa fa' fa xxxcocoxcocococococococo XXX CD ■V o + O X w IO o I © I O I o + o I o o o + CO I- IN IO « — X 00 o o» — ~ — X — IN O o o — 0» + + + o I o I o I o + o — o — I + + -t- o + o o ■+■ I O 3 + + 10 + IO + IO + 2 * * 2 + 10 »- IO IN 10 ■o 9t 10 ■>c oo X X tC oo TC oo X >o CO oo — X ■>c IO TC 9) OS oo TC oo OS O 00 X oo 0» l» r» IO -N o» — o 00 00 00 0» I- CO o ■«• X o r- IO O T CO t- — o IO 00 00 — 00 >• o IO CO 00 ccoo — ooxgsos - «e TC — 0» e s s :;; t- — CO o "C 00 oo IO = 8 2 Sf S 5 o CO + X TC 0» — «»7JgO — — -""«-" 00 IO ^ TC CO w 00 O — — IN « 04 (• OS 00 ~ f Tf X — O IO CO O O TC o — — IO IO o o 00 o lO OS CO OS IO ■o X X 2 g ■o lo" + o CO 1- »- 90 X . t- w i- o> ■0 ■o 00 oo 1 1 i 00 s ^_ o (N 00 0» d 00 00 •«• ■* •0 Tf oo 1 ^ » 2 *3 K •s oo oo oo 00 '" •^ ^^ ^^ i^N ^^ <= J3 M oo oo 00 00 00 oo ^ r- 1- 1- «- l» »- 1- XI o d V 'O o< 0» CO o CO o , O PQ o •2 11 «i = s o 1 o o I o 1 o o 1 o d d + o d > ,2 OJ CO 00 o» e» H ^1 7 < u s «» -a t_ £ 2 « 6 . M 1^ 00 0> * •» OS o • E of t DES OJ J5 « 00 00 OJ 0) en •o at eo d B m o» ot c* m ot 9» o 01 ITUD LTITU > «5 + 1- 00 + o + 0< 1 oo 1 00 + + til I/) OO OS < >, a ; o o o us + o © m u G the IDION * BQ Ui in ^ to fc« ? >n ot to" x' w o (- ? « a c « o "^ o IO « t? M J: ^ « ^M IN CO o 00 X .^ £ s ? - ^ m « U5 '^ "— - 3 o o ^. r* IO ,... > S s 00 0> :s X •* « Oi cc H u u ^> » M t o> e» 1 > OS u i 1 FT M a o a . f X IO 0« CO* 00 CO IO X gy w o s 10 IO 2 oo IO ^ as a , , , , , ^ i •suoi,K.u»«q() Ci. b. b. b. b. b. b. ^ tc ao « X t X JO OM *" '" ■ k«4 H . . . , . V . o 5^ ■S . U k l| s Q Q g s ■0 o n V} .2 M 1 t CQ o 5 s o o "o PQ O b EL. a. eu a. 0. as 00 e » M t- Oi o < , : • 0* « m u ^ g S ^ ^^ 1 i 2| s t » ,1 IX. MAGNETIC OBSERVATIONS. DIP OF THE MAGNETIC NEEDLE OBSERVED AT WOOLWICH, AND AT DIFFERENT STATIONS WITHIN THE ARCTIC CIRCLE. I\ the following Table is given a general abstract of the dip and intensity of the magnetic needle, as observed at different stations in the years 1824 — 25, and those at Woolwich prior and subsequent to the voyage. The needles employed in the annexed observations on the dip, or in those on magnetic intensity, are numbered as follows : — No. 1. A rectangular needle by Jones, 7 J inches in length, on Meyer's construction, having a light cylindrical arm at right-angles to its axis, for screwing on a small brass sphere. No. a. The same needle, with a sphere somewhat larger. No. 3. Do. with a sphere larger still. No. 4. A plain rectangular needle, by Jones, of the same length, and used with the same instru- ment as the above. No. 5. Another similar needle, belonging to the same instrument, but employed for the intensity. No. 6. A conical needle by Dollond, 1 1| inches in length, with a moveable axis, for shifting into four different positions. No. 7. A rectangular needle, by Dollond, of the same length as No. 6, and used in the same instrument, but employed exclusively for the intensity. It may not be unnecessary to state, that every precaution which suggested itself was taken to ensure accuracy, and that the needles were vibrated after each observation by means of a smal piece of magnetized wire, that their axes might not be injured by raising them in the Y's oif the agate planes. Each of the registered observations on the dip were deduced from five readings of the needle in each of its different positions. The observations for intensity, by means of the time in which the needles performed one hundred vibrations in the meridian, are deduced from the mean of four hundred vibrations obtained with the face of the instrument on each side of the vertical, and the needles reversed on their axes in the two positions. • •• I •• •• ■is,': ^i':.- 'U ()6 APPENDIX. o t 1 m ^. Ob- TlHPIB ATVBK. DATE. Time. Latitude. LoDgitade. iierver. Needle. Dip. Air. Instrument. 1834. May 5 II. M. II. M. 5 A.M. Woolwich Common. F. 2 +48.7 +60 O ' i 2 „ P. 4 + I + 8 87 51.62 [ 10 „ Noon. P. 1 -14 - 8.5 87 54.94 » 12-! SO to 8 30 P.M. P. 8 - 9 - 7 87 52.75 1685. I S „ 5 P. 3 -10 - 6 87 47.8 Jan. 4 SO „ 4 P. 4 -87 -85 88 00.17 ., s 1 ., '» P. 4 -86.5 -81 87 55.99 » 6 11 A.M. to 2 .SO ,, F. 4 -80 -88 88 10.96 ' '{ 10 „ 2 F. 1 -35 -38 88 11.08 2 to 6 „ F. 8 -.36 -85 87 40.05 „ 8 II „ to 3 F. 6 -33 -29 88 89.49 f April 86 < 11 80 „ 8 „ 4 to 7 SO „ F. F. 4 8 + 8 + 8 - 1 + 1 88 16.99 88 12.76 ,. 27 e 15 „ 8 30 A.M. F. 1 - 8 88 09.32 r 9 20 „ 11 80 „ P. 4 -f25 +26 88 06.86 June 8 . 11 40 a.m. to 1 30 P.M. P. 1 + 26 +88 88 03.07 1 50 to 4 00 „ P. 3 +89 +89 88 18.8 ,, 27 9 SO A.M. to 3 „ F. 6 +47 +48 87 36.77 r Noon 2 „ F. 4 +48 +42 87 St. 17 „ 28 J 4 to 6 „ F. 1 +48 +42 87 58.5 1 r. no ,, 9 F. 2 4-40 + 41 87 54.8 July 27 10 A.M. to 1 so ,. 73 on 17 91 19 58.8 P. 2 + 50 + 50 88 08.1 r 8 45 „ Noon. 72 40 38 91 50 05.5 F. 4 +42 + 47 88 25.44 Aug. 1.1 \ 80 to S SO P.M. . .... F. 2 + 48 +48 88 12.68 1 e 30 „ 7 35 „ • • F. 1 -|-42i +48 88 19.55 „ .TO 8 „ 11 A.M. 73 09 08 89 01 80.8 F. 4 + 33 + 88 88 08.25 Dec. 4 J 11 10 A.M. to 8 Op.m. Woolwich Common. F. 4 +47 +47 70 10.1 3 50 to 4 37 „ tf If F. 2 +46 +46 69 54.7 ,. 5 1 SO „ 4 10 ., »» )y F. 1 +45 +45 69 56.5 ii n 4 Dip. O ' '/ 70 55.94 70 06.46 69 25.2 83 02.6 1 82 59.85 62 55.9 82 ae.s 8J 10.8 1 84 06.57 ' 87 42.46 87 51.7 87 57.7 88 16.91 88 IS. 75 87 4S.79 87 51.62 87 54.94 87 52.75 87 47.3 88 00.17 87 55.99 88 10.96 88 11.02 87 40.05 88 29.49 88 16.99 88 12.76 88 09.32 88 06.86 88 03.07 88 13.8 87 36.77 87 31.17 87 58.5 87 54.8 88 02.1 88 25.44 } 88 12.68 i 88 19.55 I 88 08.85 70 10.1 69 54.7 . MAGNETIC NEEDLE. 67 Mean Dip. REMARKS. o / 70 09.8 N. 82 53.66 84 08.68 O ' " 87 5S 291 88 05 81 04 o So 00 e at * o )■ n *•» u <2 88 13 08 88 OR 18 87 44 41 88 08 I 88 19 88 88 08 85 70 00 4 eg a. s On Boat Island— Whale-flah hiands. On the Ice, Davia' Strait. Partly by lamp-light. By candle-light. By day-light. Date. Day. 1824. May 7 June 27 Eastern Coast of North Somerset. Neill's Harbour. Nov. 8 1825. Jan. 10 June 87 Dec. 8 Time. Noon, II. 8 P.M. Hi „ 9* .. lU » Intfnsitv. M. Time in performine 100 Vibr». 8. 364.67 340.35 lOJA.M. 404.94 404.69 406.50 Temp. +57 + 44 Needle uned. -ISi 7 461.08 -82 +47 +47J 1 8 Rntin deduced. 1.00 1.148 1 . 290 1.298 1.886 1.00 '-^■l?' I»: '%' I'M : .;l!, •■si' .V !,I X. OBSERVATIONS ON THE MAGNETIC NEEDLE, FOR PLACING Mr. BARLOW'S CORRECTING -PLATE. :liJ^ ffl y The Ships having dropped down the river to North Fleet, Mr. Barlow came on board, on the 10th of May, 1824, to fix his Correcting-plate to the Compass of His Majesty's Ship Hecla, for which purpose the ship's head was directed to each point, to obtain the necessary observations. The following table contains the details: — NORTH FLEEl , May 10, 1824. Ship's Head by Compass. Bearing of Ship from Station. Bearing of Station from Ship. Local Attraction. Ship's Head by Compass. Bearing of Ship from Station. Bearing of Station from Ship. Local Attraction. North. S.40 SOW. N.4°I DOE. + 10 South . S.36 58W. N.37 o'oE. +0 02 N.byW. 41 36 48 10 + 1 34 S.byE. 31 SO 80 00 -1 30 N.N.W. 42 44 45 SO + 2 46 S.S.E. 33 00 89 40 -2 20 N.W.byN. 43 S3 47 00 +3 38 S.E.byS. 31 01 27 50 -3 11 N.W. 43 52 49 00 +5 08 S.E. 30 84 25 40 -4 44 N.W.byW. 43 58 49 40 +5 42 S.E.byE. 88 39 88 00 -5 39 W.N.W. 42 49 49 50 + 6 51 E.S.E. 37 83 80 80 -7 03 W.byN. 41 10 49 00 +7 50 FbyS. 40 59 84 00 -6 59 West. 41 29 • 47 00 +6 11 East. 43 88 86 50 -6 88 W.byS. 40 48 47 20 +6 32 E.byN. 47 89 40 50 -6 89 WJS.W. 39 46 46 10 +6 94 E.N.E. 49 33 48 10 -6 83 S.W.byW. 38 30 44 00 +5 30 N.E.byE. SO 86 44 10 -B 86 S.W. 36 30 42 20 +5 50 N.E. SO 38 46 00 -4 88 S.W.byS. • • . . . . . . N.E.byN. • • • . . . . . . 8.S.W. S4 S8 86 30 H-S 38 N.N.E. 45 SI 48 00 -3 SI S.byW. • • * . . . . . . N.byE. 48 54 42 20 -1 34 MAGNETIC NEEDLE. 69 ' ! 1 From these results Mr. Barlow furnished (from his table of local attrac- tions) the situation for the plate to be fixed abaft the compass, in the line of no attraction ; it was with its centre 14 inches from the vertical line of support of the card, and 12 inches below its horizontal plane. As we pro- ceeded to the north, however, it was soon found from observations on the variation of the compass with the ship's head at different points, that the plate, as fixed in England, did not wholly correct the local attraction of the Hecla in very high latitudes. The following are the variations of the compass obtained on the 18th oJ June, 1824, in latitude 61° 13' N. ; longitude 55° 30' W. ; with the ship's head at O 4 N.E.byE. Variation South „ East „ W.byS. From these results, it appears that the plate was fixed too near the compass. The Expedition having anchored at the Whale-fish Islands, for the purpose of unloading the Transport, the following observations were made, with a view of fixing the plate more accurately to the compass, July 3d, 1824: 59 12 Westerly 49 17 60 00 41 12 Cor. Mag- Compass Cor. Afag- Local Cor. Mag- Compass Cor. Mag- Local Att. 1 netic Bearing Bearing netic Bearing Attraction -|- netic Bearing Bearing netic Bearing 4- when North] of Ship's of Theodolite of Comp. from N. end to the of Ship's of Theodolite of Comp. from end drew to Head. from Ship, Theodolite. W. -toE. Head. from Ship. Theodolite. W.-toE. O P o r \ o > o * t « 1 North. N.34 4TE. S.34 01 W. 4 00 46 South. N.41 12E. S.41 57W. -00 45 N.E. 4 88 47 39 34 -10 4T s.w. 50 35 33 39 -1-16 56 Eaat. 26 18 44 08 -17 56 West. 46 20 27 55 -H8 25 S.E. 29 10 45 40 -16 30 N.W. 51 40 99 36 + 12 04 t''l S:'^,: .1;f" V ! The plate and compass were now taken on shore, and after a few trials, the following corresponding deviations of the needle were produced by the plate, when its centre was 17 inches below the horizontal plane of the needle, and 13.3 inches from the vertical line passing through its point of support. % ! m i.t, 70 APPENDIX. 4ii: ^ I ; ■ Correct Mag. FoBition of Plate. Correct Mag. Bearing of object. Bearing ofobjectwith Plate fixed. Deviation produced by PI. +N.cnd tothoW. — to the K. 1 j Correct 'Mag. Position of Plate. 1 Correct Bearing of object. Bearing ofobjectwith Plate fixed. Ucviatinn produced b/ Pl. + N.end to the W. — to the E. North. N.E. East. S.E. o 1 S.74 40W. O f s.74 46W. 63 20 56 50 60 00 / + 06 -11 20 -17 50 -14 40 1 1 South. S.W. West. , N.W. ! O f S.74 low. O f S.74 40W. N.86 SOW. N.86 20 W. S.86 42W. o ' 00 00 -f-18 30 + 19 00 -H2 02 The centre of the plate being placed in the above position, abaft the com- pass on board, the ship's head was again directed to the different points specified in the following Table ; the fourth and eighth columns of which shew the amount of attraction of the iron in the ship, uncorrected by the plate : — Correct Mag. Bearing of Ship's Head. North. N,E. East. S.E. Bearing of Theodolite from Ship with Plate fixed. N.42 40E. 50 50 52 10 58 55 Bearing of Compass on board from Theodolite. S.39 48W, 49 33 SI 27 57 42 Difference of Bearings. o « + 2 57 + 1 17 + 43 + 1 IS Correct Mag. Bearing of Sliip's Head. South. S.W. West. N.W. Bearing of Theodolite from Ship with Plate fixed. N.56 50E. Bearing of Compass on board from Theodolite. S.58 12W. Difference of Bearings. - 1 22 Object on shore not seen . N.42 lOE. N.34 30E. S.41 83W. S.31 5SW. + SI + 2 28 In the course of the experiments on shore at the Whale-fish Islands, for finding the required position of the plate, a considerable difference in the deviations it produced was observed to take place, when that part of the plate which had been kept uppermost was turned downwards. The following Table may serve to point out the necessity of always keeping Ml ^ $1 MAGNETIC NEEDLE. 71 II that part upwards, which was so at the time when its attraction on the compass represented the local attraction of the ship : to ensure which, it would be proper for the plate to be fixed on a square or triangular pin, instead of a circular one. The SITUATION of the PLATE with respect to the COMPASS in this instance was 17 inches below the pivot, and 12 inches from the plumb-line passing the same. Magnetic Position of the Plate. Correct Mag. Bearing of the object. Bearing of object with Plate fixed, X uppermost. Bearing of object with Plate fixed, X downwards, Attraction due to Plate when X was uppermost. Attraction due to Plate when X was downwards. Dilfercnie of Attractions - when X doM'n- ward is the least. o r 9 c / o » * . North. S.83 40W. S.88 low. S.83 40W, 00 00 00 00 00 N.E. .... 70 40 7.? 26 . - 18 00 - 10 14 - 8 46 East. .... 64 10 67 45 - 19 80 - 15 55 - 3 35 S.E. .... 67 47 70 25 - IS 58 - 18 15 - 2 38 South. .... 88, 10 81 30 - 00 80 - 2 10 + 1 40 S.W. N.76 S5W. N.81 25W. + 19 45 + 14 55 - 4 50 West. .... 75 40 79 00 + 20 40 + 17 20 - 3 20 N.W. 83 40 84 30 + 12 40 + 11 50 - 50 During the time that we were detained in the fHick, in Davis' Strait (1824), favourable opportunities were afforded, of proving the accuracy of the plate's present position, by comparing the variation of the compass which it fur- nished, with those obtained on the ice at some distance from the ships : the following Table contains the pbservations made between the Whale-fish Is- lands and Port Bo wen. *?ii. •t lo "i.i r fr 72 APPENDIX. t.i..; Erilift ' •'.; 'Ms DATE. 188 1. Latitude, North. Longitudp, West. Ship's Head by Compass. Variations observed on Board. Variationa observed on iceoraliore. REMARKS. July 10 / 70 00 o / 59 00 E.S,E. o . 72 55w. ft f* . . . • . . N.N.W, 72 10 « 14 71 16 59 25 n.ibje:. 78 21 78 48w. Observed on ice, 330 yards from the ahip. ., 21 71 02 60 40 .... . . . 77 87 On the ice, 400 yarda fram ditto. ,, 22 70 58 60 45 N.JE. 78 01 „ 24 70 57 60 56 • 78 24 On the ice, 1 of a mile from the ahips.- Dip, 84^ is'.a Aug. 15 72 27 61 22 N.N.E. 83 58 » •> . . . . . . N.SOE. 82 12 » » . . . . . . E.S.E. 8> 41 » 16 72 28 61 30 . . . 82 58 On ice, about 300 yards to the N.N.W. of ships. „ 20 72 34 62 15 South. 84 S7 » » • • • . . . East. 83 32 • 83 22J On the ice, 400 yards from ahip, with Kater's Compass, 1 and 8. „ 21 . . . . . . N.N.W. 81 00 Sept. 10 74 10 80 25 N.W. 108 57 ,. 11 74 20 81 26 N.b.W.iW. 110 43 }> » 74 28 . . . .... . . . 104 57i At Cape Warrender, with Kater'a Com- pass, 1. ,. 14 74 00 85 15 N.N.W. 108 08 J> « 73 56 85 12 S.E. 109 57 15 74 00 85 16 W.N.W. 114 53 1 » >> . . . . . . E.N.E. 114 26 „ 26 •> >> 73 52 78 49 86 53 South. W.S.W. 115 06 128 29 ... No obserrstians for comparison at these places. »> ») . . . . . . W.b.N.iN. 128 29 » )j . . . . . . N.W.b.W. 127 59 „ 28 .... .... S.14W.« 122 85 ISS 44b. . . . Port Bowen. Do. without the plate. 'A%^ ^ The following tabulated experiments were made in Barrow's Strait between the parallels of 73° 56', and 74° North, longitude 84° 30' and 85° 16' W. They were obtained by taking the bearing of a distant object with the compass, having the plate fixed to it, and also taking the bearing when the plate was removed from the compass : the difference between these MAGNETIC NEEDLE. 73 bearings (the ship's head being kept at the same point in both cases) shews the amount of attraction corrected by the plate, since it will be seen, on looking over the preceding table, that the variations observed on the ice or on shore at some distance from the vessels, accords very nearly with that observed on board with the ship's head in various directions : — DATE. 1824. Sept. 13 14 15 16 Magi; "if Direc. of Slnirs Head. E.byS. E.S.E. N.N.W. West. E.S.E. E.S.E. N.N.W. N.N.W.JW E.byS. N "tW. E.byS. Bearing of Object, Plate fixed. North. North. North. West. S. °4 20 E. 4 20 4 20 N.85 80 E. S.02 20 E. N.2S 00 E. 22 00 Bearing of Objei-f, Plate off. Di«f. of Bearing, or Amt. ofAtt cor. by PI. N.59 COW. N.54 OOW. S..S7 00 E. N.71 OOE. S.eo 20 E. 59 00 no dilf. 36 00 52 40 no diff. 14 30 58 00 8 00 REMARKS. Mean of several observationj by Capt. Parry and Lieut. Foster. This observatioii was made, to see if the object bore the same on opposite tacks. Several observations. Several observations. Discrepancy. Soon after our arrival in Port Bowen, it was ascertained that the variations observed on shore and on board (ship's head S. 14° W.) agreed within a few minutes; nevertheless, we were anxious to see how near the plate would, in other directions of the ship's head, continue to correct such enormous deviations as at present influenced our compasses. For this purpose, the ship's head was warped round to east, and afterwards to west ; since, at these points, the forces* opposed to each other would then act at right angles to the needle, and consequently in the best mechanical position for detecting any inequality of action that might exist between them. With the ship's head at east, the difference between the correct magnetic bearing of an object, and that shewn by the compass on board having the plate attached, was 8' 27', and at west, 6' 58', the north end of the needle in both instances being drawn forward by the ship's iron, thus indicating a want of power in the ♦ That of the iron in the ship and in the plate. k ■,i' 'i' 74 APPENDIX. I'^i. plate. It was not, however, deemed necessary to alter the position of the plate in consequence of these trifling discrepancies, when compared with the amount of local attraction that it did correct, when placed in the situation assigned for it at the Whale-fish Islands. The plate and compass being taken on shore, and their centres placed relatively to each other as on board, the fourth and eighth columns of the follqwing Table shew the effect it produced. It may be proper to remark, that when the plate was in a direction having a southerly expression, the needle traversed with great sluggishness and uncertainty. Correct Ma^etic position of Plate. Correct bearing of object. Bearing of object with Plate. Deviation produced by Plate. Deviated position of the Plate. Correct Magnetic position of Plate. Correct bearing of object. Bearing of object with Plate. Deviation pro n »- on ei CO H ii •v •* ^^ ^^ ^^ .-. ■^ — ^ Shipl to it. > 50 (-> "O « « T 00 r- w H ■2 '0 M 1- <0 60 at) 30 00 — t- «5 >.o OS 00 o» 03 a> 0< 00 03 or 00 IM — — CM 1.) "W3 « o» « •«• 00 0* m -a- to « eo « 00 TJ. eo 00 ." 1^ ^ >o >» „^ 00 00 v> t- f 00 CO 12 e» o> ■— OS «~ CO CO to 00 o» eo -f OT 00 ^ • 01 o °ao 00 oo — « 00 eo to — t- 00 «- t-. 1" »- »- CO •* ■a- Tc ""'5 £ cd 1.- JiiAiasqo eu h b Oi b 0. h a. b b Cfa' e^ b' b b Pi^ b b b b b b en b b fa b - as ? SI- .2 £ -• g « 1 '5 £ s s ^ ^ ^ ^ U5 Ifl — to ^ ^ o> •^. -^ jJ ^" t» i» M 1> ^ >> >. >^ ^- -«■ ^ X> A ■5 "5 9^ .? 1 K "■3 & eg Z z z' Z Z* Z w 00 y a CO % CO « ^ ^" ^ ^ i i 09 u bi u en !» eg — o« 0) 00 — 00 t- 00 Oi CO CO 1^ o< o» — (» — eo eo •«r fl" •0 g g la 4 o» n» ■m> 1. 0« 9« 00 Q 00 t- to m 00 t- CO 00 50 «o 00 00 » 00 OS 00 UJ v> M M CM II » . » S 3 o» o« « f a r- 1- R •1 ^ s ;; K r s Jj » Y s w § s •;s M ^ O ' 80 o« eo V :2 s H S . ^ o> ■0 (O .^ t-« "T 00 o» 00 on o« ^« ^ S ■' et — V to o< to OI "5 10 — 'T ■f w < s „ o> ^^ ■0 tt OS p« 00 CO lO w ■V ■»!• «5 W5 !- r- f* t- 00 00 X X 00 , A, _, . A.-, r-^-. , » , , — *— , , >*.._, , -A. . ^ -.* , , — ^ — , , — -/■ , ■s 00 M ■t 0) •0 i> — « 0» CO CO M ^ m — ■« 00 *} -« 0» 10 OI — t- CO -« on 2 9 — _ ?5 -^ ^ •«(» -< — t^ ^« — — 00 — TT — e< — 10 uj •* 01 2 » t4 % _o> o» ^^ « O) o> VM ^^ X 00 m CO CO e« M « o» » 00 X e- 00 00 M I- -f 00 to 00 fi o °lO U5 CO ■* •* «J. Tf « « « o w 1- «- 1- 1- 1- «- t- »- r- 00 00 00 X X X X ■J3/u3sqo 0.' h Sm* Ck b eu cil 0.' b 0^ bl S Cu b cu Cb a b oi b S b fa b fa b fa b b = « , , , , on the VARIA h Gilbert's Azi a '(^ 8| ^ ^ ? s w a M „ ^ « "^ « <3 3 " "■ ■* w w ^ ^ bi u bi 0« c>» t- r- to o» « CO CO ,- CD to U - 1 II z z Z z {« M z z z Z Z «) Z z z Z Z Z Z M CA .s . « ? ^ § 5 I— .y— 1 T" !'* * t « 9 a 9 & « ERVATIONS at Sea, wit 8 8 s S s s C « S 8 8 s s s s j^ > •■ « • s « 1; 8 8 8 « e « t 1! 00 3> c *r w «o (K> 1 , ^^ •" "- 0« IN o 1 t t t k t II -» ■» < "1^ ^.]:m 78 XII. OBSERVATIONS on the VARIATION of the MAGNETIC NEEDLE, made on Shore, or on the Ice. 1824^85. DATE. Latitode, North. Longitude, West. 1824. June 28 29 July 14 » 21 ., 24 Aug. 16 SO Sept. 11 1825. / II 68 59 IS 71 16 SO Tl 02 00 70 57 00 72 28 00 TS 31 IS June 10 >» 14 M f) »» 1ft July 25 M 97 Aug. 15 74 28 16 73 09 08 72 17 00 73 44 00 72 45 15 73 02 SO 75 23 00 73 06 00 72 46 00 O t II 53 12 56< 59 22 00^ 60 36 00^ 60 55 30 61 26 SO 63 08 00 81 51 13< 89 01 20 82 56 00 82 37 33 89 26 33 89 19 00 90 53 Ooi 91 30 OOJ 91 50 00 P. F. F. H. P. H. P. F. H. P. F. F. F. P. P. F. F. H. H. P. F. H. 8. 8. S. s. 8. F. V. F. P. F. Com- G. G. G. G. G. G. G. G. G. G. G. G. K. 1 K. 2 K. 1 K. 2 K. 1 K. 3 K. 1 K. 1 K. 1 K. 3 K. 3 K. 3 K. 3 K. 3 G. G. K. 3 K. 1 K. 2 WiHTEBLT Variation. Observed. 70 46 00 70 00 10 70 03 SO 70 36 20 70 84 40 70 23 00 78 48 00 78 48 00 7S 52 30 77 46 20 77 37 00 78 24 00 82 58 00 84 10 55 82 37 16 84 34 00 82 U 00 81 23 00 82 38 14 104 36 30 104 57 80 104 52 00 118 48 00 too 04 00 125 07 00 122 27 00 135 03 00 126 07 15 125 02 09 135 20 00 121 20 35 199 95 00 Mean. O I II }• 70 23 57 78 43 80 \ 77 41 40 78 24 00 83 58 00 83 25 44 REMARKS. 104 48 SO ^195 34 42 i il98 93 17 129 95 00 On Boat Island, Whale-fish Islands. On ice, 330 yards from the ship. On ice, 400 yards from the ship. On ice, | of a mile from the ship. On ice, 300 yards from the ship. On ice, 400 yards from the ship. Cape Warrender, Barrow's Strait- In Neill's Harbour. On shore, C. Coast of P. Regent's Inlet. Compass very sluggish. Upon ice. On shore, E. Coast of North Somerset. Do. where Fury was left. • O. Ollbart'a Compasn. K. Kater'i CompSM. 79 XIII. •A* I OBSERVATIONS for DETERMINING the VARIATION of the MAGNETIC NEEDLE, at Port Bo wen, 1824^25. DATE. Time. Ther- mome- ter. V o Wind. Weather. Westerly Variation. REMARKS. 1824 Nov. 1 H. M. 1 50 P.M. - 6 10 p. E.S.E. Mod. overc'. and dusky. t tt 121 52 00 fy 2 9 30 A.M. + 3.5 10 F. E.byS. Mod. small snow falling. 122 15 06 11 20 „ 1 SO P.M. + 3 + 2 10 12 P. p. >> Overcast. 121 41 36 120 49 55 Compass not tapped, wind sufficient. ft » 2 SO „ + 1 10 P. J> *f 121 IS 30 M 4 9 40 A.M. + 2 10 P. East. Fresh, overcast. 121 01 54 fl J> 10 20 „ + 2 10 P. » 1) )» 121 36 06 ») J> Noon. „ + 2 10 P. »i >y J) 120 47 48 » »J 1 00 P.M. + 2 7 F. •> )» M 121 24 06 » 5 10 00 A.M. + 10 4 F. j» » M 121 48 15 )» 6 10 00 „ + 4 10 P. N.W. Overcast and dusky. 122 15 48 J> » 10 SO „ + 4 10 P. J» Overcast. 122 18 36 10 50 „ SO P.M. + 4 + 4 10 10 P. P. If Fresh, clear, and light. 122 18 42 122 .53 54 .The Compass tapped. n )f 1 00 „ + 4 10 P. J» Still more clear & light. 122 36 54 » j» 1 SO „ + 4 10 P. J> Very little wind, quitecl''. 122 28 54 >i 20 40 „ • ■ . 14 P. North. Fine and clear. 121 20 00 if Dec. )» >» » 31 1» 10 20 „ 10 40 ,. 11 00 „ 11 20 „ 11 00 A.M. 11 40 „ 15 P.M. -15 -15 -15 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 P. P. P. P. C* C. C. N.E. »> M ,» »l 99 9t »> » >» /Thick ftnil haiy; twilight 1 at noon, not good. II II ij 11 121 25 00 121 15 00 121 29 18 121 45 .30 125 03 30 124 36 00 123 24 00 These observations made . by lamp-light ; compass tapped. Compau not tapped. » )» 1 00 „ -15 10 C. tt i> >y 123 52 00 1823 . Jan. »> 11 10 80 A.M. 11 00 „ Noon. „ -86 -86 -36 10 10 10 C. C. C. Calm. »> Pine and clear. Good twilight. II 128 04 00 128 08 00 128 80 00 1 Compass very sluggish ; ' tapped. Mean 123 14 44 • Mr. Crozier. 1 m 4'' 80 ts. i'l 'I APPENDIX. MEAN VARIATION OF THE MAGNETIC NEEDLE. Mean Variation by the foregoing Observations „ „ by line of Zero of Needle, No, I, used for Diurnal Variation » by „ No. 2, „ Mean Variation at Port Bowen . . . . 192 14 44 W 124 47 00 „ 125 04 00 „ 123 21 55 „ ' 4 1^ n y lis. li il: '# Note. — Our observations carried on during a great part of the winter passed at Port Bowen, in 1824 — 5, on the Diurnal Variation and Intensity of the Magnetic Needle, together with those for determining the Amount of Atmospheric Refraction at low Altitudes and Temperatures, were presented to, and read before the Royal Society, soon after the return of the Expedition to England. It being understood to be the intention of that learned body to honour these observations by publishing them in their Transactions, and the numerical details being very extensive, it has only been thought expedient so far to avail ourselves of the kind permission granted by the President and Council, as to give in this volume the general results already alluded to in the course of the Winter Narrative. (See pp. 52, 53, 56, 57.) On the same account, it has been deemed necessary to publish, in this Appendix, only a brief abstract of the results of Lieut. Foster's Experimen..s with an Invariable Pendulum, at Port Bowen, in the Spring and Summer of 1825. (See Appendix, No. VI.) ^,1 I'll I J XIV. ,"f OBSERVATIONS FOR THE DIP OF THE HORIZON AT SEA, MADE WITH Db. WOLLASTON'S DIP- SECTOR. lo 29.40 SI 29.51 50.5 29.50 SO. 5 29.50 (9.5 30.24 18 30.16 48 30. ]6 48 30.16 S4 29.88 ?4 29.88 96 29.82 S6 29.82 38 99.78 85. 5 29.78 29 29.83 29 29.83 SO 29.70 SO 29.70 30 29.70 made with Db. Wollaston's DIP-SECTOR. 1823—24. ice, and its extreme ruggedness, preventing the possibility of obtaining a well-deflned Horizon. Ship, Griper, in the year 1823, are prefixed to those obtained on the present voyage. POINTS of the HORIZON observed. S.E. and N.W. Eait. „ West. W.S.W. „ E.N.E. E.byN. „ W.byS. S.W. „ N.E. N.E.byN. „ S.W.byS. W.byN. „ E.byS. S.S.W. „ N.N.E. N.E.byN. „ S.W.byS. N.W. „ S.E. E.N.E. „ W.S.W. N.E.byE. „ SW.byW. W.byS. „ E.byN. well deflned. N.byW. N.E. Do. Do. S.E.byS. S.E. N.W.byW. N.W.byN. East. North. Do. Do. S.G.byE. N.NE. N.N.W. „ S.byE. „ S.W. „ Do. „ Do. „ N.W,byN. „ N.W. „ S.E.byE. „ S.E.byS. „ West. „ South. Do. Do. „ N.W.byW. „ S.S.W. „ S.S.E. WIND. E.byN. Light. W.N.W. Fresh. W.byN. j» S.W. Moderate 8.S.W. Light. S.M'. )) Westerly. »> N.W. it N.E.byN. ti N.N.W. W.N.W. E.S.E. S.S.E. East. N.W.byN. N.byW. N.W. N.W.byN. Moderate. •I w Fresh. •• Moderate. » WEATHER AND REMARKS. Sea smooth ; land distant in S.E. Much motion. Sea rough. Ice seen, N.W. Iceblink, N.E. Sea smooth. Ice seen from North to W.byS. Fog bank in the N.W. Ice-horizons. This observation gives the height of the ice, 2ft. 9in. Icc-horizon. This observation makes the height of the ice, IS feet. Showers of rain. Sea smooth ; land South. • Land j S.E.byE. to S.S.W. ; cloudy. Cloudy. Sea smooth ; horizon variable ; weather moist ; horizon clear at the last observation. Very fine ; several ice-bergs in sight, the " pack" 8 or 9 miles West. » Sky clear above ; hazy near horizon ; some ice- bergs near. I Clear in zenith ; clouded in horizon ; ice in south I horizon. • Clear and cloudless ; ice seen in N.W.byW, Ifl 84 XV. TIDE TABLE at PORT BOWEN, 1825. DATE. 1825. HlOH Watib. Low Wawb. y» PHASES. DATK. HioH Wateb. Low Watib. y% PHASFS. Time. Rise from the last low Water. Time. FaU from the last high Water. Time. Rise from the last low Water. Time. FaU from the last high Water. H. M- F'. IN. H. H. F«. IN. U. M. F'. IN. H. H. P«. IN. April 16 17 11 30 p.m. • 5 30 A.N. 8 2 May 99 2 M 10 A.N. 4 2 5 45 a.m. 5 45 P.N. 4 4 5 2 ; Full, I ad. 2''. .n9"'. }> W 11 30 a.m. 3 4J 5 20 P.M. 4 ; • New, 117<'.21''. 20"'. If 99 Midnight. 4 8 . . . . 11 41 Midnight. 4 3i . . • 99 8 " • • 6 10 A.M. 4 8 jj 18 fi , 6 00 A.N. 3 8 99 f> Noon. 3 11 6 80 P.M. 5 2 *r «• 11 SO a.m. 3 4^ 6 00 P.N. 4 Oi » 4 35 A.H. 6 4 7 45 a.m. 5 2 9i 19 O 15 „ 4 7 6 30 A.M. 3 9 « 99 15 P.M. 3 3 7 15 P.N. 5 2 if *J Noon. 3 2 7 30 P.N. 3 9 91 5 1 80 A.N. 6 1 8 00 A.M. 4 54 9* «0 1 00 A.M. 4 9 7 .10 A.N. 3 9 » »> 1 30 P.N. 3 14 7 30 P.N. 4 7 >f >9 1 00 P.M. 4 1 7 10 P.N. 4 1 J» 6 2 45 A.H. 5 10 9 30 A.M. 4 1 f> 'J\ 1 30 A.M. 5 1 7 40 A.N. 3 Hi l> 99 1 45 P.M. 3 8 8 15 P.H. 4 10 J> »» 1 15 P.M. 2 lOi 8 00 P.N. 4 1 *l 7 3 00 a.m. 5 2 10 00 A.N. 3 8 9* 22 2 00 A.N. 4 11 8 00 A.H. 3 7 »» »» 2 15 P.M. 2 2 8 40 P.M. 3 3 ff i» 1 20 p.m. 2 5 8 00 P.M. 3 9 99 8 4 00 A.M. 4 6 10 00 A.M. 3 1 99 23 » 3 00 A.M. 2 30 P.M. 3 10 3 4 9 00 a.m. 8 45 P.M. 2 2 3 4 99 9 3 SO P.M. 4 30 A.N. 1 8 3 11 10 00 P.M. 11 15 A.N. 2 6 2 9 I 9''.9h.21m » 24 3 45 A.N. 3 9 10 00 A.N. 3 1 » 99 4 30 P.N. 1 3 1 1 so P.N. 1 11 99 99 25 4 10 P.M. 4 80 &.N. 2 6 4 6i 9 00 P.M. 11 00 A.M. 3 5 2 7i / 1) First Q'. 125<1. igh. SB". 99 99 10 6 00 A.M. 6 00 P.M. 3 2 1 4 11 15A.N. 11 25 p.m. 2 4 I 10 >» 99 4 00 P.M. 1 4 to 20 P.M. 2 5 99 11 6 45 A.M. 2 0^ 1 30 ,. . 24 99 26 6 30 A.N. 3 4J 11 50 a.m. 3 S 99 » 7 15 p.m. 1 6 . . . . . 9t M 5 45 P.N. 1 u . . . . 9* 12 . . 2 15 A.N. 1 5 tf 27 . . 1 00 A.N. 2 8 »» » 7 15 A.M. 3 24 3 10 P.N. 3 4 99 » 6 15 a.m. 4 1 30 P.M. 2 9 )9 it 8 15 P.N. 1 11 • . . 99 tt 7 30 P.M. 1 7 . . 9f 13 . . 2 10 a.m. 1 9 99 28 . • 1 00 A.N. 1 11 J» » 8 45 A.N. 2 3 2 40 P.M. 3 8 t» >^ 8 00 A.M. 3 3 2 IS P.N. 8 8 99 » 9 30 P.M. s 24 . . . • J> » 8 45 P.N. 2 5 . . . . 99 U . . S 30 A.N. 2 2 » 29 . . 2 80 A.M. 2 6 99 j> 9 00 A.H. 2 34 4 15 P.N. 9 84 l» » 8 50 A.N. 8 U 3 00 P.N. 3 74 99 11 10 00 P.N. 2 84 . . 9* )9 11 00 P.N. 8 7 . . . 99 15 . . . . 3 45 AN. 2 5 » 30 . 4 00 A.M. 3 8 99 99 10 00 A.M. 2 7 4 10 P.M. 3 «J i> 10 00 A.N. 8 ei 4 10 P.N. 4 7 » 99 10 40 P.H. 8 5 . . »> » 10 so P.N. 4 6 . 1 J» 16 . . . . 5 00 A.M. 2 11 , May 1 . . 4 SO A.N. 3 104 99 >» 10 80 A.H. 8 64 5 00 P.N. 3 84 f» •» 10 45 A.N. 4 10 S 00 P.N. 4 104 If » 11 15 P.H. 4 84 ■ • • . »• It 11 00 P.N. 5 44 . . . • ■ 99 17 . . . • • 5 45 A.M. 8 8 TIDE TABLE. 85 TIDE TABLE at PORT BOWEN, ISflJS— ontinued. DATE. Hioii Watib. Low Wati«. ])■« PH.\SES. DATE. HlOH Watis. liuw Watib. 1 J-t PHAHV Time. Rise from the last low Water. Time. Fall from the last hiffh Water. Time. Riae from the last low Water. Time. Kill! 1 from last 1. Wat.. May II 17 >l H. M. 11 00 A.M. Midnight. ► «. IN. 2 10 3 ,S H. M. 5 SO P.M. 4 1 / • New. Ti 171. 12". e™. ■ • i i June II 8 8 II. M. Noon. 1 20 A.M. F'. IN. 2 10 6 H. M. 6 30 P.M. 8 SO A.M. 4 4 10 8 5 J» 18 ft . 6 00 A.M. 8 9 .♦1 >i 1 80 P.M. 8 10 7 15 P.M. 4 6 t* » Noon. 2 9 • • ■ , . II 4 2 00 A.M. 6 8 15 A.M. 4 8 •» 19 SO A.M. . 7 15 a.m. 3 9 II »> 1 30 P.M. 8 7 7 50 P.M. 3 11 II « 10 P.M. 8 5 6 45 P.M. 4 8 j i " 5 3 00 A.N. 5 5 9 00 a.m. 8 9 »» 80 1 15 a.m. 5 2 7 45 a.m. 3 11 >* n 2 20 P.M. 2 8 9 00 P.M. 3 6 l» II 45 p.m. 2 4i 6 15 P.M. 4 H II 6 8 25 A.M. 4 54 9 45 a.m. 3 H )» 81 8 00 A.M. 5 SJ 9 30 A.M. 8 7 1 " 11 8 00 P.M. 2 2 9 15 p.m. 8 8 II II 1 40 P.M. 8 6J 7 30 P.M. 3 6 , II 7 4 00 A.M. 4 1 10 50 a.m. 3 1 Jl II 28 II 8 80 a.m. 8 00 P.M. 5 1 2 2 9 15 a.m. 8 30 P.M. 3 8 3 G ! II 1 II II 8 3 30 P.M. 5 00 A.M. 1 9 3 4 10 SO p.m. 11 00 A.M. 8 8 8 8 ; DLastQ'. I 8*. 2". H". .. 23 S IS A.M. 4 11 10 00 A.M. 3 5 II II 5 10 P.M. 1 5i 10 35 P.M. 1 8i tf >i 3 00 P.M. 8 8 9 30 P..U. 3 8 II 9 5 45 A.M. 8 9 Noon. 8 7 if 84 3 45 a.m. 4 8i 10 30 A.M. 3 4J / D First Qr. 124<». IS". 51". M » 6 35 P.M. 1 Si . . !• •> 4 30 P.M. 2 10 10 45 P.M. 8 8 II 10 . . . 85 A.M. 1 6 II 25 5 00 A.M. 4 11 30 a.m. 4 II II 6 5 A.M. 2 2i 1 15 P.M. 8 5 If II 5 30 P.M. 2 Hi 11 no P.M. 8 2^ II II 7 SO P.M. 1 Hi . II 86 6 40 A.M. S 5 40 ,. 8 5 II 11 . . . 1 10 a.m. 1 8i » 11 6 80 P.M. 8 3 . . M II 7 40 A.M. 2 2i 2 00 P.M. 8 6i 1» 87 . 45 a.m. 2 6 l« II 8 55 P.M. 3 6 . . II t> 7 00 A.M. 8 11 1 30 P.M. 3 7 J* 12 . . 2 00 A.M. 1 7i II » 9 30 P.M. 3 I . . . 11 II 9 00 A.M. 1 Si 2 50 P.N. 8 9 » 28 . . 2 10 A.M. 2 11^ >» II 9 45 P.M. 3 1 . . 11 ft 8 00 A.M. 8 li 2 20 P.M. 4 II 13 . 8 50 A.M. 8 O 1* 91 9 30 P.M. i . . . II II 10 00 A.M. 1 7 3 45 P.M. 8 n 89 . . 3 00 A.M. 8 »l It 10 15 P.M. 3 8i • i • . ft » 8 50 a.m. 3 3 30 P.M. 3 5 *l 14 . . 3 57 a.m. 8 6 »t » 9 50 P.M. 4 8 . . . . . II l> 10 20 A.M. 3 10 4 80 p.n. 8 Si 99 80 . . 4 00 A.M. 8 8. » .•1 11 00 P.M. 4 4i . » Jl 10 00 A.M. 8 U 4 00 P.M. 4 6 : >f 15 . S 00 a.m. 8 Oi »l >l 11 IS P.M. 5 5 • ■ , tf IJ 11 00 A.M. 8 Oi 5 15 P.M. 2 8 »• SI II 11 00 A.M. 2 1 6 00 A M. 5 30 P.M. 3 10 4 6 / O Full. 131''. 11". 58". II 16 11 40 P.M. 3 7ii . . . . . 1 5 45 A.M. 8 54 M >J 1 1 50 P.N. 5 7 . . . • . » tt 1 1 80 A.M. 2 8i S 45 PN. 8 H I # New, lle-i. 0''. 22>». June I . . 5 30 A.M. 4 2 1* II 17 30 „ 5 8 6 85 A.M. 8 7 ji >» 11 30 A.M. 3 1 5 30 P.M. 4 8 *9 11 40 „ 8 8 6 00 P.M. 4 3 II 8 15 P.M. 4 5 7 10 A.M. 4 4 Mean Time of Iligh-M '^ater at Full and Change . . 11*>. l( )"'. Greatest Rise and Fall of Tide . I.«ast do. do. • ■ eft. 4 in. 1 1* T--': l ! '•: i|P 86 XVI. EXPERIMENTS TO DETERMINE THE RATE AT WHICH SOUND TRAVELS AT VARIOUS TEMPERATURES AND PRESSURES OF THE ATMOSPHERE. Port Bowen, 1824—25. The following experiments were made with a six-pounder brass gun placed on the beach at the head of Port Bowen, and fired by signal from the Hecla, the interval elapsed between the flash and report being carefully noted by the beats of a pocket-chronometer held to the ear of each observer. The initials in the columns of interval are those of Capt. Parry and Lieut. Foster, and the result in the last column of the table is deduced from the mean of both. The distance of the muzzle of the gun from the place of observation, as mea- sured trigonometrically by Lieut. Foster, was 12892.82ft., and by Capt. Parry (by a different series of triangles) 12892.96. The mean distance, employed in the calculation, is 12892.89ft.— The bearing of the gun was S. 71° 48' E. DATE. Baro- meter. Thermo- meter. WIND. Weather. Interval in Seconds, between Flaih and Report. Rata of trareUing per second, in feet. Direction. Korce. P. K. Mean. 1824. Nov. 24 Inches. 29.841 - 7 E.S.E. Light. Overcast. 5 8. 12.3525 8. 12.4.30 8. 12.3912 1040.49 Dec. 8 29.561 - 9 N.N.E. Spole to the equator .0054155, the ellipticity of the earth ss^rrs^ ^^^ ^^^ length of the Equatorial Pendulum 39.009797 inches of Sir George Shuckburgh's scale. It must be remembered, however, that the above lengths of the Seconds* Pendulum are merely uoed for the sake of comparison, and for the purpose of deducing the ellipticity of the earth from the actual observation of the increased action of gravity. But as soon as the real length of the Seconds' Pendulum at Greenwich shall be determined, that at Poit Bowen will like- wise be known by means of these experiments, while their results, as far as the figure of the earth is concerned, will remain unchanged. H. F. *^ NATURAL HISTORY. t M i fl m Hffi- I^Htill ^v'- fit H^Kjj «' t mm^ m m y tS ZOOLOGY. By LIEUT. JAMES CLARK ROSS, R.N., F. L. S ?;&■ The Natural History of the Arctic Regions has lately received so much attention, and has been so ably and copiously illustrated, that little is now left to be said on the subject. The present notice is, therefore, confined to an enu- meration of the several species which fell under our observation during the late voyage. Their number will appear small, when compared with the collections made on former occasions ; but the extreme sterility of the country in the neighbourhood of Port Bowen, where the Expedition wintered, together with the short period of our stay in those regions, will sufficiently account for this cir- cumstance. It would perhaps have been desirable, on this occasion, to collect into one view the observations of those who have recently written on the subject, and, together with the additional information which this voyage has afforded, to have formed a complete Fauna of that portion of the Arctic Regions which has boon visited by the late Expeditions for the discovery of a North-west Passage. This would, however, have necessarily far exceeded the prescribed limits of this notice, anfl probably have required much more time to execute it, than the early publication of the Narrative would admit. The arrangement and generic names used by Cuvier, in the Rryv/r Animal, have been adopter! in th(^ ju-count of the Mammalia. .P m u 9-2 APPENDIX. J'- I MAMMALIA. 1. Ursus Mahitimus. Polor Bear. H« '.'ii ua These animals were frequently met with on floating fragments of ice, both in Davis' Strait and Baffin's Bay, but none were killed until after the arrival of the Expedition at Port Bowen. There they visited the ships in considerable numbers, and in the course of the winter and ensuing spring eleven were killed. Of these the males averaged 8| cwt., the females about 7^ cwt., and the largest which was obtained did not exceed 9 cwt. The very wonderful accounts of the magnitude of these animals, which some authors have given, appear extravagant and exaggerated, when we observe that the largest of those which have been met with in the course of the late voyages weighed less than 12 cwrt., and did not exceed 8 feet 9 inches in length. That the gravid females alone hibernate, and that the males and unimpregnated females wander about in the neighbourhood of the clear water throughout the winter, has been so fully confirmed by the testimony of the Esquimaux on the former, and our own experience on the present voyage, that no doubt can now remain on this interesting subject. 2. Can IS Laoopi-s. Arctic Fox. Some of these beautiful little animals were caught in traps, during the winter, at Port Bowen, and one of them lived in confinement for nearlv five months : but, notwithstanding the kindest treatment and attention, it continued wild and untractablc to the last. It began to cast its winter-coat early in May, the fur about the head and sides first falling off", and exposing a short dark brown hair, approaching to a blueish black at the base. It died at the end of May, before its summer dress was perfected. ZOOLOGY. 93 In some few specimens the tail was perfectly white, agreeing with that part of the Linnaean specific character, cauda apice concolore, but in by far the greatest number the hairs at the end of the tail were terminated with black. A single individual of the sooty variety was taken in November, a female, agreeing with that described by Dr. Richardson*, except that it approached more nearly the size of the other variety. Pennant, in his Arctic Zoology, con- siders this a distinct species ; and it has been described, in Shaw's Zoology and M'Kenzie's Tmue/s, under the name of Canis Fidiginosus : its identity with the Arctic Fox is, however, now tolerably well established. In confirmation of what O. Fabricius says on the subject, I was informed by Lieutenant C. HolboU (an officer of the Danish navy, who had resided in Green- land between two and three years, for the purpose of collecting subjects of Natural History), that he had taken from the same litter four whelps of the sooty. and four of the white kind. The only three specimens of the rooty variety which have fallen under my observation were, as described by Dr. Richardson, " of an uniform blackish brown colour ;" we may add that a slight purple lustre is observable in recent specimens only, and by a peculiar shade of light. The mixture of short dark and white hairs in the face gives it a ferocity of expression very different from that of the white variety. 3. Arvicola Hudsonia. Hudson s Bay Lemming, The peculiar formation of the fore-claws of this animal, which distinguishes it from its congeners, has been ably pointed out by Captain Sabine, in his Appen- dix to Parry's first voyage. They were but rarely met with during the present voyage, and only two were caught. Their tracks were sometimes seen during the winter, shewing that they occasionally venture from their burrows, even in the coldest season of the year. 4. Lepus olacialis. Polar Hare. AnuNDANT on the south shore of Barrow's Strait ; and at Port Bowen they were occasionally seen during the winter, where three were shot. They differed from Appendix to Parry's Second Voyage, p. 'i'lSi. 94 APPENDIX. those described by Captain Sabine in the Appendix to Parry's first voyage, in having the ears exactly the same length as the head, and the whiskers perfectly white. . . 5. Cebvus tarandus, Rein Deer, Was rarely met with during the present voyage. Two were shot on the north shore of Barrow's Strait, near Cape Warrender, and a few others were seen on the coast of North Somerset. ■ 6. Phoca FffiTiDA. Rough Seal. A YOUNG animal of this species, agreeing with the descriptions of authors as having attained one year old, was shot at Port Bowen in June, 1825. Besides this species, which was very numerous in the bays along the eastern shore of Regent's Inlet, the P. barbata and P. Grcerdandica were seen in consi- derable numbers on the packed ice of Davis' Strait and, Baffin's Bay ; but none were shot. m. U- Sff:' /; ..•^' »» « 7. BALiENA MYSTiCETUs, Blttck Whale, Was rarely seen in the course of our progress through the ice in Baffin's Bay ; but in Prince Regent's Inlet they were found in considerable numbers. A young whale was killed in June, 1825, for the purpose of supplying the ships with oil. By means of powerful purchases, it was drawn up on the fixed ice, and stripped of its blubber. This process had scarcely been completed, when the ice broke adrift and floated off" with the carcass ; thus preventing any further examination, which might have afforded some very interesting information. 8. MoNODON MONocEROs. Narwhul. Very numerous in Baffin's Bay and Prince Regent's Inlet, but none were killed. The head and horn of one was found above high-water mark at the head of Port Neill. The horn measured 8 feet, and at the base was 8 inches in circum- lerence, gradually tapering to a fine point, completing eight spiral turns from the base to the tip. It was very solid, except about five or six inches from the base, and weighed 15. J lbs. ZOOLOGY. 95 In the head the rudiments of the second horn, mentioned by Fabricius and Cuvier, were not discernible. Besides the eight species of Mammalia above enumerated, the delphinapterus beluga, or white whale, was seen in great numbers along the shores of North Somerset and the neighbourhood of Jackson's Inlet. The trichecus rosmarus, or walrus, was also occasionally met with ; but as none of either species were taken, no additional information has been obtained. 'ifi 96 APPENDIX. BIRDS. i; ! ii- " • The secend edition of M. Temminck's Manuel d'Oniithologie has been followed, both in the arrangement and generic names used by him, with a single excep- tion ; and the following authors are occasionally referred to : — Gmelin, Systema Natures Linnai. Fabricii, Fauna Grcenlandica. Latham's Index Ornithologicus. Latham's General Synopsis of Birds. Pennant's Arctic Zoology. Pennant's British Zoology, 2nd edition. Sabine's Memoir on the Birds of Greenland. Sabine, in Supplement to Par?ys First Voyage. Sabine's Appendix to Franklin's Journey. Richardson's Appendix to Parry's Second Voyage. H 1. Falco Islandicus, Jerfalcon, Falco Islandicus. Gmel. i. p. 275. Lath. Jnd. Orn. i. p. 32. Temm, p. 17. Grtenl. Birds, No. 1. White Jerfalcon. Lath. Syn. i. p. 83, and Svpp. p. 21. This bird, of which but a solitary individual had been met with during the three former voyages, was seen frequently during the present. A pair, in mature summer plumage, flew past the ship in September, 1824, in Lancaster Sound, corresponding with the descriptions of authors above quoted. Another, which was seen in September, 1825, in lat. 74°. N., on the return of the expedition to Baffin's Bay, accorded nearly with the description of the young bird in Tem- minck's Manuel, p. 18, and commonly known as the falco gyrfalco of Gmel. i. p. 275, and Lath. Ind Orn. i. p. 32. ft .". ; lb tl ZOOLOGY. 97 2. Strix nyctea. Stiowi/ Owl. Strix nyctea. Gmel. i. p. 291. Lath. Ind. Orn, i. p. 57. Temm. p. 82. Fabr. p. 60. Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. cxciii. App. to Parry's Second Voyage, p. 342. Snowy Owl, and White Owl. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 233. Lath. Syn. i. p. 132. Was rarely seen, and none were shot. The half of one was found near Port Bowen, the remaining part having, as we supposed, been devoured by a fox, who left us nothing but the head and right side of his victim. This individual, as well as the few others which have been seen, were all in the state of plumage described by Fabricius ; but none of the mature birds, described by Temminck and others as being of a pure white, have ever been observed on either of the voyages. Fabricius mentions that they are frequently found dead. 3. CoRvus coRAx. Raven. Corvus torax. Gmel. i. p. 364. Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 150. Temm. p. 107. Fabr. p. 62. App. to Parry's Second Voyage, p. 343. Raven. Lath. Syn. i. p. 367. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 245. Has been found in the most northern parts of the Arctic regions visited by the expeditions. A pair took up their winter residence in the high cliffs of Port Bowen, and occasionally approached the ships in search of food. During the winter they were frequently observed to have a white ring round the neck, caused by the accumulated encrustments of the vapour of their own breath, and giving them a very singular appearance. Winter produced no effect on their plumage, nor did they differ in any respect from the European bird. r^ M 4. Plectrophanes Lapponica. (Meyer.) Lapland Finch. Emberiza calcarata. Temm. p. 322. App. to Parry's Second Voyage, p. 345. Fringilla Lapponica. Gmel i. p. 900. Lath. Ind, Orn. i. p. 440. Fabr. p. 119. Lapland finch. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 377. In the midst of the confusion which prevails to this day in respect to the arrange- ment of this bird, the experience which the late voyages have afforded induces me to adopt that of M. Meyer. n 98 APPENDIX. I am unable, in this instance, to accede to the opinion of M. Temminck in arranging it with the snow-bunting, because in its habits it differs essentially from it, while its external characters separate it most decidedly from tmbt- riza. Both in its characters as well as habits, it unquestionably agrees more nearly with the lark than with any other known genus. It has the long hind nail of the latter ; like it, it soars in the air, sings most sweetly on the wing, and inva- riably rests or runs upon the ground, never alighting upon prominences like the snow-bunting, which will fly from stone to stone, chirping like many others of its congeners. The form of its bill, however, and the acuminate shape of its wings, exclude it from the genus alauda ; and as it cannot with propriety be placed in any other, the necessity of forming a new genus, intermediate between the lark and bunting, seems sufficiently imperative. They are more rarely met with than the snow-bunting, arriving later and returning to the southward sooner, as has been observed by O. Fabricius. The very accurate and minute description of this bird by Dr. Richardson and M. Temminck, as above quoted, render any further remark unnecessary. iwi;. 5. Emberiza nivalis. Snow-bunting. Emberiza nivalis. Gmel. i. p. 8fi6. Lath. Ind. Orn. i. p. 397. Temm. p. 319. p. 117. Greenl. Birds, No. 5. App. to Parry's Second Voyage, p. 343. Snow-bunting. Brit. Zool. i. p. 444. Ard. Zool. ii. p. 355. Latk. Syn. iii. p. 161. Fabr. Although it has become necessary to form a new genus for the proper arrange- ment of the Lapland finch, I can by no means agree with M. Meyer in placing the snow- bunting in it. Its external characters referring it, without doubt, to the genus emberiza, a slight dissimilarity of habits is certainly not sufficient to remove it from a place it has so long undisputedly held in the system. M. Temminck has formed of these two birds a second section, differing from the buntings, properly so called, in having " I'ongle derri^re long, foiblement arqu6." In this there must be some mistake ; the hind nt. U of the snow-bunting is neither longer nor straighter than many o^ its congeners, for instance, the E. dtrinella. They were always amongst the first birds that returned in the spring ; their earliest arrival was about the middle of April, thus preceding all others, except the grouse, by nearly a month. We found them breeding at the Whale-fish Islands early in July, and a nest ml ZOOLOGY. 99 with six eggs was brought on board by one of the officers : it was formed of dried grass, and lined with feathers, which were covered with a fine white down. The eggs were of a cream colour, thickly covered with small reddish-brown marks and spots. i 6. Tetrao ruesptris. Rock Grouse. Tetrao rupestris. Gmel. i. p. 751. Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 640. Voyaqe, p. cxcv. App. to Parry's Second Voyage, p. 348. Rock Grouse. Arct. Zool. ii. No. 184. Lath. St/n. Sujrp. p. 217. Supp. to Parry's First Several birds of this species were shot at Port Bowen in October, 1824, in perfect winter plumage. In these individuals the female birds were marked with the black line from the beak, through the eye, as strongly as the males ; a mark which, I believe, has hitherto been considered peculiar to the male bird. On their return in March they were still in perfect winter plumage, and the black line through the eye of both the male and female birds was as conspicuous as in those shot in the autumn. It was, however, afterwards found on the females in every stage of obliteration as the season advanced ; and in the last few which were shot, near the end of May, it had wholly disappeared, agreeing then with Captain Sabine's description of birds killed at Melville Island about the same period of the year. In some of these last few the summer plumage was beau- tifully and distinctly seen, by removing the winter covering, which only partially concealed it, and ha ^ not yet moulted. Captain Sabine, in the work above referred to, has already pointed out cha- racters by which this and the two following species can be distinguished from each other in their various plumages. 7. Tetrao lagopus. Ptarmigan. Tetrao lagopus. Gmel.'i. p. 749. Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 639. Fabr. p. 114. Parry's First Voyage, p. cxcvii. App. to Parry's Second Voyage, p. 350. Ptarmigan. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 315. Lath. Si/n. iv. p. 741. Supp. to Was shot at Port Bowen as late in the year as the 16th of November, 1824, in company with the T. albus, and returned from the south about the middle of March, continuing to arrive in considerable numbers until nearly the end of April. na 100 APPENDIX. During the last week in March about sixty birds of this species were shot, in which, as in the preceding species, no diflference could be discerned in the plumage of the male and female, the black band through the eye being equally distinct in both. I had the opportunity of examining between twenty and thirty female birds in a more advanced period of the season, shewing it in different degrees of distinctness, and subsequently many from which it had totally dis- appeared. After the very marked succession of appearances which I have been enabled to follow through above two hundred individuals, I can entertain no doubt of every female of both this and the preceding species being marked with the black band through the eye as strongly as the male in the winter season and in high northern latitudes. Fabricius mentions that in the winter time, in Green- land, the rudiments of this mark were observable on the female bird. Nearly all the birds of this species had fourteen black and two superincum- bent white feathers on the tail; but occasional individuals were found with sixteen black and the two superincumbent white feathers, which evidently shews that the number of tail feathers can never be used as a specific distinction, and in some measure accounts for the difference of opinion amongst authors on this subject. There is also a remarkable peculiarity in the anatomy of this bird, which merits a passing notice. In all the gallinaceous tribe, the intestina caeca are very large, but in this bird they are much more extensive than, I believe, in any of the others. Originating about five inches from the vent, they follow all the convolutions of the direct canal to rather more than two-thirds of its length, and terminate in a white blunt point, perfectly unconnected with any part of the intestines for about two inches from the end. The whole of the rest of the caeca are joined to the direct gut by a strong and very vascular mesenteric membrane. I am not aware whether either the preceding or following species are the same, not having had an opportunity of examining them after I observed it in this species. In the common partridge of England, the caeca are only about one- third the length of the main gut. Their use, in the economy of the bird, has yet to be determined by the physiologist. : r rn ZOOLOGY. 101 8. Tetrao albus. Willow Partridge. Tetrao albus. Gmel. i. p. 750. Lath. Ind. Om. ii. p. 639. Tetrao saliceti. Temm, p. 471. App. to Franklin's Journey, p. 6S1. Second Voyage, p. 847. Willow Partridge. Hearne's Travels, p. 338. White Grouse. LaHi. Syn. iv. p. 743. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 308. App. to Parry's Was rarely met with during the present voyage, and but few were shot. The two preceding species retire late in the autumn to the southward, to winter ; but this bird has been found in very high north latitudes throughout the year. On this occasion they were shot in every winter month except January ; and at Igloolik, where they were more numerous, they were occasionally seen through- out the winter ; which shews that, although probably the greatest number of them migrate further south, yet many remain. The colour of the birds corre- sponding so perfectly with the snow, in which they bury themselves to a level with its surface, renders it very difficult to distinguish them, and accounts in some measure for so few having been shot. Those which were killed during the winter were found to be in excellent condition; their crops contained principally the seed-vessels of the saxifraga oppositifolia. M. Temminck has thought proper to change the name of this bird to T. saliceti, for reasons which do not appear to me sufficiently obvious ; I have therefore ventured to employ that which it received from Linnaeus, and by which it has been sufficiently well distinguished by almost every other modern author. 9. Tringa maritima. Tringa maritima. Gmel. i. p. 678. Lath. Ind. Om. ii. p. 731. Temm. p. 619. Gretnl. Birds, No. 7. Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. cci. Striated Sandpiper. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 472. Lalh. Syn. v. p. 176. Did not arrive in the neighbourhood of Port Bowen until early in June ; at that time the birds of one year old were found in the same flocks with the mature birds. They differ in no respect from the English bird. 'U , M % ■ji 10-2 APPENDIX. 10. Chakadrius pluvialis. Ooldtn Plover. Charadrius pluvialis. Gmel. i. p. 688. Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 740. Temm. p. 5.'{5. Golden Plover. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 483, No. 399. Aruived in their winter plumage at Port Bowen about the middle of May. In the course of the season they were shot in every state of change, to their perfect summer plumage ; in which state they are the C. apricarius of authors. •'If' M ill ' .. nm ;( I' ' 1 i 1 11.1 11. Phalaropus hyperboreus. Red Phalarope. Phalaropus hyperboreus. Lalh. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 775. Temm. p. 709. No, 1 1, Red Phalarope. Brit. Zool. ii. p. 185. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 494. Grcenl. Birds, A small flock of these birds alighted under the lee of the ship, during a strong breeze of wind, and were so fearless of danger as to approach within a few yards of her, feeding on small shrimps, which were seen in great numbers. At this time we were sixty miles from the nearest land, (Disco.) We found them breeding at Whale-fish Islands, but s. w no more of them after leaving the coast of Greenland. 1*2. Phalaropus platyrhinchus. Flat-billed Phalarope. Phalaropus platyrhinchus. 7Vwm/. p. 71sJ. Grcenl. Birds, No. \i. Suj^. to Parry's First Voyaijc, p. cci. i4/jp. to Parry's Second Vovage, p. 355. This bird, which has been so ably extricated by M. Temminck and Captain Sabine from the confusion into which it had fallen, was but rarely met with during the present voyage ; a circumstance rather remarkable, from their having been Ibund both at Igloolik to the southward, and at Melville Island to the northward, breeding in great numbers. The peculiar plumage of the female bird, which has been so accurately pointed out by Captain Sabine, makes her remarkable as being one of the very few instances in which the female bird is known to excel the male in beauty of appearance. I' H ZOOLOGY. 103 13. Sterna arctica. Arctic Tern. Sterna Arctica. Temm. p. 742. Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. ccii. App. to Pam/s Sacoml Voyage, p. 356. Sterna hirundo. Greenl. Birds, No. 17. Abundant in Baffin's Bay and Davis' Strait ; but were only seen, during the present voyage, in the mature plumage of summer. 14. Larus glaucus. Glaucous Gull. Liirus glaucus. Gmr/. i. p. 000. Lath. Ind. Orii. n. \). Uli. Fahr. ^,\00. Temm. f. 757. Greenl. Birds, No. 19. Supp. to Parry's First l'oyag>; p. cciii. Glaucous Gull. Arcl. Zool. ii. p. 532. Uith. Syn. vi. p. 374. Some remarlcably fine specimens of this very magnificent bird were shot early in June, 18-25, in the neighbourhood of Port Bowen. The astonishing size which these birds, under certain circumstances, attain, fully justifies the assertion of M. Tcmminck, that they are the largest of the known gulls, although Captain Sabine has shewn, in the Supplement above referred to, that the average size of the L. mannwt rather exceeds that of the glaucus. The dimensions of a pair which were killed on the 11th of June, being the largest which were shot, and surpassing any which have yet been recorded, are selected for insertion here : — ill-: IN. Kxlrnl. IN. Tnrsus. IN, H.nk. IN. Weiffhl |l>. l>2. Male . . . 33 GH 3.4 4.1 4 11 Foniiilf . . 31.5 65 3.4 3.9 4 7 The wings of the male bird extended more than an inch beyond the tail, which is not usually the case in this species. They were rarely met with in our progress up Davis' Strait and Baffin's Bay ; but were found in considerable numbers towards the end of July, breeding on the ledges of the high and precipitous cliffs of the shores of North Somerset. At this time the young birds were seen covered with a down of a deep lead (dolour. 104 APPENDIX. 15. Larus aroentatus. C Black-winged J Silvery Gull. Larus argentatus. Gmel. i. p. 600. Temm. p. 704. App. to Parry's Second Voyage, p. 358. Silvery Gull. Arct. Zoot. n. p. 533. Lath. Syn. vi. p. 375. All the birds of this species which were shot during the present voyage, had the usual dark markings on the flag-feathers of the wings. An immature bird, killed in July, was marked by a broad band across the tail, of a dark brown colour, mixed with small white spots near the extremity. Spurious wing, and primary covertures, marked longitudinally with the same colour ; in every other respect it agreed perfectly with M. Temminck's description of the mature bird in summer. Nont> of the variety described by Captain Sabine, in the Memoir on the Birds of Oreenland, were shot ; and if any were seen, they were mistaken for the preceding species, which they so nearly resemble. 16. Larus eburneus. Ivory Gull. Larus eburneus. Gmel. i. p. 596. Lath. Ind. Om. ii. p. 816. Birds, No. 21. Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. cciv. Ivory Gull. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 589. Lath. Syn. vi. p. 377. Temm. p. 769. Greenl. Very numerous in Davis' Strait and Baffin's Bay. They were obtained in every variety of plumage, from the young to the mature bird. The plumage of the bird of the first year is described by M. Temminck, as above referred to, with minute precision, and that of the second year by Captain Sabine, in the Memoir on the Birds of Greenland above quoted. The naked circle round the eye is, in the young bird, of a dark brown colour, in which a very slight tinge of red is observable ; as the bird advances towards maturity, the red is found to prevail, and in the old bird is of a dull red colour. This, I imagine, is not the case until the fourth year ; for many birds, in mature plumage, were found with this very much obscured. Of about seventy examined by me, only six were found to have the red circle unmixed with brown. Average ^engih of the male, 19 inches, female 18, and young bird 17 inches ; tarsus 1.5. 1'^ ZOOLOGY. 105 17. Larus tridactylus. Kittiwake. Larus tridactylus. Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 817. Temm. p. 774. Fabr, p. 98. Greenl. Birds, No. 82. Kittiwake. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 529. Brit. Zool. ii. p. 186. Lath. Syn. vi. p. 393. By far the most numerous of the gull tribe inhabiting that portion of the Arctic Regions which has been visited by the late Expeditions. They were found breeding on the shores of North Somerset in great numbers. Large flocks of immature birds were seen on the return of the Expedition to the south in Sep- tember 1825, attended by the lestris pomarinus in considerable numbers. 18. Lestris parasiticus. Arctic Lestris. Lestris parasiticus. Temm. p. 796. Greenl. Birds, No. 84. Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. ccvi. App. to Parry's Second Voyage, p. 361. Larus parasiticus. Gmcl. i. p. 601. Lai/i. Ind. Om. ii. p. 819. Arctic Gull. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 630. Brit. Zool. ii. p. 179. Lath, Syn. vi. p. 389. 19. Lestris pomarinus. Pomarin:: Lestris. Lestris pomarinus. Temm. p. 793. Svpp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. ccvi. App. to Parry's Second Voyage, p. 361. Many of these birds were seen at the Whale-fish Islands early in July ; where it is probable they breed. It is somewhat remarkable that it should have escaped the notice of Fabricius ; yet it is hardly possible that he could have confounded it with the preceding species, although some authors have been led into this mistake by not having seen specimens of both. I am not aware of its ever having yet been enumerated amongst the birds of Greenland, although they were seen by us in considerable numbers whilst off that coast. Their mode of living is similar to that of the jwrasiticus, which accounts for their being fourd constant attendants on the flocks of young kittiwakes, as already mentioned. They are more numerous than the iHtrasiticiis, and undergo similar changes of plumage, from the nest to maturity. o PI 106 APPENDIX. 1 ^ 20. Procellaria glacialis. Fulmar Petrel. Procellaria glacialis. Gmel. i. ), 568. Lath. Ind, Orn. ii. p. 823. Temm. p. 802. Fabr. p. 86. Fulmar Petrel. LcUh. Syn. iv. p. 403. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 534. Brit. Zool. ii. p. 808. 21 . Anas spectabilis. JCeng- Diick. Anas spectabilis. Gm*/. i. p. 307. La/A. //it/. Orn. ii. p. 845. 7Vmni. p. 851. Fair. p. 63. King Duck. Brit. Zool. ii. p. 246. Arct. Zool, ii. p. 554. Lath. Syn. vi. p. 473. This and the two following species of ducks arrived in great numbers early in June, in the neighbourhood of Port Bowen. Few were shot, for as the season advanced they proceeded northward, to the islands, to breed. 22. Anas mollissima. Elder Duck. Anas mollissima. Gmel. i. p. 514. Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 845. Fabr. p. 68. Temm. p. 848. Eider Duck. Brit. Zool. ii. p. 243. Arct. 2a0oI. ii. p. 553. Lath. Syn. vi. p 470. 23. Anas glacialis. Long-tailed Duck. Anas glacialis. Gmel. i. p. 529. Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 864. Temm. p. 860. Long-tailed Duck. Brit. Zool. ii. p. 268. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 566. Lath. Syn. vi. p. 528. 24. CoLYMBUs suptentrionalis. Red-throated Diver. Colymbus septentrionalis. Gmel. i. p. 586. Lath. Ind, Orn. ii. p. 801. Fc^. p. 94. Temm. p. 916. Oreenl. Birds, No. 16. Red-throated Diver. Brit. Zool. ii. p. 169. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 680. LUh. Syn. vi. p. 344. A SINGLE individual, which was shot at the Whale-fish Islands, agreed perfectly with the description of authors. It was rarely seen afterwards. 25. Uria Drunnichii. Brunnich's Ouillemot. Uria Brunnichii. Oreenl. Birds, No. 14. Temm, p. 924. Supp, to Parry' t Fir$t Vi-jnife, p. ccix. App. to Parry's Second Voyage, p. 377. Were found breeding at the Whole-fish Islands, in considerable numbers, early I ZOOLOGY. 107 in July. They agreed in every particular with the description given in the Memoir on the Birds of Oreenland above quoted, except that the mark on the upper mandible was, in all the individuals I have seen, of a greenish yellow. They arrived in the neighbourhood of Port Bowen early in June, and were found in company with the three preceding species of ducks. At this time several were shot with the throat and neck perfectly white, in others the feathers on these parts were black tipped with white, giving them a mottled appearance ; but in the greatest number they were in perfect summer plumage. This is sufficient to shew that they undergo similar changes from season as the U. troik, as had been anticipated. |:''^ ;:■■ ii! 20. Uria grvlle. Black Quillemot. Uria grylle. Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 797. Fahr. p. 92. Tcmm. p. 92fi. Greenl. Birds, No. 15. Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. ccix. App. to Parry's Second Voyage, p. ;J77. Black Guillemot. Brit. Zool. ii. p. 163. Arct. Zool. ii. p. 516. Lath. Syn, vi. p. 332. Abundant in all parts of the Arctic Regions visited by the Expeditions. 27. Uria alle. Little Auk. Uria alle. Temm. p. 928. Aka alle. Gmel. i. p. 554. Lath. Ind. Orn. ii. p. 795. Fabr. p. 84. Greenl. Birds, No. 13. Little Auk. firi/. Zoo/, ii. No. 233. /lrc<. Zoo/, ii. p. 512. Z,a whole length 5 . 5 of the head .... 1 . 2 |rd the length of the body. to the vent .... 1 . 7 „ of dorsal and ventral fins . 8 each. Greatest depth of the body . . 1 . 5 This species is named in honour of Captain Parry, the distinguished com- mander of the Expedition. rr 2. OpHIDIUM VIRIDE. Ophidium viride. Fahr. Fauna Granlandica, p. 141. Ophidium unernak. La Cepide, Histoire Natureilc des Poitsons, ii. p. 280. An individual of this species was taken from the stomach of a kittiwake, in a sufficiently perfect state to secure its identity with tolerable certainty. It was 3| inches in length, and accorded with Fabricius's description above referred to. ri Wi 3. Merlangus Polaris. (Leach.) Merlangus Polaris. Supp. to Parry's First Voyaye, p. ccxi. WArf found in considerable numbers under similar circumstances with the Ophi- (Hum Parrii They constitute the principal food of the numerous sea-fowl which migrate to the Arctic Regions in the summer, to breed ; but their most destruc- tive enemy is the ddphinapterm beluga, or white whale : from its persecutions they have been known to leap on to the ice by hundreds ; and on one of these occasions, which occurred near Port Bowen, and was witnessed by one of the officers, sufficient were collected to afford several delicious meals to the officers and crew of the Expedition. ZOOLOGY. Ill It is this fish which Captain Parry mentions in the narrative of his second voyage, as having been collected in great numbers from the pools left by the falling tide, on the rocks at the entrance of the Duke of York's Bay*. They are very numerous in all parts of the Arctic Regions visited by the late Expe- ditions. There is considerable variation in the number of rays in the fins, which seems not to depend on the size of the fish. The following, which is the average of a great many, differs slightly from those given by Captain Sabine as above referred to : — P. 18. V. 6. D. 13, 15, 20. A. 17, 21. C. 42 to 48. 4,. '■ - ! Vi 4. CoTTUS Polaris? Cottus Polaris ? Suj^. to Parry's First Voyage, p. ccxiii. Two individuals of a very small species of cottus were found on the ice near Port Bowen, but in so mutilated a state as to preclude the possibility of determining their identity with perfect certainty. They were each nearly 2 inches long. 5. Cottus quadricohnis. Cottus quadricornis. Block, Ichthyology, iii. p. 210, plate lOS. La Cepide, Histoire Naturelk dcs Poissons, iii. p. 241. Siipp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. ccxiii. Cottus scorpioides. Fabr. Fauna Granl. p. 157. Found at the Whale-fish Islands in considerable numbers, but nono were seen after leaving the coast of Greenland. Besides the five fish above enumerated, a species oi pleuronectes was seen, and an imperfect skeleton of one was found on the ice in Port Bowen, from which it was impossible to determine the species. It was probably either the P. glacialis or P. stdlatust both of which are mentioned by Dr. Richardson f as inhabitants of the Polar Sea. ♦ See page 39. t Appendix to Franklin's Journey, p. 784. 112 APPENDIX. INSECTS. v'^i In the following list of Insects, the generic names of P. A. Latreille (Genera Crustaceorum et Insectorum) have been generally used, and the anangeoient of M. le Chevalier de Lamark (Histoire Naturelle des Aniinaux sans Vertebres) has been followed in most cases. 1. SiMULIUM REPTANS. Simulium Reptans. Lam. iii. p. 432. Culex Reptans. Fabr. Fauna Grant, p. 210, No. 172. Found at the Whale-fish Islands in considerable numbers. All the specimens examined by me had two white rings on the legs ; in this respect agreeing with those found by Fabricius in Greenland, and differing from Linnaeus's description of those found in Sweden. 2. Ctenophora Parr II. Ctenophora Parrii. Kirby, in Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. ccxviii. A SINGLE individual was found amongst some plants sent home from the Whale- fish Islands, and was the only one taken during the voyage, although I have no doubt that they were very abundant at that place. It was a female, and agreed exactly with the excellent description above referred to. The male has not yet been described. 3. Perdicia rivosa. Tipuia rivosa. Lam. iii. p. 437, Hp. 3. Fahr. Fauna Grcenl. p. 200. Found abundantly in all parts of the Arctic Regions which have been visited by the late Expeditions. They are most abundant by the sides of lakes and in marshy places. I'* rf: ZOOLOGY. 118 4. CuLEX CASPIUS. Culex caspius. Pallas Russesch Reisen, App. i. p. 23, No. 78. Culex pipiens. Fabr. Fauna Grcenl. p. 209. This beautiful insect is well described in the works above referred to : it is nearly allied to the C. pipiens, but is (besides the differences noticed by Fabri- cius) smaller. Its bite is very painful and venomous. 5. MELlTiEA TULLIA, Papilio tullia. Fabr. Fauna Grcenl. p. 192. Taken very abundantly at Port Bowen, and found in all parts visited by the late Expeditions. Individuals vary considerably in the disposition of the black markings of the wings ; but the excellent description by Fabricius has been taken from the most beautiful and most common of the varieties, and enables me, without doubt, to identify the species. 6. BoMBYx Sabini .' Bombyx Sabini ? Kirby, in Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. ccxv. A SOLITARY individual was brought on board, in a very mutilated state, by one of the Esquimaux from the Whale-fish Islands. It agreed, as far as I was able to make out, with the description above referred to ; but its identity is doubtful. 7. BoMBus Arcticus. Bombus Arcticus. Kirby, in Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. ccxvi. Apis Alpina. Fabr. Fauna Grcenl. p. 199, No. 155. All the specimens brought home from Port Bowen are females, and correspond exactly with Fabricius's minute and very Eiccurate description, except that they are smaller — the length of the body being only ten lines ; in which they agree, as well as in all other points, with those described by Mr. Kirby. It is the earliest insect on the wing, and has been found in all parts of the Arctic Regions visited by the late Expeditions, but is by no means numerous. P D^ ^ ''■'. Jit • St '\ I'H': I 114 APPENDIX. 8. Formica Rubra. Formica rubra. Lam. iv. p. 98. .. .. j . ., „ Abundant at the Whale-fish Islands; it was also found, on the preceding voyage, on several parts of the Melville Peninsula. 9. DVSDEHA ERYTHRINA. Aranea erythrina. Lam. v. p. 97, sp. 3. Aranea rufipes. Fabr. Fauna Greent. p. 226. Abundant at the WhsJe-fish Islands ; it was also found, on a former voyage, on the shores of Repulse Bay. 10. OXYOPES VAKIEGATUS. Aranea variegata. Lam. v. p. 102, sp. 24. Aranea cnicigera ? Fabr. Fauna Greenl. p. 828. Found abundantly at the Whale-fish Islands. This "is probably the same species which Fabricius heard of from the inhabitants of Greenland ; but not having seen any himself, he has made a mistake in calling it the largest, though it certainly is the most beautiful of the genus inhabiting Greenland. The A. naccata is considerably larger than this. II. Lycosa saccata. Aranea saccata. Lam. t. p. 103, sp. 27. Fabr. Fauna Grcenl. p. 228. The largest and most numerous of the tribe which I have met with in the Arctic Regions. It was found at the Whale-fish Islands, and, on the preceding voyage, on several parts of the Melville Peninsula. 12. Salticus scenicus. Aranea scenica. Lam. v. p. 103, sp. 29. Fabr. Fauna Grant, p. 227. Found commonly in all parts of the Arctic Regions, frequently amongst the ruins of the Esquimaux huts and graves. It is very active, and leaps horizontally in a surprising manner. iUt ZOOLOGY. 115 Besides the twelve insects above enumerated, a species of sphex and a coleo- pterous insect were seen ; but as none have been brought home, I am unable to give them a place here with any certainty. There are doubtless many others which have not been observed, for in this branch of natural history there were not many amongst the officers who collected, and the few opportunities of landing which occurred during the summer were generally occupied m some more favourite pursuit. * • 1 P« 116 APPENDIX. MARINE INVERTEBRATE ANIMALS. (t, '''i f-H - In the following brief notice of the Marine Invertebrate Animals brought home by the late Expedition, the generic arrangement of M. Le Chevalier de Lamarck {Histoire Naturdle dot Anitnaux sans Vtrtthres) has been followed in every instance. 1. Beroe pileus. Beroe pileus. F(\hr. Fauna Groenl. p. 3fi!, No. 354. Supp. to Parry's Firsl Voymjc. p. ffxxi. Extremely numerous in Baffin's Bay and Davis' Strait. It was observed to emit a beautifully brilliant phosphoric light when agitated, rendering tht; path of the ship through the water, on a dark night, surprisingly resplendent. 2. DlANiCA OLACIALIS. Diauaea glacialis. Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. ccxxi. Plate i. fig. I. Abundant in Davis* Strait and Baffin's Bay, but rarely met with in Rcgent'ss Inlet. 3. CVANEA ArCTICA. Cyanea Arctica. L/im. ii. p. 519. Supp. to Parry's First Vnyaffe, p. ccxxi. Medusa capillata. F(J)r. Fauna Ora-nl. p. 304, No. 35H. 4. Ophiura fraoilis. Ophiura fragilis. Iaivh. ii. p. 546. Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. rrxxli. AflteriaA fragilJH Zo. Asterias filiformis. Zool. Dan. ii. p. 24, Plate 59. 6. Nympiium orossipes. Nymphum grossipeo. Lum. v. p. 79. Supp. to Parry's First Voyage^ p. rcxxv. Picnogonum grosaipes. Fauna Gicpnl. p. 229, No. 310. Fine specimens of a female and nine young ones were found on the ice at Port Bowcn. They agreed admirably with the description of Fabricius, but differed from the plate in the Zoul. Dan., in the points mentioned by Captain Sabine, and which could not have been taken from the animal under consideration. 7. NVMPHUM UIRSUTIJS. Nymphum hirsutus. Supp. to Parry's First Voi/age, p. ccxxvi. Two individuals of this species, which were taken in a dredge in Port IJowon, differed in no respect from ihe description above queued, except that the two fingers of the mandibules arc armed with numerous minute teeth along the whole of their inner edges, and form a most destructive weapon. 8. Idotea kntomon. Tdotea entomon. Lam. v. p. 1.19. Supp. to Parry's First Voyaijv, p. ocxxvii. Abundant at the Whale-fish Islands, and has been found in all parts ol the Arctic Regions visited by the late Fxpeditions. 1). InOTEA nAKKINI. Idott'U Uaffini. Supp. to Parry's First I'oyage, ^. cvxxviw . F'iiite i. fig. 4-(i. A FEW specimens, which wen; found on the ice at Port Bowcn, difier from Captain Sabine's otherwise accurate description, in having the spines on the secoiid and third segments of the body, tlie longest and strongest ; and all of them biding much larger than is represented by the v(Ty beautiful engraving. There are also two small spines on the upper plut(>, in which the branchix are included. 118 APPENDIX. i i 4 if' 10. Caprella SCOLOPENDROIDES. Caprella scolopendroides. I,flm. v. p. 174. Gammarus quadrilobatuii. Zool. Dan. iii. p. 58, Plate 114, fig. 11,1?, Female (young ?) Squilla quadrilobata. Zool. Dan. ii. p. 21, Plate 56, fig. 4, 5, 6, Male (young ?) Squilla lobata. Fahr. Fauna Greenl. p. 848, No. 825. Was found abundantly at Port Bowen, but considerably larger than those from which Miiller's drawings were taken, and nearly as large as the magnified figures. They also differ in having a great number of small spines along the back, which, however, were not observable on the young ones found attached to the antennae of the females. They agreed in all other respects. I have therefore considered them to be of the same species, as it is probable that Miiller's drawings were taken from the young. 11. Cyamus ceti. Cyamus ceti. Lam. v. p. 176. Oniscus ceti. Fabr. Fauna Orient, p. 853, No. 830. Zool. Dan. iii. p. 69, Plate 119. fig. 13-17. Found on a young whale which was killed in June 1825, near Port Bowen. 12. Gammarus Sabini. Gammarus Sabini. Leach, in Ross's yoyage, 8vo. ii. p. 178. Supp. to Parry's Ftrst Voyage, p. ccxxxii. Plate i. fig. 8-11. FouMD on the ice at Port Bowen, but not very abundantly. v: ■■ M m: 13. Gammarus loricatus. Gammarus loricatus. Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. ccxxxi. Plate i. fig. 7. In the figure above referred to, each pair of antenna; appear to be placed on a peduncle, which is not the case. They were found in considerable numbers on the ice in Port Bowen. i } ZOOLOGY. 119 14. Gammarus boreus. Gammarus boreus. Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. ccxxix. The specimens which I possess differ from Captain Sabine's description in having? the superior antennae as long as the head and six first segments of the body, and the antennae, legs, and tail being fringed with most beautifully tine ciliae, particularly the plates of the tail. The fifth, sixth, and seventh pair of legs increase successively in length, the fifth pair being the smallest. In all other respects my specimens correspond exactly with his description. 15. Talitrus nugax. Gammarus nugax. Supp. to Parry's First Voyage, p. t-cxxix. Cancer nugax. Phipps's Voyage, Plate xii. fig. 3. IJy far the most numerous of the cmstacea inhabiting the Arctic Seas. The superior antennae are shorter than the inferior, which, according to the arrange- ment followed in this notice, separates it from the genus gammarus, where it has been inadvertently placed. 10. Talitrus Edvardsii. Talitrus Edvardsii. Supp. to Parry's First Voyuffo, p. ccxxxiii. Platf ii. fig. 1-4. Was found on the ice at Port Bowen in great numbers. The plate and descrip- tion above referred to are very exact. 17. Nedalia glabra I Nebalia glabra. Lam. p. 19S. Cancer bipcs. Fabr. Fauna Grcenl. p. 84ing but few plants which hod not been found during the previous voyages ; and of the others, a very limited number having seenietl to require particular notice, it has been deemed sufficient to confine their references almost wholly to the Botanical Appendices of the two preceding Narratives of Captain Parry, where the accounts are given in detail. The small number of s(KH.-ies here enumerated is «)wing to the few opportimitii's that were afforded for the officers to go on shore, as well as to the extreme poverty of the soil in those places that were visited. W. J. HoOKEK. Glasgow, April 8, 1828. DICOTYLEDONES. I. RANUNCULACE.E. 1. Ranunculus. 1 . Ranunculus nivalis. Linn. Btown in Parry''s 1st Voyage, App. p. cclxiv. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 3. R. sulphureus. Solander and De Cand. Har. <'a{ye Warrendcr. North Siiin«>r»et, very abundant. Rcj^ent't Inlet. 3 Ranunculus hyperlxireus. Ruttb. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cdxiii. Hooker in I'arry's Jid Voy. j). 4. Has. Kfifent't Inlet. ii. Ranunculus lap]M)nicus. Linn. De Cand. Syst. Veg. v. 1. p. S71. ejusd. Pro drtort an important error into which I have fallen in the Botanical Appendix to Capt. Parry's 9d Voyage, wlierc I have considered this plant as >« species of Hraya, and described it as H. arctica. The habit indeed of Platyprtcyl!ndraceoui, I rather referred the genus to Hrayn BOTANY. 123 tlian to Platypetalum, I inentianed, however, that the furm of itg germen was the only point of difference which existed between it and Mr. Brown's character of the latter genus. The fully fnned seed-vessel In Platypr- falum is ovate or oblong, and the seeds form two rows. 7. EUTREMA. 10. Eutrema Edwardsii. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxx. Hooker in Parry's Jid Voy. App. p. 9. Hab. Port Bowen. Regent's Inlet. 8. Parrya. 11. Parrya arctica. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. p, cclxviii. Tab. B. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 8. Hab. North Somerset : gathered in considerable abundance by Lieut. Rosr IV. CARYOPHYLLEyE. 9. Lychnis. 12. Lychnis apetala. Linn. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. cclxx. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 9- Hab. Port Bowen, Regent's Inlet. 10. Cerastium, 13. Cerastium alpinum. Linn. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxx. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 9. Hab. Port Bowen. Whalc-Fish Islands. Regents Inlet. 11. Arenaria. 14. Arenaria rubella, Wahl. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 11. A. quadrivalvis, Brown in Parry's Ist. Voy. App. p. cclxxi. Hab. North Somerset. Port Bowen. Regent's Inlet. 15. Arenaria Rossii. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxii. Hooker in Parry's 2<1 Voy. App. p. 11. Hab. Port Bowen : scarce, and not in flower. Lieut. Ross. 16. Arenaria Puniilio, Br. MSS. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 11. Hab. Whale-Fish Islands, and Port Bowen, not in flower. Lieut. Ross. 17. Arenaria Peploides. Linn. Sp. PI. p. 605. Dc Cand. Prodr. v. 1. p. 418. Hooker in Ace. of Capt. Sabine's Plants of E. coaat of W. Gn'cnland. Hab. Whale Islands. Port Bowen. Found by Lieut. Ross ; it had not l)een seen in any of the preceding voyageK, but is a native of the coait of Lnbrador and Hudson s Bay, and of Greenland. 4 5« I* I '! 124 APPENDIX. IS. Stellaria. 18. Stellaria Edwardsii. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxi. Hooker in Parry V 2d Voy. App. p. 10. S. nitida. Hooker in Scoresby's E. coast of W. Greenland, App. p. 441. Hab. North Somerset. 19. Stellaria humifusa. Rottb. in Act. Hafn. v. 10. p. 447. t. 4. f. 14. Fl. Dan. t. 978. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 11. Hab. Whale hinnds, very abundant. Lieut. Ross. V. SAXIFRAGEiE. ^t '■' lV-:f 13. Saxifraga. 20. Saxifraga oppositifolia. Linn. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxiii. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 12. Hab. Port Bowen. 21. Saxifraga Hirculus. Linn. Brown in Parry's Ist Voy. App. p. cclxxiii. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 12. Hab. Port nuwen. North Someraet. Regent's Inlet. 22. Saxifraga flagellaris. Sternb. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxiii. Hab. North Somerset. Regent's Inlet. This plant, although found plentifully at Melville Island, does not appear to have been seen by any ol tlir offirers during the second voyage. 23. Saxifraga stellaris. Linn. Hab. Whale-Fish Islands. The flowers of this plant are very small and imperfect, and it approaches very nearlvto the t'ollowinir species, S.foliotosa of Brown in Parry's 1st Voyage. 24. Saxifraga foliolosa. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxv. Hooker in Parry's 2(1 Voy. App. p. 13. Hab. North Somerset ; Lieut. Ross. 25. Saxifraga tricuspidata. Rottb. in Act. Hafn. v. 10. p. 446. t. 6. n. 21. Fl. Dan. t. 976. Brown in Parry's Ist Voy. App. p cclxxiv. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. l.'J. Hab Cape Warrender ; also the Whale Island ; but not in flower there. Lieut. Ross. 2G. Saxifraga nivalis. Linn. Brown in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. cclxv. Hooker in Parry\ 2d Voy. App. p. 13. Hab. Port Bowen. Regent's Inlet. 27. Saxifraga caespitosa. Linn. Var. surculis nullis, foliis pleruinque trifidis subciliatis, caule uni>trifloro, calyce nigro-pubescente glan- duloso. Hooker in Parry's 8d Voy. App. p. IS. S. uniflora, Brown in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. cclxv. Hab. Port Bowen. Regent's Inlet. This is that variety which Mr. Brown, in his Appendix tu the 8d Voyage, has called N. uniflora. But the number of flowers on its scape is very variable. 28. Saxifraga rivularis, Linn. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 13. i BOTANY. i2o S. hyperborea. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxv. Hab. \Vhale-Figh Islands. 29. Saxifraga cernua. Linn. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxv. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 14. Hab. Port Bowen. Rep^ent's Inlet. 14. CHnVSOSl-LENIUM. 30. Clirysospieniuin alternifolium. Linn. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxv. Hooker in Parry's 2tl Voy. App. p. 14. Hab. North SiMnprsct, 8c:irce Lieut. Ross. VI. ROSACEyE. 15. Dryas. 31. Dryas integrifolia. Vahl. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxv. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 15. D. tenella. Pursh. Hab. Whale-Fish Islands. Refrcnt's Inlet. l*iantH of this species, bruiight l»y Mr. (Joldie fniiii Anticosti, have been i-nitivateJ for two years in the Diitauic Garden at Gl:«g^i)«v, where they still retain all their characters. 16. POTENTILI.A. 32. Potentilla anscrina. I.,inn. 5. Grcentandica. (Do Cand. Prodr. v. 2. p. 582) glabriuscula, nana, foliis ni'ilto niinoribus paucijugis, foliolis obovatis rubro-virentibus subtus niveis. P. anserina, Groenlandica. Tratt. Syn. Bot. P. iv. p. 13. Hab. Whale Fish Islands. So ditferent in general appearance is this from our conimori P. anserina, that from the sin;;lc speciiiieu I had at first the opportunity of sceitiq;, and of whicii the blossom was alg<» unopened, I was induced not only to consider it different from that plant, but also to believ<;, that it rather behmged to the sfcnus Sievrrxia than Potentilla, so much did it resemble spccimrns of S. Ro.^iii. Li iit. Iloss, however, was giMMl enouirh after- wards to communiratc to me other specimens, together with his observations made u|>on the living individuals, by which he clearly proved it to be not only a ro^en<(7/<(, but /*. n/i.srrina, in that state wherein Professor liietecke found it in (ireenlnnd, and which both Tnittinick and De Candolle have described as their rnr. Qrcenlaniiica. The leaves of the smaller specimens arc not above an inch and a half in length ; those of the largest ihre*' inches, above quite glabrous, the undcr-sidc white, with a pubescence so short, so minute ami so dense, as to ap|)ear to arise from a pulveruleat substance. The scape is generally quite glabrous, Itiit gniiietimes there are a few appressed hairs at the upper extremity. Cat; x altogether glabrous, its alternate smaller leattet.s lanceo> lato-alliptical obtuse ; all of them, as are the margins of the leaves, purple. When in full flower, the segments of the calyx are recurved ; as tliey are also in a specimen, given mc by Dr. Richardson, which he had gathered in Arctic America. 33. Potentilla pulchella. Brown in Purry's 1st Voy. App. p. oclxxvii. Hooker in Parry's 9. Epilobium latifoliuni, Linn. Hooker in Scoresby's PI. of E. coast of W. Greenland, App. p. 410, and in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 16. Had. Whale Islands. Port Bowen, and coast of North Somerset, but not in flower at either place. Lieut. KoHii. VIII. COMPOSITE. 18. Leontodon. 35. Leontodon palustre. Sinith. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxviii. Hooker ill Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 17. Had. North Somerset. 19. Cineraria. 36. Cineraria congesta. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxix. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 17. Hab. Port D'>wen. Re^rent's Inlet. 20. Antennaria. 37. Antennaria alpina. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxix. Hiwker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 17. Gnaphalium alpinum. Linn. Hab. Whale-Fish Islands. 21. Chuysanthkmu.m. 38. Chrysanthemum integrifolium. Richardson in Franklin's Journal, App. p. 749- Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 18. Hab. North Somerset. Reefeiit's Inlet. IX. MONOTROPEyE. 22. Pyrola. 39. P3rrola rotundifolia. Linn. Brown in Ross's Voy. ed. 2. p. 192. Hooker in Parrv"> 2d Voy. App. p. 19. Hab. Whale Islands, not in |)erfect flower. Lieut. Ross. X. VACCINIEiE. 28. Vacciniom. 40. Vaccinium uliginosuni. Linn. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 19 Hab. Whale-Fish Islands. BOTANY. 127 XI. ERICINEiE. 24. Ledum. 41. Ledum palustre. Linn. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 19. Hab. Whale-Fish Islands. 25. Azalea. 42. Azalea procumbens. Linn. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 19- Hab. Whale-Fish Islands. 26. Andromeda. 43. Andrometla tctragona. Linn. Hooker in Scoresby's E. coast of W. Greenland, App. p. 410. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxxi. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 20 Hab. Whale Islands, but not in flower. Lieut. Ross. 44. Diapensia lappoiiica. Hab. Whale Island, very abundant. 27. Diapensia. 28. Empetbum. 45. Empetrum nigrum. Linn. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 20. Hab. Whale-Fish Islands. XII. SCROPHULARINifi. 29. Pedicclaris. 46. Pedicularis hirsuta. Linn. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 22. Hab. Port Bowen, Regent's Inlet. XIII. POLYGONE^ 30. OXYKIA. 47. Oxyria reniformis. Hooker. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxxii. Rumcx digynus, Linn. Hab. North Somerset. Reetenfs Inlet. 31. Polygonum. 48. Polygonum viviparum. Linn. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App p. cclxxxi. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. p. 23. Hab. Port Bowen. Regent's Inlet. XIV. AMENTACE-B 32. Salix. 49. Salix reticulata. Linn. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App p. 24. .?1i 128 APPENDIX. Hab. Whale Islands uiid Port Bowen ; scarce. Lieut. Ross. The specimens of this plant arc very smnil, not lar§^er than Salix herhacea ; is often to be seen on tlie Scottish mountains. 50. Salix arctica. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxxii. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 24. Hab. Wimle-Fish Islands, Port Buwen, and Regent's Fnlet. .51. Salix herbacea. Linn. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 24. Hah. Whiilc-Fish Islands. 52. Salix polaris. Wahl. Fl. Lapp. Hooker, in account of Capt. Sabine's Plants from E. coast of W. Greenland. Linn. Trans, v. 14. p. 887. IIaii. Whiilc hiands, abundant. Lieut. Ross. 'I'liis plant was first discovered by Martins in Spitzbergen, where Captain Sabine has since gathered it. It ilops not seein to have been found elsewhere, except in Lapland, and in the habitat above mentioned. i*'S MONOCOTYLEDONES. XV. JUNCEiE. 33. JuNcus. 53. Juncus bigluniis. Linn. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxxii. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 24. Hab. Regents Inlet. 34. LvzuLA. 54. Luzula hyperborea. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxxiii. ti. minor; foliis latioribus, bracteis partialibus vix fimbriatis. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 25. Hab. Regent's Inlet. XVL CYPERACEiE. ir^^ 35. Cargx. 55. Carex fuliginosa. Stemb. and Hopp. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 26. Hab. Whale Islands, Port Buwen, and North Somerset. Lieut. Russ. 56. Carex membranacea. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 26. Hab. North Somerset. Lieut Ross. Lieut. Ross has marked the specimens he has been so good as to send me "Carex compacta If" of Browu in Ross's Voyage. I have no means of determining this point, since I have never seen an authentic specimen, and no description has yet been given of it. It is certainly the same as my C. membranacea. XVIL GRAMINEiE. 36. Alofecurcs. 57. Alopecurus alpinus. Smith. Brown in Parry's Ist Voy, App. p. cclxxxiv. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 27. Hab. Whale-Fish IsLwd. Port Bowen. Regent's Inlet. BOTANY. 1-29 37. COLPODIUM. 58. Colpodium latifolium. Brown in Parry's Ist Voy. App. p. cclxxxvi. et cccix. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 28. cum Ic. Hab. PortBowen. Retfent's Inlet. 38. Phippsia. 69. Phippsia algida. Soland. in Phipps's Voy. p. 200. Wahl. Fl. Lapp. p. 25. t. 1. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. clxxxv. Hab. North Somer8et. Lieut. Ross. 39. PoA. 60. Poa abbreviata. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. clxxxvii. Hab. Port Bowen, very abundant. Lieut. Ross. 61. Poa arctica. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. cclxxxvu. Hooker n. I a. rv > ~.l Voy. App. p. 28. Hab. North Somerset. Regent's Inlet. Var, Vivipara. Hab. North Somerset. Lieut. Ross. 40. Pleuropogon. 62. Pleuropogon Sabini. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. ccixxxix. t. D. H(K,ker in Parry's Voy. App. p. 29. Hab. North Somerset, scarce. Lieut. Ross. 41. Deschampsia. 63. Deschampsia brevifolia. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. ccxci. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 29. Hab. Port Bowen. .r, n-> 42. Trisetum. 64. Trisetum subspicatum. Pahsot. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. ccxcii. H.K»ker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 29- Hab. North Somerset, very abundant Lieut. Ross. 43. HiEROCIlLOE. 65. Hierochloe alpina. Roem. et Schuit. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p.ccxdii. Hooker in Parry's 2d Voy. App. p. 30. Hab. Cape Warrender, and North Somerset. Lieut. Floss. .. „ , • o » 66. Hierochloe pauciflora. Brown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. p. ccxcu. H(K,ker m Parry s 2ti Voy. App. p. 30. Hab. North Somerset. • : > i.i if* 130 APPENDIX. ACOTYLEDONES. XVIII. FILICES. 44. AspiDiUM. (i7. Aspidiiiin fragile? Swartz. Hooker in Parry's iJd Voy. App. p. .30. , Hab. Port IJi>»'en, very srnrro. Lieut. Ross. 1 li»v(> |)iit A mark of doubt ;i;rninst this phint, het'aiisc the ouly froml I havt* arcn is youii^', and ]). p. 31. Hab. Whale Islands. Lieut. Ko8s. 47. ENrAI-YPTA. 70. Encalypta affiin's. Hedw. HiMikiT in Parry's Qd Voy. p 37 H*B. Whale Islands and North SoiiiiT-et. Lieut. Mosg. W. Poi.YTIlK'HI'M. 71. P:)Iytriihiim jiinijM'rinmn. H-dw. H«H>kcr in Parry's 2d Voy. .\pp. p. 38 Hab. Whale Islands. Liout. Ross XXI I.ICHENES 4i). (ivuonioii.v 72. Gyrophora tessi'lata. Aeli. H(H»kcr in Parry's !2« I Nny. .\pp. ^,. Hab. Port llnwen, rolleeted off the r 1st Voy. App. p. cccv. Hooker in Parry's M Voy. App. p. 4!J. Mah. W ii; Ic Islands and Port Bowrii. Lieut. Iloss, 77. Cetraria nivalis. Atli. Brown in PiuTy's 1st Voy. App. p. cccvi. Hooker in I'arry'* %l Voy. App. p. 4a. Hab. Wlialr-Fiiili Inlands. 52. ('KNO.MYt;E. 78. Cenomycc vorniiciilaris. Ach. Hooker in Parry's 2(1 Voy. App. p. 45. Ccrania verniicularis. Hrown in Parry's 1st Voy. App. j). eccvii. Hab. Whale Islands: Port llcmen, and North .Sonicrxet. Lieut. Uos8 75). (k'lioinyee ranf^iferina. Acli. Hooker in Parry's 2^ ■1 .'. Si 11 ¥ 'I (if. 13-2 AIM'KNDIX. NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OK TIIK COUNTRIES DISCOVERED DURING CAPTAIN PARRY S SECOND EXPEDITION. A. D. 1821-2a-23. Bv Propkssor Jamrson. The length of the Arctic winter, the frequent covering of snow, even tluriiig the summer season, the extreme difficulty of land travelling, the necessary oix'rations of the ships, — all militated against extensive and minute geological researches in the regions visited by the Kxpcdition. Notwithstanding these almost insu perable barriers to the geologist, the activity and enterprise of the officers of the Hcda and Furi/ have made us acquaintexplorcd. (JEOLOGY. 133 in Melville Peninsula, which extended from the river Crozicr, in lat. 09^, towards Cape Germain, in lat. 07^, ranging S. by E. and N. by W. The lands are not lofty ; the average height may be stated at 800 feet, and the highest summits measured did not exceed 1500 feet above the level of the sea. The valleys are narrow and rugged, and the cliffs and precipices, in their various fantastic bearings, sometimes exhibit fronts of more than an hundred feet of perpendicular height. The shores are either low, with a shallow sea, or they are rocky and cliffy, with a comparatively deep sea. The submarine land varies in form, ami also in mineralogical nature, as is shewn by the soundings recorded in iht Narrative; and the geognostical relations of the bottom of the sea with the rocks of the dry land, are in some measure pointed out by the facts stated by Captain Parry. The hills and valleys, during the greater part of the year, are deeply covered with water (the most abundant of all known mineral substances) in the state of snow and ice. The various beautiful colours, and striking and often highly picturesque forms, exhibited by ti>e ices and snows of the Arctic Reg "ons, are admirably depicted in the Narrative ; and we doubt not that the geologist would, in the lonely, snowy, and icy wastes of the North, meet with splendid displays of those beautiful illustrations of tlu; formation of strata and veins, and of caves and caverns, which occur, although on a small scale, during the winter of Great Britain. No .v/;mjg.v were met with. Captain Parry informs me that " no springs whatever were observetl in the Arctic Regions visited by him, the ground at a short distance from the surface being perpetually frozen." During the short y\rctic summer, temixDrary superficial springs will How, but these in a ('('W weeks will be again frozen up. Hot springs are reported, in some narratives, to have been seen in old Greenland; but nothing of this kind occurred during the cours*- of the Expedition. Lr/icv.-i-Sevcral single lakes, and also chains of lakes, are mentioned in thi- Narrative. In general thiiy ap|)ear to be of inconsiderable size and depth, the largest being only two or three miles in length In Melville I'eninsula lak«< were met with about 1.0 fathoms d(^*p in the places which were sounded; and Captain Parry thinks it probable that, in other parta, some of them miglit bi- twice that depth. The colour of the lake water was, in general, brownish-green, and its transparency was .n no instance very great. iin i 134 APPENDIX. lu, Hirers. — From the limited extent of the hind, the rivers arc neither numerous nor remarkable for size. Those most particularly mentioned in the Narrative arc the Barrow and the Crozicr, in Melville Peninsula, and GiiFord River, in Cockbuni IbUuul. Barrow River, in some partb of the few miles of its course surveyed, was about -HH) yards broad ; and, near to its mouth, varied in breadth from hall" a mile to 400 or ;>00 yards. Itr, banks arc frequently steep and lofty, in some ])laccs beinj^ nearly '200 feet high, and ornamented by a vegetation unusually luxuriani for so severe a climate. But the most striking feature of this line river ia its cascades, one of which is represented in a beautiful drawing of Captain Lyoi\'s, admirably engraved by Finden. This cascade, with a breadth of forty yards, is precipitated in one vast continuous sheet of water, almost perpendicular, lor UO feet. Of the Crozier little is recorded. " Opposite to their tents it was about -JOO yards broad, but this was only a branch of the main riv(>r." Gillbrd River appears of very considerable size, for we are told in the Narrative that it was about a mile and a half broad, and continued of the same breadth for lifteen miles. Soil. — The solid strata are sometimes covered with alluvial matter formed by the action of the wcatlujr on the subjacent r(x;ks ; but I do not tind the thickness of this cover or subsoil noticed ta the Narrative. Captain Parry, however, iiWornis inc. that '* loose mineral matter of any kind seldom exceeds a foot in thickness ; and beneath this the ground is literally frozen as hard as a nx^k, a picl»-axe only bringing olf dust and mere fragments, as from a mass of granite. " Over this .wltsoil lies a layer, more or less thick, of vegetable soil. The depth of the vegetable soil. Captain Parry informs me, '* seldom exceeds a very few, |H.'rhaps from four to live, inches, and that only in a few insulated spots, sheltered and otherwise lavourable for vegetation." More frecjuently, however, the bare surfaces of the strata are expu.scJ to the weather, and on these, and in the chinks of iie rocks, a few plants, frequently cryptogamous, are seen struggling for ojiislencc. Rockt. — Tlie general aspect of these Arctic lands, already noticed, announce the nature of the prevailing riK'k formations. These appear to belong to the primitive, and wcasionally to tln' transition classes. Of the interesting secondary formations little was met with. The alluvial strata are not particularly noticed in the Narrative ; and no modern voIcj.nic rocks were seen by the officers of the KxjKHlition. OEOLOr.Y. 13! General direction of the Strata. — We do not find, in the Narrative, any obser- vations which could lead us to state with certainty this Ibature in the arrangement of the strata. ,;! I. PRIMITIVE ROCKS. TuF, following rocks of this gre£»t class were mot vvitli, viz. : Granite, Gneis;. Mica-slate, Eurite-Porphyry, Hornblonde-rock, Hornblende slate, Primitive Greenstone, and Primitive Limestone. All those rocks jccur more or less distinctly stratified, and numberless transitions of the one into the other were observed. Comparatively few interesting veins occur, and of tl'.. ou Ji.nie remark- able either for breadth or extent were met with. GHANITK. Tins rock, which in general is composed of lel.^par, (juartz, and mica, exhibits the follr iving characters. Some varieties arc grey or \vhilt\ otluTs red, and these tints are owing to the colour of the felspar or (juartz. The red varieties appear to be the most abundant, and of these the most b( autiful owe their fine (!olours to Uesh-red felspar. The {|uartz in general is grey-culoured, and simply translucent. In some varieties, however, it was in the state of grey anil brown rix^k-crystal, which, when in cavities, is regularly crystallized. The mica, which varies in colour, from grey to deep-brown inclining to black, was, in some specimens, crystallized in tables ; but we have not learned that it had ')een met with in large plates in the granite, or v\ any other of the primitive '.ocks. Somr of the granites are wiUiout mica, and therelbre coniposed of (jua -z and felspar. Others consist principally of felspar and mica ; and on the coast to the north of Cape Wilson the granites were iV-.tjuently almost entirely composed of felspar. Of all the varieties of the grunular structure, the coarse granular ,s tlu; most Ireiji',' ui, the collection containing but few specimens of the small and line granular. Some varieties arc beautifully porphyritic, as those from Duke oi York's Bay and the islanil of Neerlo-Nidito, IgkH)lik, and the south shore of the Strait of the Kury and Hecia ; while others exhibit ihv graphic structure, forming the grap/iii oi' authors. The colundiar, tabular, and globular structures wore not observed in any of the granites, nor do we find that granite distinctly stratified was met with in Melville Peninsula, or in any of th^. islands. Tlu following imlxduiod minerals occur in the granite: — i^l Ih^r 9 9 :'< m 136 Al'PENDiX. '} a granite was pickal up containing schorl, and Schorlaceous granite was also found on the coast L'lali 1 . Ro^c Quartz, in veins, in Lyon's Inlet, also in Winter Island, on the coast north of Cape Wilson, at Neerlo-Nakto, and Liddon Island. 2. Adynolitc, Lyons Inlet. 3. Pistacite, or Epidote. This mineral, generally of a yellowish-green colour, occurs either disseminated in minute patches in the felspar or quartz, or in beautiful small crystals in drusy cavities, in Winter Island, Lyon's Inlet, near Moyle Bay, and on the coast to the north of Cape Wilson. 4. Precious Garnet, transparent, and of a fine columbine-red colour, in Lyon's Inlet and Winter Island. 5. Chlorite. In this variety the chlorite takes the place of the mica, forming the rock named proto^'m by authors, and of which the summit of Mont Blanc ill Switzerland is composed. It was met with in Winter Island and Lyon's Inlet. 6. Schorl, In Winter Jsinr very minute crystals oi bi:>'i,f'. north of Cape VVii t - 7. Coccolite. i\\ Wilson. H. Zircon. In rently of zircon. 9. Graphite, or Black-kail, in disseminated grains and crystals, in Winter Island, and on the banks of Barrow River. 10. Spec lar Iron Ore, in granite in Winter Island. 11. Iron Pi/rites\ This mineral, which is one of the most generally distri- buted of th(' metalliferous compounds in different countries, Wc.s observed in the granite of Winter Island, that of Safety Cove, and the coast north of Cape Wilson. Ocognostical Position of the Granite. — Neither the details before us, nor the specimens, allow us to infer with anything like certainty the place or places, in the primitive series, occupied by ne granite here described. Some of the varieties very much resemble tho; e that form part of the granite-gneiss forma- tion ; others may belong to tho varieties that ocx- in vast masses underlying gneiss. Geojrraphical Distribution of the Granite. — Specinicns were brought from the shore of the Duke of York's Bay. Lyon's Inlet, Five-hawser Bay, Upper Savage Island, west shore of Vork Inlet, head of Gore Buy, Ducket Cove, Winter icce of granite found on the coast north of Cape smaii tragmr'ii from Barrow River, minu?'3 crystals, appa- OEOLOOY. la-; Island, near Moyle Bay, Safety Cove, coast north of Cape Wilson, Owlittee- week Island, Barrow River, Igloolik, Neerlo-Nakto island westward of Igloolik, south shore of the Strait of the Fury and Hecla, Coxe's Islands, Richards Bay, Amherst Island, and Liddon Island. II. GNEISS. The colours of thi.s rock are red and grey, and its fracture is sometimes course, sometimes fine slaty. The concretions vary in size from course to fine granular, und the coarse granular varieties sornotinies puss into granite. Judging from the collection, and the details in the Narrative, gneiss appears to be the most abundant of all the primitive rocks in tiie countries explored by the Expedition. The following imbedded minerals were found in it : — 1. Pnxious (Janiit. This beautiful gem occurs ubunduntly in grey gneiss in Five-hawser Bay, also in Winter Island, where hyacinth red gurncls are asso- ciated with rock-crystal, in Lyon's Inlet, and in the rocks of Safety Cove. 2. Rose QkoiIz. In the Narrative, it is remarked of Rendezvous Ishuid, that it is composed of gneiss traversed by rich veins of ros(! quartz, and that large masses of the sanu; were lying around. 3. Ac fi/ no I ill-, in the gneiss on the banks of Barrow River. 4. (jraiiltitt, or Btach Laid. In Winter Island, Five-hawser Bay, coast to the north of Cape Wilson. r). Mti'^iidic Iron Pyriks, in the gneiss «)n the coast to the north of Cape Wilson. (). Common Iron Pi/rilcs, on the coast to the north of Cape Wilson. Uco^raiihicat Dislri/mlion. — Shore of Duke of York's Bay, Vansittart Island, Upper Savage Island, York Inha, head of G'^irc Bay, near Cape Welsfbrd, Winter Island, near Moyle Bay, Safety Cove, coast north of Cape; Wilson, Owlitteeweek Island, Barrow River, Richanls Bay, and Igloolik. Other locali- ties are given in the Narrative. III. MICA-SLATE. Tins slaty compound of mica and quartz occurs in comparatively small quantity, and, judging from the details and specimens, .seems in general to form beds subordinate to the gneiss, which, as already mentioned, is the prevailing forma- tion in the Arctic countries discovered by the Expedition. Some varieties "'•^^" , if m 1 !*n 111 138 APPENDIX. appear passing to clay-slate, and these may be more connected with the clay- slate than with the gneiss. The following minerals occur imbedded : — 1. Hornhhmk, in the rocks of Five-hawser Bay, and in those of Neerlo- Nakto. 2. Aiti/mlitc. Five-hawser Bay. 3. Treniolite. Five- hawser Bay. 4. Precious Oanut and Grenatitc. These were detected in a small specimen from Igloolik. .5. Rock Crifstal, in small clove-brown and brownish-black crystals, at Five- hawser Bay. 0. Common Iron Pif rites, and Magnetic Iron Pi/rites, in specimens gathered in Igloolik. Geograpfiicat Distribution. — Lyon's Tnlet, Winter Island in considerable quan- tity, coast north of Cape Wilson, Igloolik, south shore of the Strait of the Fury and Hecla, Quilliam Creek, and Bouverie Island. IV. CI.AV-SLATE. This rock appears to have been met with even less frequently than the mica- slate. It is noted as occurring in Winter Island, Richards Bay, where it contains imbedded iron-pyrites, the coast to the northward of Cape Wilson, and in Bouverie Island. v. CHLOUITE-SLATE. This nx^k occurs more abundantly than either mica-slate or clay-slate, but not in such quantity as the (|uartz-rock of the transition class. The following im- bedded minerals were met with in it : — 1. Acti/noUte. 2. Hornhlende. 3. FehjHir of a red colour. 4. Indnnited Talc, or Talc-slate, in Winter Island, and with applo-green talc Igloolik. .~). Massive Common Chlorite, on the coast north of Capo Wilson. 0. Calcareous SjMir and Rliomb Spar, South shore of fho Strait of the Fury and Hecla, also in Igloolik. 7. Precious (iarnct, in Igl(K)lik. H, Octahedral crystals of Magnetic Iron Ore. Barrow River. .1.. ^i MM GEOLOGY. 139 \). Red Iron Ore 10. Iron Pt/ rites. Geo^rap/ikal Distribution. — Lyon's Inlet, Winter Island, coast to the northward ol" Cape Wilson, Barrow River, Igloolik, south shore of tlie Strait of the Fury and Hecla, Neerlo-Nakto, Quilliam Creek, Bouverie Island, Amherst Island, Liddon Island, and Richards Bay. VI. HORNHLENDE. This mineral occurs in the form of beds, and also disseminated, in the other primitive formations. Sometimes the mass is almost entirely of hornblende, when it is named liornblende-rock, of which beds cxicur at the head of Gore Bay, in Lyon's Inl(;t, Safety Cov'\ Winter Island, coast north of Cape Wilson, Five- hawser Bay, and Tern Island. When the hornblende is arranged so as to form a slaty Xixk, it is named hornblende-slate, of which beds were met with in Winter Island. When the hornblende is associated with felspar, the compound is named ^reemtonc, of which examples were found in Igloolik, and in the island of Neerlo-Nackto. The imbedded minerals in these rocks are felspar, mica, chlorite, actynolite, quartz, diallage, common iron pyrites, and magnetic pyrites. It may be remarked that the variety of hornblende named actynolite appears also to occur in beds associated with the hornblende and other primitive rocks. VII. SERPENTINE. This rock, considered by some as a compound of diallage and felspar, by others as a simple mountain rock, was met with in different quarters. Its colours are dark leek-green and greenish black ; the lustre glimmering ; the fracture splin- tery, or splintery conjoined with conchoidal ; more or less translucent. The following imbedded minerals were observed : — 1. Brown Diallage. 2. QlasHif Acti/nolite. 3. Fibrous Grecnis/i-grai/ Talc. 4. Flexible Asbeslns. 5. Rhomb-siHir and Calcureous-simr. 6. C/irome Ore or Chromate (J' Iron. 7. Magnetic Iron Ore. 8. Iron Pi/rites. s 8 «i V ■: P.:l ^!i' fll \t^(4 140 APPENDIX. Geographical Distrilmlion. — Lyon's Inlet, near Moyle Bay, in Winter Island, Liddon Island, Neerlo-Nakto, and Bouverie Island. VIM. LIMKSTONE. All the varieties of this rock in the collection are composed of coarse and small granular concretions, loosely aggregated, and the only colours observed were snow-white and greyish-white. The following imbedded minerals occur in it : — 1. Small but beautiful crystals of M^ \ :\ V \ ^. 23 WIST MAIN STtllT WnSTIR.N.Y. MSM (716) •73-4503 '^'°'^''^' ^ ^V^ V ;\ 142 APPENDIX. Stone of Scotland, as that of Sutherland and Caithness. It may be remarked, that probably some of the specimens of quartz-rock enumerated above, as those with schorl, may belong to the primitive class. Geographical Distribution. — Upper Savage Islands, west shore of Duke of York's Bay, Five-hawser Bay, Lyon's Inlet, Winter Island, Safety Cove, island of Owlitteeweek, island off Cape Wilson, coast north of Cape Wilson, Igloolik, Cape North-east, south shore of the Strait of the Fury and Hecla, Neerlo- Nakto, Quilliam Creek, Richards Bay, Bouverie Island, Amherst Island, Liddon Island, along the south shore of Cockbum Island onward to Whyte Inlet. II. GKEYWACKE, GREYWACKE-SLATE, AND TRANSITION CLAY-SLATE. Greywacke and grey wacke- slate, with disseminated iron pyrites, occur in Winter Island, at Neerlo-Nakto, and in Amherst Island. The transition clay-slate was met with in Bouverie Island. III. flinty-slate and drawing-slate. The only specimen of flinty-slate is one from Lyon's Inlet. The drawing-slate was seen in Winter Island, and specimens of it with disseminated iron pyrites were picked up in Igloolik. IV. transition limestone. From the Narrative, it appears that Amherst Island is principally composed of greywacke and greywacke-slate ; and along with these is a limestone, probably belonging to the transition class. III. SECONDARY ROCKS. m I The only secondary rocks of which specimens were brought home, are limestone, bituminous shale, and secondary trap. I. limestone. Mountain Umestone, or First Secondari/ Ldmestone : the Transition Limestone of some geologists. The colours of this limestone are yellowish-grey, yellowish-v.'iite, and ochre- GEOLOGY. 143 yellow. In some varieties the fracture is coarse splintery, combined with minute-foliated ; in others the general fracture is foliated, and throughout the mass are cavities, the walls of which are lined with rhomboidal crystals. Other varieties again have a slaty fracture ; lustre glimmering or shining, and translu- cent on the edges, or opaque. Flint and conchoidal hornstone occur imbedded in it. It contains various organic remains. The following occur in the lime- stone of the island of Igloolik. Corals, two genera, viz., Caryopkylka and Astreea. A species of a new genus of coral was found in a piece of limestone by that excellent observer Mr. Stokes, who communicated the following account of it : — " The new fossil coral is a flat lobe, covered on both sides with pores, which are obscurely laminated, and each pore or cell is continued through the substance of the coral. The cells are arranged in curved radii from a centre, like the lines upon an engine-turned watch-case, and (which is unusual in corals) increase in size as they are more distant from the centre. On one surface the cells appear to be all four-sided, in which respect also they differ from all other corals." Casts of two species of trilobites, one species of productus, a species of terebratula, a species of trochus, a turritella, a madurite, and also a nautilus and orthoceras were detected in the limestone. Of all the fossil organic remains, the most abundant in the collection is a species of orthocera, similar to one sent me some years ago from an island in Lake Huron, by the Hon. Mr. Maule, and of which a figure is given in the first volume of the new series of the Transactions of the Geological Society. Geographical Distribution. — Shoal in York Bay, west shore of York Bay, Ducket Cove, Amitioke, Pingitkalik, Arlagnuk, Mogg Bay, and Quilliam Creek, in Melville Peninsula ; Winter Island, Lyon Inlet, Safety Cove, Igloolik, Tern Island, island of Owlitteeweek, Bouverie Island, and Amherst Island. The island of Igloolik, which is very low and rather level, is almost entirely composed of this limestone. The specimens of primitive rocks from that island in the collection. Captain Parry informs me, were broken from detached masses, lying on the surface of the limestone, there being no fixed primitive rock in the island. The next island to the north-west, called Neerlo-Nakto, is also principally composed of limestone, but abounding much more than Igloolik in fragments of primitive rock. II. UITUMINOIJS SHALE. Spfx'imens of this rock from Lyon's Inlet and Winter Island are in the collection. i 1:' «■• 144 APPENDIX. It is a common rock in the coal formation ; but of that formation no other trace was met with. III. SECONDARY GREENSTONE. This rock, which is a compound of augite and felspar, was met with in different places; but its particular geognostic relations are not given, and cannot be inferred with any certainty from the data before us. Specimens were collected in Lyon's Inlet ; at Safety Cove, where it is porphyritic ; in Winter Island, where it has titanitic iron ore disseminated through it, and sometimes is iron-shot and porphyritic. On the coast to the north of Cape Wilson it contains veins of calcareous spar. It was met with in Tern Island, also in Amherst Island, and in Whyte's Inlet, in Cockburn Island. IV. ALLUVIAL ROCKS. No extensive deposites of alluvial rocks were met with. The most striking objects under this head are the outliers or boulders or fragments of rocks found spread over the surface of some of the islands. The surface of Igloolik, a limestone island, is strewed with blocks of primitive rocks ; the island of Neerlo- Nakto, which is principally composed of limestone, is also strewed over with primitive blocks or boulders ; and in Amherst Island, in which greywacke and grey wacke-slate are almost the only rocks, rolled masses or boulders of granite, gneiss and quartz-rock, are not uncommon. II If 1 i- m:. Nt !'i GEOLOGY. 145 NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OP THK COUNTRIES VISITED DURING CAPTAIN PARRY'S THIRD VOYAGE. The first landing was made on the Whale-fish Islands, on the east coast of Baffin's Bay, which my friend and pupil, Dr. Neill, as mentioned in the Narrative, found to be composed of gneiss. On crossing Davis' Straits, the next land visited was Cape Warrender, where all the fixed rocks, according to Dr. Neill, proved to be primitive, and the principal or only formation gneiss, which, as is very generally the case with that rock in these Arctic countries, abounded with imbedded grains and crystals of precious garnet. Nodules of clay iron ore were found on the beach, but want of time prevented their original position from being deter- mined. The ice having forced the vessels close to the land a little to the east- ward of Admiralty Inlet, on the south coast of Barrow's Strait, a landing was eflected. The country, as far as Dr. Neill penetrated, was of compact secondary limestone. On the beach were fragments of bituminous slate and of ironstone. Mr. Ross found pieces of coal about two-thirds up a small peak of limestone. The coal, Dr. Neill informs me, was not black, but brown coal, and therefore belongs to a new formation of that mineral. The vessels now forced their way to Port Bowen in Prince Regent's Inlet, where they remained during the winter. Expeditions were made from Port Bowen toward the north and toward the south, also to the west side of the Inlet upon the coast called Noith Somerset. The whole country travelled over on both sides of the inlet appeared to consist of secondary limestone, with subsidiary beds of gypsum. No high land was met with; but on the coast, as at Cape York, perpendicular and high limestone cUfis made their appearance. The specimens of limestone in the collection sent for my inspection exhibited the following characters : — I. Secondary Ldmestone of Port Bowen, Neill" s Harbour, ^c. Its colours are ash-grey and yellowish-grey, more or less inclining to ochre- yellow and yellowish-brown. In some varieties the brown colours are disposed t 146 APPENDIX. in horizontal stripes. The lustre is glimmering ; the fracture is splintery, or splintery combined with minute foliated, or simply granular foUated, and some varieties are slaty. It is more or less translucent on the edges, and generally yields readily to the knife. Some varieties, however, are so hard as to give a few sparks with steel. All the varieties, by friction, give out that disagreeable smell which is so well known in stinkstone, and to which mineral they may be referred. The external characters intimate its magnesian character, which is confirmed by the experiments of Dr. Neill, who found it to contain from 20 to 30 per cent, of carbonate of magnesia. It is everywhere very distinctly stratified, and the strata are uniformly hori- zontal. Imbedded in them masses of chert occur, but not frequently. The organic remains observed in the limestone are entrochites, catinularise, spiro- pore, turbinolise, favosites, several species of terebratulae, a trochus, a turritella, and an orthoceratite. On the upper parts of the hills around Port Bowen, generally on the surface of a brick-red limestone, mentioned by Dr. Neill in the Narrative, were found masses of fibrous brown iron ore, or brown hematite. These, in all probability, were derived from veins or imbedded masses in the limestone. In the cliffs, caves are of frequent occurrence, and these often of very considerable magnitude. This, which may be called Port Bowen limestone, extends onwards to Cape York, and, according to the observations made during the second voyage, even to Admiralty Inlet and Possession Bay, and was met with as far south in Prince Regent's Inlet as the Expedition explored. ' * • f ."' z' ' !.-> ' ' -. . : .• ....• . ' ■■■ ,. ••; ■■';■■ ■'■''■ II. Secondary Limestone of North Somerset. . ..j ./., , * r*. The country on the west side of Prince Regent's Inlet, named North Somerset, was examined in part, and there, as on the east side, at Port Bowen and else- where, the solid stratified rocks were everywhere of secondary formation, and the principal rock limestone. The specimens from that quarter exhibit the following characters : — 1. Limestone of North Somerset. . , , •. Its colours are ash, greyish-black, and yellowish-grey ; lustre glimmering ; fracture splintery, or splintery combined with minute foliated, and some varieties slaty ; opaque, or more or less translucent on the edges ; by friction yields the urinous smell of stinkstone, but not so strongly as most of the limestones of Port h GEOLOGY. 147 Bowen. It is distinctly stratified, and the strata are everywhere horizontal. It affords the same organic remains as the limestone of Port Bowen, with addition of a species of modiola. Of all the fossils the terebratulse and encrini appear to be the most abundant. Caves occur in it, as at Port Bowen ; and frequently it exhibits cliffs of considerable height. 2. Gypsum of North Somerset. This mineral was found in beds several feet thick, extending for at least thirty miles through the country, and associated with a limestone, which, when near the gypsum, abounded in terebratulae, also contained entrochi, and a species apparently of modiola. All the varieties of this gypsum are of a snow-white colour, and of these the granular foliated, the fibrous, and selenite, were met with, but not the compact. The selenite was very abundant, and its broad plates at a distance reflected the sun's rays like mirrors. It occurs more than a hundred feet above the level of the sea, and, with its slaty limestone, rests on the more common and compact kinds, which agree in every character with those of Port Bowen. Oeognostical Situations of the Umestone of Port Bowen, North Somerset, ^c. From the data before us, it is not easy to refer all the limestones of Prince Regent's Inlet to their places in the geognostical series. The limestone asso- ciated with gypsum in North Somerset may safely be referred to the second secondary limestone formation, the first or oldest floetz limestone of Werner. The lower limestones of North Somerset, and those of Port Bowen, Weill's Harbour, and of most of the country on the east side of Prince Regent's Inlet, may either form part of the second secondary limestone, — a supposition counte- nanced by the universal horizontality of its strata, its magnesian character, its brown hematite, and certain organic remains it contains ; or it may belong to the first secondary limestone, — a conjecture not destitute of plausibility, when we recollect its imbedded chert, and the characters of some of its fossil organic remains. As gypsum and limestone occur near to Possession Bay, we must refer these to the second secondary limestone. The horizontality of the lime- stone strata on the north side of Barrow's Strait seems to point it out as probably belonging to the second secondary formation. t2 148 APPENDIX. III. Alluvial Rocks. Alluvial marly deposites, from the snow waters passing through and along the surface of the limestone strata in the summer season, occur in the valleys, and on the shore ; also fragments of the limestone from the same source. The limestone hills around Port Bowen and Neill's harbour, and the whole limestone country extending as far north as Cape York, and to the southward as far as Cape Fitzgerald, were, as Dr. Neill informs me, more or less covered with boulders of primitive rocks, which were either rounded or angular. Similar boulders were observed strewed over the limestone on the west side of Prince Regent's Inlet in North Somerset. The specimens from the boulders around Port Bowen, in the collection, are of granite, sienite, gneiss, indurated talc, hornblende-rock, actynolite-rock, a beautiful quartzy iron-glance, and brown hematite. The boulders of granite, gneiss, and sienite, were the most numerous and largest ; those of talc, actynolite, and ores, less numerous and smaller. Some of the boulders near to Port Bowen, Dr. Neill informs me, were upwards of 50 tons in weight, and lay fully 400 feet above the level of the sea ; and he saw a boulder of granite, two or three tons weight, resting on the summit of the highest limestone hill in the vicinity of Port Bowen. On inquiring as to the mode of distribution of these boulders. Dr. Neill informed me that they were numerous along the acclivities of the hills on both sides of Prince Regent's Inlet, every- where resting upon the secondary limestone ; but on leaving the coast, they gradually diminished in number and also in size, and, at a distance of from four- teen to sixteen miles from the sea, they were comparatively rare, and in general not larger than a closed fist. These remarkable masses, Dr. Neill further mentioned, more nearly resembled the primitive rocks of the Whale-fish Islands than of any other quarter visited by the Expedition ; and even the nearest known fixed primitive rocks were those at Cape Warrender, upwards of one hundred miles distant. GEOLOGY. 149 CONCLUDING REMARKS. The observations made during the four Arctic Expeditions, viz., that under Captain Ross, and the three under Captain Parry, afford the following general facts and inferences : — 1. That the regions explored abound in primitive and transition rocks, and that, although the secondary rocks occupy considerable tracts, still their extent is more Umited than that of the older formations ; that the alluvial deposites are not extensive ; that true or modern volcanic rocks were nowhere met with ; and that the only traces of the tertiary strata were found in the sandstones and clays connected with the secondary traps of Baffin's Bay. 2. That the primitive and transition islands were, in all probability, at one time connected together, and formed a continuous mass with the continental parts of America ; and that, in the plains and hollows of this land, were deposited the secondary limestones, sandstones, gypsum, and coal, and upon these again the tertiary rocks. 3. That, after the deposition of these secondary and tertiary rocks, the land appears to have been broken up, and reduced either suddenly or by degrees, or partly by sudden and violent action and partly by the long-continued agency of the atmosphere and the ocean, into its present insular and peninsular form ; and that, consequently, the secondary and tertiary formations were formerly, in those regions, more extensively distributed than they are at present. 4. That, previously tr ?he deposition of the coal formation, as that of Melville Island, the transition ana i^rimitive hills and plains supported a rich and luxu- riant vegetation, principally of cryptogamous plants, especially tree ferns, the prototypes of which are now met with only in the tropical regions of the earth. The fossil corals^of the secondary limestones also intimate that, before, during, and after the deposition of the coal formation, the waters of the ocean were so constituted as to support polyparia closely resembling those of the present equa- torial seas. 5. That, previously to and during the deposition of the tertiary strata, these now frozen regions supported forests of dicotyledonous trees, as is shewn by the I . 150 APPENDIX. fossil dicotyledonous woods met with in connexion with these strata in Baffin's Bay, and by the fossil wood of Melville Island, Cape York, and Byam Martin Island. 6. That the*boulders or rolled blocks met with in different quarters, and in tracts distant from their original localities, afford evidence of the passage of water across them, and at a period subsequent to the deposition of the newest solid strata, namely, those of the tertiary class. 7. That nowhere are there any discoverable traces of the agency of modern volcanoes, and we may add that in the Arctic Regions the only known appear- ances of this kind are those in Jan May en's Island, described by Scoresby. 8. That the only intimations of older volcanic action are those afforded by the presence of secondary trap rocks, such as basalt, greenstone, trap-tufa, and amygdaloid. . ' ' ^ 9. That the black bituminous coal, the coal of the oldest coal formation, which some speculators maintain to be confined to the more temperate and warmer regions of the earth, is now proved, by its discovery in Melville Island, far to the west, and in Jameson's land, far to the east, in Old Greenland, to form an iiiteresting and important feature in the geognostical constitution of Arctic countries. 10. That the red sandstone of Possession Bay, &c., renders it probable that rock-salt may occur in that quarter. 11. That, although no new metalliferous compounds have occurred to gratify the curiosity of the mineralogist, yet the regions explored by Captain Parry have afforded various interesting and highly useful ores, such as octahedral or magnetic iron ore, rhomboidal or red iron ore, prismatic or brown iron ore, and prismatic chrome ore or chromate of iron ; also the common ore of copper, or copper pyrites, molybdaena glance, or sulphuret of molybdsena ; ore of titanium, and that interesting and valuable mineral, graphite or black lead. 12. That the gems, the mcst valued and most beautiful of mineral substances, are not wanting in the Arctic Regions visited by the Expeditions, is proved by the great abundance of the precious garnet, which we doubt not will be found, on more particular examination of the primitive rocks, to present all the beautiful colours and elegant forms for which it is so much admired. Rock-crystal, ano- ther of the gems, was met with, and also beryl and zircon. 13. That these newly-discovered lands exhibit the same general geognostical arrangements as occur in all other extensive tracts of country hitherto examined GEOLOGY. 151 by the naturalist ; a fact which strengthens that opinion which maintains that the o-rand features of nature, in the mineral kingdom, are everywhere similar, ana, consequently, that the same general agencies must have prevailed generally during the formation of the solid mass of the earth. 14 Lasdy, that the apparent irregularities which at first sight present them- selves to our attention, in the grand arrangements in the mineral kingdom, are the offspring of our own feeble powers of observation, and disappear when the phenomena are examined in all their relations. It is then indeed that the mind obtains those enduring and subUme views of the power of the Deity which in geology, reward the patient observer, raise one of the most beautiful and interesting departments of natural science to its true rank, and prove that its relations connect, as it were, in the scale of magnitude, the phenomena of the earth with those more extensive arrangements presented to our intelligence in the planetary system, and in the grand framework of the universe itself. Robert Jameson. Roxjal Museum, College, Edinburgh, April 2+, 1826. i THE END. II Uh'l^ ' 't ' -y ' LONDON .- PRINTED BY WILLIAM CLOWES, Nonhumberland-coart. .»* '"'-;»fe-;',. DIRECTIONS TO THE BINDER FOR PLACING THE PLATES. Situation of H.M. Ships Hecla and Fury, August 1, 1825 Survey of the Whale-Fish Islands - - Sailing througli Young Ice - - Chart of Port Bowen . - - South-east End of the Southernmost of the Prince Leopold's Islands Landing the Fury's Stores - - *Heaving down the Fury - " - - Situation of H.M. Ship Fury, August 85, 1825 Survey of Neill's Harbour - - - Chart of Prince Regent's Inlet - - Appearances of Lands - " " • ' Frontispiece. to face page 8 ,» 32 »» 94 »» 98 )i 119 ,1 130 It 142 »i 159 at the end. ditto ERRATA. • _ Page xi, line 9, for them eat, read the meat. 1 1 , line Ujor na, read an. . 60, line 8,/or a •emicolon, pu« a comma. 68, last line, /or abligation, read obligation. 109, line 11, /or lay, read lie. . 120, line 82, /or warm, read warn. . 188, line 21, after beyond, add all. Appendix, page 80, last line,/or VI. read XVII. I is <• c • i ! 1 ■ ,A,..- '-.. 09HSK — — ^ t •'V*<-r.'|if ■'■-;;.-* .■-■;-■■ -, f.::'-. -■- ■- ^115 *l '* 1 * . , , -... . .^ / ..s-,^-, ..„ -'(■■ 1 ♦ c f ■ ' . ' / k o ? 1 ' 1±. t i 1 ! 1 ! ■■ 1 ; J i 1 \ 1 \ f f k . <^ . 1 r \ \ Ir 1:-. ' \ Y i 1 . ,' 1 * ■f! \ . ' ■S' \ \ i ' ' • i' 1 i ^ V' * i - i i f \ i > i ■ -f 1- .V • V " \ Jl^ — ■ "^ ^ Xotifi Hifi.hui iU^^,f9..s •.vtrK. /r.it»H,^.W! ^ JtlltW/Jaf. ■■t' /U*/*«/, I, (*,.!,( J„^t /„,„ ,J„^ /„4, «f„„^^ 1H„^,,I,M,„, I, ■:•,<,•■• V Lltilrx/ntf r:i I ( »•..-<, , ■ ..*» I f ii "9 18 '>/A// ,//■<■!>• I.ii'iihi i I''. i>.s3B»..^ (Upr l!i'.\illlli>llif Xorl/i Jr,' A. />/ // ^^^^?^> i^ .i4iljLy.,ii x.:,\ir. it.X.N.\i.' .Mf .\,',ii, iiiiir>-ii iU't\>ii •'■ •w"A", ^ I tl.liytir>-- < J{(s/.;.l nil/,,,. /{,;f-/.;.// I mi/ XXli:, /;.,/„„/ :i ,•!• I /.;„ ,.i.j.ii.x5."^-----''"V^ "'-■'■' r.;.v:';(; L.iiiil I,, III,- llr.ihi.in/ ,'/' t/;i/,,-r:<- /!•/ 'i- ■•ii«ir'5€f"^-- .^. .■#f' ^"i¥^> " £ _^'1I^"V'»-'1'!1^:^§ :. >«■»« — T 1 1 < ' i /.v /•; .iiiii'iiiii/ Sili'iilii>ii !•!' l/ir /Av/// .1- ////•// ('// ///>• Si'iilli SliKii' ,i' l.iiiiiiiylri )ii/'r I'r.iiii'iiitl S. /;. /•/;'. ,li.\l! (1 <•/•// iiii/iw . r ••■''*' !££. aeaipsw UJ^X,; "./iriif.Wfin.'r /f/M n-Xn.-,,.' ,Mr lirn I'/'f/ti- /-.'ikr/nli fl'ilxt ii/' /Wlnv /ttt/tHt.^- /ii/it f.it/iahr,/ ■■■■ Ml „.l Jlitiij I ,iu iKn- l'U,il,-,li l'l;>iii llir .\,'l(llni,ii\l ■ Af\ 1 , ' ^ ji (illi, //in '.*//"■ //''..V,V//^V/// .\-,.,-/A f;-'^;^ ^\?'t:<^ ..' ii' l.,imtr\ifr!\ S-i///,/ ,\'fptriiiint' iv "; '/'V '/ . L,/-- ^Mli^li^:- III:- /■///■// />■//// .»". //'' •//' x.-r-ii: &^^ ■ ^ m'B^i^'- 1> ,-*>• — ■-*w ^fc* :_. ^^^^^hW^JlilS^JL 'K^ •■ Xi'H/i //i// I'.'ii /i.'itiiiS. .iftr/':.